mirror of
https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn
synced 2025-01-14 03:20:41 +00:00
See in Reader
696 KiB
696 KiB
| 1 | Book | Chapter | Verse | ID | SupportReference | OrigQuote | Occurrence | GLQuote | OccurrenceNote |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | NEH | front | intro | k2y2 | 0 | # Introduction to Nehemiah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Nehemiah<br><br>1. Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem and inspects the walls (1:1-2:20)<br>2. The people rebuild the walls of Jerusalem (3:1-4:23)<br>3. Nehemiah helps the poor and provides an unselfish example (5:1–19)<br>4. Enemies try to slow down the work, but the people finish the walls (6:1–19)<br>5. Nehemiah lists the people who returned from exile (7:6–73)<br>6. Ezra reads the law of Yahweh and the people respond (8:1-10:39)<br>7. Nehemiah lists the people who lived in and around Jerusalem (11:1–36)<br>8. Nehemiah lists the priests and Levites (12:1–26)<br>9. The people dedicate the walls of Jerusalem (12:27–47)<br>10. Nehemiah corrects problems (13:1–31)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nehemiah about?<br><br>A Jew named Nehemiah lived in Persia and worked for King Artaxerxes. Nehemiah received a report that the walls around Jerusalem were broken down. Nehemiah returned to Jerusalem to help rebuild the city walls. The walls around the city helped protect the city against armies and invaders.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah is named for a Jewish leader named Nehemiah. Translators can use the traditional title “Nehemiah.” Or they may choose a more complete title, such as “The Book about Nehemiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Nehemiah use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God had allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile around 275 years earlier. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Nehemiah told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Nehemiah are told in an order that is different than the order in which they actually happened so that they events can be grouped by theme. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of chronological order. | |||
| 3 | NEH | 1 | intro | y5jf | 0 | # Nehemiah 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “The words of Nehemiah son of Hacaliah:”<br><br>This phrase serves as an introduction to this entire book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>This chapter is a single long record of Nehemiah’s repentance on behalf of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### I<br><br>In this book, the word “I” always refers to Nehemiah.<br><br>### Israel<br><br>In this book, “Israel” probably does not refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Neither does it likely refer to the twelve tribes of Israel. Instead, it is probably a reference to Israel in the sense of the surviving people group from the southern kingdom of Judah. At Nehemiah’s time, these would be the people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who survived the destruction of Jerusalem by Babylon in 586 BC and the exile of many of them to Babylon. The other tribes had already been scattered throughout the entire Near East where most of them lost their identity as Israel. | |||
| 4 | NEH | 1 | 1 | bi9h | translate-names | נְחֶמְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֑ה | 1 | Nehemiah, the son of Hakaliah | Nehemiah is the name of a man, and Hakaliah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 5 | NEH | 1 | 1 | abc1 | writing-newevent | וַיְהִ֤י | 1 | Now it happened | This is a common way of beginning a historical story. Use a natural way of beginning a story about something that actually happened. Alternate translation: “My story begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 6 | NEH | 1 | 1 | qd3e | translate-hebrewmonths | בְחֹֽדֶשׁ־כִּסְלֵיו֙ | 1 | in the month of Kislev | **Kislev** is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 7 | NEH | 1 | 1 | hn28 | figs-explicit | שְׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֔ים | 1 | in the twentieth year | This is referring to the number of years that Artaxerxes had been reigning as king. You can include this information if you want to make this clear. Most scholars consider this to be the year 445 BC. Alternate translation: “in the twentieth year of the reign of Artaxerxes, King of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 8 | NEH | 1 | 1 | abc3 | figs-metonymy | בְּשׁוּשַׁ֥ן הַבִּירָֽה | 1 | in Susa the citadel | A **citadel** is a fortified castle or palace, usually inside a city. In this case, the city in which this palace was located was also called Susa, because the city was associated with the palace. Since this was where the kings of Persia lived, it was the capital city of their empire. Alternate translation: “the capital city of Susa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 9 | NEH | 1 | 1 | abc5 | translate-names | בְּשׁוּשַׁ֥ן | 1 | in Susa | This was the name of a royal city of the Persian kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 10 | NEH | 1 | 1 | g6dl | translate-unknown | הַבִּירָֽה | 1 | the citadel | This means a “castle” or “palace” or “stronghold,” usually inside a city, where a king would live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 11 | NEH | 1 | 2 | f2ab | translate-names | חֲנָ֜נִי | 1 | Hanani | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 12 | NEH | 1 | 2 | l6cw | חֲנָ֜נִי אֶחָ֧ד | 1 | one of my brothers | The term **brother** is often used figuratively in this book, but here it most likely means that Hanani was Nehemiah’s biological brother. | |
| 13 | NEH | 1 | 2 | abc7 | figs-gendernotations | ה֥וּא וַאֲנָשִׁ֖ים | 1 | he and men | This was a delegation that had come from one Jewish community to visit another Jewish community in another part of the world. So it’s possible that it included women as well as men. Alternate translation: “along with some other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 14 | NEH | 1 | 2 | lg14 | translate-names | מִֽיהוּדָ֑ה | 1 | from Judah | Judah was formerly the southern kingdom of the Israelites. It was now a Persian province. Alternate translation: “the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 15 | NEH | 1 | 2 | abc9 | figs-parallelism | הַיְּהוּדִ֧ים הַפְּלֵיטָ֛ה אֲשֶֽׁר־נִשְׁאֲר֥וּ מִן־הַשֶּׁ֖בִי | 1 | the Jews who escaped, who were left behind from the captivity | These two phrases mean the same thing. Nehemiah uses them together for clarity to describe one particular group of people, and perhaps also to express his particular concern for them. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had escaped the exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 16 | NEH | 1 | 2 | q7zi | figs-explicit | הַיְּהוּדִ֧ים הַפְּלֵיטָ֛ה אֲשֶֽׁר־נִשְׁאֲר֥וּ מִן־הַשֶּׁ֖בִי | 1 | the Jews who escaped, who were left behind from the captivity | These two phrases refer to the same group of people. This could mean: (1) the few Jews who were taken as exiles to Babylon but who later were able to return and live in Jerusalem or (2) the few Jews who had escaped from those who were trying to take them into exile in Babylon and so remained in Jerusalem. It is probably best to translate this in a way that can include both groups. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had escaped the exile and who remained in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 17 | NEH | 1 | 2 | ab11 | figs-abstractnouns | הַשֶּׁ֖בִי | 1 | the captivity | **Captivity** is an abstract noun that refers to the Jews being taken away from their homeland. Judah had been conquered by the Babylonians about 150 years before this. At that time, the Babylonians took many people away from Judah and relocated them to different parts of their empire. About 50 years later, the Persian Empire conquered Babylon and so the Babylonian empire became the Persian empire. The Jews who had been captured by Babylon now lived in Persia, although some had since returned to Judah. You can translate the idea of **captivity** with a phrase such as “the time when the Jews were taken away” or “the time when soldiers forced many Jews to go to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 18 | NEH | 1 | 2 | ab13 | figs-explicit | וְעַל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם | 1 | and about Jerusalem | Jerusalem had been the capital city of the kingdom of Judah. Nehemiah was asking specifically about the physical condition of the buildings and walls in the city, in addition to asking about the welfare of the Jewish community in Judah. Alternate translation: “about the condition of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 19 | NEH | 1 | 3 | igf2 | figs-parallelism | הַֽנִּשְׁאָרִ֞ים אֲשֶֽׁר־נִשְׁאֲר֤וּ מִן־הַשְּׁבִי֙ | 1 | the ones left behind, who were left behind from the captivity | These two statements mean similar things. Nehemiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show his concern for this group. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jews who escaped the exile and remained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 20 | NEH | 1 | 3 | y1zg | figs-metonymy | בַּמְּדִינָ֔ה | 1 | in the province | Here **province** refers to Judah as an administrative district within the Persian Empire. Hanani is describing Judah by referring to something associated with it, its status as a province. Alternate translation: “in the province of Judah” or “in Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 21 | NEH | 1 | 3 | ab15 | figs-doublet | בְּרָעָ֥ה גְדֹלָ֖ה וּבְחֶרְפָּ֑ה | 1 | in great evil and in reproach | **Difficulty** and **reproach** mean similar things. Hanani uses them together to emphasize what a desperate situation the people are in. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “in a perilous situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 22 | NEH | 1 | 3 | ab17 | figs-abstractnouns | בְּרָעָ֥ה גְדֹלָ֖ה וּבְחֶרְפָּ֑ה | 1 | in great evil | The abstract noun **difficulty** refers to a situation that is very hard for the people to live in. It describes a situation that is dangerous and insecure for the people in it. You can translate this idea with an adjective such as “bad.” Alternate translation: “in a very bad situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 23 | NEH | 1 | 3 | ab19 | figs-abstractnouns | וּבְחֶרְפָּ֑ה | 1 | and in reproach | **Reproach** is an abstract noun that describes how other people would see the situation of the Jews. The situation would lead them to say bad things about them. You can translate this idea with a verb such as “mock.” Alternate translation: “and people are mocking them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 24 | NEH | 1 | 3 | pk3f | figs-activepassive | וְחוֹמַ֤ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ מְפֹרָ֔צֶת וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ נִצְּת֥וּ בָאֵֽשׁ | 1 | the wall of Jerusalem is broken down, and its gates have been burned with fire | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “armies have broken open the wall of Jerusalem and have set its gates on fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 25 | NEH | 1 | 3 | ab21 | figs-explicit | וְחוֹמַ֤ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ מְפֹרָ֔צֶת וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ נִצְּת֥וּ בָאֵֽשׁ | 1 | the wall of Jerusalem is broken down, and its gates have been burned with fire | The implication is that the people are now defenseless. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people living there have no protection.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 26 | NEH | 1 | 3 | ab23 | נִצְּת֥וּ בָאֵֽשׁ | 1 | burned with fire | If saying that something is burned **with fire** is redundant in your language, you can just say, **completely burned**. Alternate translation: “burned down” | |
| 27 | NEH | 1 | 4 | ab25 | writing-newevent | וַיְהִ֞י | 1 | And it happened that | Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next episode in his story. You do not need to represent it this way in your translation, but use a natural way to introduce a new episode in the story. Alternate translation: “So the next thing I did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 28 | NEH | 1 | 4 | ab27 | figs-metonymy | כְּשָׁמְעִ֣י ׀ אֶת־הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֗לֶּה | 1 | as soon as I heard these words | Here **words** refers to the things that were described by the words. Alternate translation: “after hearing about these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 29 | NEH | 1 | 4 | ab29 | translate-symaction | יָשַׁ֨בְתִּי֙ וָֽאֶבְכֶּ֔ה | 1 | I sat down, and I wept | **Sitting down** likely means that Nehemiah stopped going about his usual business because he was so overcome by grief. Alternate translation: “I could do nothing else but grieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 30 | NEH | 1 | 4 | ab31 | figs-idiom | וָאֶתְאַבְּלָ֖ה יָמִ֑ים | 1 | I mourned for days | This means that Nehemiah kept on grieving. He did not get over being upset. The term “days” here suggests “many days” and it is a figurative expression for “a long time.” Alternate translation: “I could not stop mourning for a long time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 31 | NEH | 1 | 4 | ab33 | translate-symaction | צָם֙ וּמִתְפַּלֵּ֔ל | 1 | fasting and praying | **Fasting** means going without food. This was something that Jews often did in connection with prayer. It allowed them to concentrate on their prayers, and it showed how important those prayers were. Alternate translation: “I went without food, and I prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 32 | NEH | 1 | 4 | ab35 | figs-metonymy | וּמִתְפַּלֵּ֔ל לִפְנֵ֖י | 1 | and praying before the face of | Here **face** is a metonym for the action of seeing, which is a figurative way of referring to a person’s notice or attention to something. Nehemiah is saying that he prayed in order to bring these matters to God’s notice or attention. Alternate translation: “and I prayed to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 33 | NEH | 1 | 4 | ab37 | אֱלֹהֵ֥י הַשָּׁמָֽיִם | 1 | the God of heaven | Alternate translation: “God, who is in heaven” | |
| 34 | NEH | 1 | 5 | ab39 | וָאֹמַ֗ר | 1 | Then I said | Here Nehemiah tells what he prayed. Alternate translation: “Then I prayed” | |
| 35 | NEH | 1 | 5 | ab41 | figs-exclamations | אָֽנָּ֤א | 1 | Ah! | Nehemiah uses this word to call on God with strong feeling. Alternate translation: “O” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) |
| 36 | NEH | 1 | 5 | pf2l | translate-names | יְהוָה֙ | 1 | Yahweh | This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 37 | NEH | 1 | 5 | ab43 | figs-you | אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם | 1 | the God of heaven | Since Nehemiah is addressing God directly, you can use “you” forms in your translation if that is natural. They should be singular but also respectful. Alternate translation: “you are the God who is in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) |
| 38 | NEH | 1 | 5 | ab45 | figs-doublet | הָאֵ֥ל הַגָּד֖וֹל וְהַנּוֹרָ֑א | 1 | the great and fearsome God | **Great** and **fearsome** mean similar things. Nehemiah uses them together to emphasize how much respect God deserves. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also bring that out in your translation. “Great” refers to how powerful God is objectively. “Fearsome” reflects how people should respond to God’s greatness subjectively. They should “fear” God. This does not mean that they should be afraid of him, but that they should show him respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “the great and awesome God” or “the God who deserves total respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 39 | NEH | 1 | 5 | ab47 | figs-parallelism | שֹׁמֵ֤ר הַבְּרִית֙ וָחֶ֔סֶד | 1 | who keeps the covenant and covenant faithfulness | **Covenant** and **covenant faithfulness** mean similar things. Nehemiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how certain it is that God will keep his promises. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could bring that out in your translation even if you combine the phrases. The “covenant” is God’s promise to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob and their descendants. “Covenant faithfulness” is a character quality of God. He is inwardly disposed to keep all of his promises, and so he always does so faithfully. Therefore, you could say something like, “Because of who you are, you always keep your promises faithfully.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 40 | NEH | 1 | 5 | ab49 | figs-parallelism | לְאֹהֲבָ֖יו וּלְשֹׁמְרֵ֥י מִצְוֺתָֽיו | 1 | to those who love him and to those who keep his commandments | Nehemiah is not describing two different groups. These phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used for clarity and emphasis. Nehemiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to express that those who love God show this by keeping his commandments. You can translate this so that it is clear that these words describe one group. Alternate translation: “those who love you and keep your commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 41 | NEH | 1 | 5 | zc64 | figs-123person | לְאֹהֲבָ֖יו וּלְשֹׁמְרֵ֥י מִצְוֺתָֽיו | 1 | to those who love him and to those who keep his commandments | Since Nehemiah is speaking to Yahweh, the pronouns “him” and “his” can be translated as “you” and “your.” Alternate translation: “who love you and keep your commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 42 | NEH | 1 | 6 | ab51 | figs-parallelism | תְּהִ֣י נָ֣א אָזְנְךָֽ־קַשֶּׁ֣בֶת וְֽעֵינֶ֪יךָ פְתֻוּח֟וֹת | 1 | Please let your ear be attentive and your eyes opened | These two phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to urge God to pay attention to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “pay attention to me,” otherwise “please listen to me and look at me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 43 | NEH | 1 | 6 | ab53 | figs-metonymy | אָזְנְךָֽ־קַשֶּׁ֣בֶת | 1 | your ear be attentive | This request for God’s ear to be attentive refers figuratively to the action of listening. In this context, Nehemiah is asking God to listen to his prayer, with the intention that God would do something about the bad situation in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 44 | NEH | 1 | 6 | g947 | figs-metonymy | וְֽעֵינֶ֪יךָ פְתֻוּח֟וֹת | 1 | and your eyes opened | This request for God’s eyes to be open refers figuratively to the action of seeing. Seeing is a metaphor meaning knowledge, perception, notice, attention, or judgment. In this case, Nehemiah is asking God to pay attention both to him and to the problem in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 45 | NEH | 1 | 6 | qjf3 | figs-123person | תְּפִלַּ֣ת עַבְדְּךָ֡ | 1 | the prayer of your servant | Nehemiah uses the word servant to refer to himself. This is how a person would address a superior in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “my prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 46 | NEH | 1 | 6 | ab55 | figs-metonymy | מִתְפַּלֵּ֨ל לְפָנֶ֤יךָ | 1 | am praying before your face | Here **face** is a metonym for the action of seeing, which is figurative way of referring to a person’s notice or attention to something. Nehemiah is repeating the fact that he is praying in order to bring these matters to God’s notice or attention. Alternate translation: “praying to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 47 | NEH | 1 | 6 | ab57 | figs-idiom | הַיּוֹם֙ | 1 | today | This does not necessarily mean on this particular day, but at this time. Alternate translation: “right now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 48 | NEH | 1 | 6 | v8gx | figs-merism | הַיּוֹם֙ יוֹמָ֣ם וָלַ֔יְלָה | 1 | day and night | When Nehemiah says that he has prayed both during the day and during the night, he means that he has also prayed at all times in between, that is, constantly. However, he does not mean that he has prayed non-stop all day long and all night long, without doing any other activities such as sleeping or eating. Alternate translation: “constantly,” otherwise “during the day and at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
| 49 | NEH | 1 | 6 | ab59 | figs-gendernotations | בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | the sons of Israel | Here **sons** figuratively means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “on behalf of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 50 | NEH | 1 | 6 | ab61 | figs-metaphor | עֲבָדֶ֑יךָ | 1 | your servants | In this context, the word **servants** refers to the special role that the people of Israel had in the world as a model community of God’s followers. Alternate translation: “your chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 51 | NEH | 1 | 6 | ab63 | figs-gendernotations | וּמִתְוַדֶּ֗ה עַל־חַטֹּ֤אות בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֣אנוּ לָ֔ךְ | 1 | confessing on account of the sins of the sons of Israel that we have sinned against you | Here again **sons** means **descendants** and the phrase refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “I must confess the sins that we, the people of Israel, have committed against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 52 | NEH | 1 | 6 | bxj6 | figs-metonymy | וַאֲנִ֥י וּבֵית־אָבִ֖י חָטָֽאנוּ | 1 | Even I and the house of my father, we have sinned | Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended-family group who lived together. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word **house** figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. However, since Nehemiah is stressing his sense of personal responsibility here and identifying closely with the people in this group, he may be using the term in its original sense to refer to his nearest relatives. Alternate translation: “Both I and my family have also sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 53 | NEH | 1 | 7 | ab65 | figs-parallelism | חֲבֹ֖ל חָבַ֣לְנוּ לָ֑ךְ | 1 | With extreme corruption we have acted corruptly against you | The repetition here is used for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. You can combine them into one phrase, with a word like **very** to convey emphasis. Alternate translation: “We have acted very corruptly toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 54 | NEH | 1 | 7 | ryci | figs-abstractnouns | חֲבֹ֖ל חָבַ֣לְנוּ לָ֑ךְ | 1 | With extreme corruption we have acted corruptly against you | You can translate the idea of the abstract noun **corruption** with a verb such as **sinned.** Alternate translation: “We have sinned very much against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 55 | NEH | 1 | 7 | ab67 | figs-doublet | אֶת־הַמִּצְוֺ֗ת וְאֶת־הַֽחֻקִּים֙ וְאֶת־הַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים | 1 | the commandments, and the statutes, and the judgments | These three words mean basically the same thing. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how comprehensively the Israelites have disobeyed what God commanded them through Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” otherwise “the commands and rules and laws” (Note: A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 56 | NEH | 1 | 7 | brz7 | figs-explicit | אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוִּ֖יתָ אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה עַבְדֶּֽךָ | 1 | that you commanded Moses, your servant | Moses was the great leader who brought the Israelites out of slavery in Egypt centuries before and gave them God’s law. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you gave us many years ago through your servant Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 57 | NEH | 1 | 8 | pv64 | figs-idiom | זְכָר־נָא֙ | 1 | Please remember | Here **remember** is an idiom that means to think about someone and consider what action you can take on their behalf. Nehemiah is not suggesting that God has forgotten the promise he made to Moses. Alternate translation: “Please think about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 58 | NEH | 1 | 8 | y5jp | figs-yousingular | הַדָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוִּ֛יתָ אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה עַבְדְּךָ֖ | 1 | the word that you commanded Moses, your servant | The pronouns **you** and **your** refer to God and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) |
| 59 | NEH | 1 | 8 | ab69 | הַדָּבָ֔ר | 1 | the word | This refers to a promise that God made while giving the law to the people of Israel through Moses. Alternate translation: “the promise” | |
| 60 | NEH | 1 | 8 | b6qh | figs-you | אַתֶּ֣ם תִּמְעָ֔לוּ | 1 | If you yourselves act unfaithfully | The pronouns **you** and **yourselves** refer to the Israelite people, and so they are plural. Alternate translation: “If you Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) |
| 61 | NEH | 1 | 8 | ab71 | figs-metaphor | אַתֶּ֣ם תִּמְעָ֔לוּ | 1 | If you yourselves act unfaithfully | Here infidelity in marriage is used as a figurative description of the people of Israel not keeping God’s commandments. Alternate translation: “If you Israelites do not keep my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 62 | NEH | 1 | 8 | evf5 | figs-explicit | אָפִ֥יץ אֶתְכֶ֖ם בָּעַמִּֽים | 1 | I myself will scatter you among the peoples | The implication is that God would do this to punish the Israelites for breaking his commandments. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a punishment, I will take you from your land and make you live among the other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 63 | NEH | 1 | 9 | dqn5 | figs-you | וְשַׁבְתֶּ֣ם אֵלַ֔י וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ מִצְוֺתַ֔י וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑ם אִם־יִהְיֶ֨ה נִֽדַּחֲכֶ֜ם | 1 | But if you return to me and keep my commandments and do them, although your banished ones are | The pronouns **you** and **your** refer to the Israelite people, so they are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) |
| 64 | NEH | 1 | 9 | ab75 | figs-metaphor | וְשַׁבְתֶּ֣ם אֵלַ֔י וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ מִצְוֺתַ֔י וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑ם אִם־יִהְיֶ֨ה נִֽדַּחֲכֶ֜ם | 1 | But if you return to me | **Return** is a figurative way of saying “become loyal again.” Alternate translation: “If you become loyal to me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 65 | NEH | 1 | 9 | ab77 | figs-parallelism | וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ מִצְוֺתַ֔י וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑ם | 1 | and keep my commandments and do them | These two statements mean similar things. They are used together for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “start obeying my commandments once more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 66 | NEH | 1 | 9 | ab79 | נִֽדַּחֲכֶ֜ם | 1 | your banished ones | This refers to the exile. Alternate translation: “all of you who were taken away” | |
| 67 | NEH | 1 | 9 | f8jz | figs-hyperbole | בִּקְצֵ֤ה הַשָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ | 1 | at the extremity of heaven | This means “the most distant point under the sky.” In this culture the sky was understood to be a solid dome with a flat earth beneath it. The phrase is describing a point beyond which no one could go any farther because they would have reached the edge of the dome of the sky. This is an overstatement because even from the perspective of this culture, no one could really reach such a point. Alternate translation: “places very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 68 | NEH | 1 | 9 | ab81 | figs-123person | אֲקַבְּצֵ֔ם וַהֲבִֽיאוֹתִים֙ | 1 | I will gather them and bring them | Since God is actually addressing the Israelites here, you can say “you” in the plural. Alternate translation: “I will bring you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 69 | NEH | 1 | 9 | ab83 | figs-parallelism | אֲקַבְּצֵ֔ם וַהֲבִֽיאוֹתִים֙ | 1 | I will gather them and bring them | These two statements mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that God will definitely keep this promise. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “I will bring you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 70 | NEH | 1 | 9 | ab85 | figs-personification | אֶל־הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְשַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־שְׁמִ֖י שָֽׁם | 1 | to the place where I have chosen to cause my name to dwell there | Here God’s name is spoken of as if it were capable of living in a place. The phrase indicates the place from which God chose to start making himself famous throughout the world. You can say something like that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 71 | NEH | 1 | 9 | lgh9 | figs-explicit | אֶל־הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְשַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־שְׁמִ֖י שָֽׁם | 1 | to the place where I have chosen to cause my name to dwell there | This phrase refers initially to Jerusalem because that was where God chose to put his temple. You could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where I have chosen for my name to remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 72 | NEH | 1 | 9 | w4qw | figs-metonymy | אֶל־הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְשַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־שְׁמִ֖י שָֽׁם | 1 | to the place where I have chosen to cause my name to dwell there | Nehemiah is actually using this phrase to refer to all of Judah. As the book explains later, when the Jews returned there, they each settled in their own former towns, though one in ten of them were recruited to live in Jerusalem. So Judah is being described by something associated with it, the capital city. Alternate translation: “to your homeland of Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 73 | NEH | 1 | 9 | g88j | figs-metonymy | שְׁמִ֖י | 1 | my name | Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Their fame is described by something associated with it, how well known their name is and how people react to hearing it. Alternate translation: “reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 74 | NEH | 1 | 10 | mjx7 | figs-123person | וְהֵ֥ם עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ וְעַמֶּ֑ךָ | 1 | And they are your servants and your people | The word **they** refers to the Israelite people. Since Nehemiah is speaking on their behalf and including himself, you could say “we” in your translation If your readers would misunderstand this. If your language marks the distinction, “we” should not include the addressee. Alternate translation: “we are your servants, your chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 75 | NEH | 1 | 10 | ab87 | figs-parallelism | וְהֵ֥ם עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ וְעַמֶּ֑ךָ | 1 | And they are your servants and your people | As in [1:6](../01/06.md), **servants** refers to the special role that the people of Israel had as a model community of God’s followers. So these two phrases are basically saying the same thing. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “we are your chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 76 | NEH | 1 | 10 | ab89 | figs-explicit | אֲשֶׁ֤ר פָּדִ֨יתָ֙ | 1 | whom you redeemed | This is a reference to the way God delivered the Israelites from slavery in Egypt. Alternate translation: “you rescued us from slavery in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 77 | NEH | 1 | 10 | zu4s | figs-doublet | בְּכֹחֲךָ֣ הַגָּד֔וֹל וּבְיָדְךָ֖ הַחֲזָקָֽה | 1 | by your great power and by your strong hand | These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize the intensity of Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “by your very great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 78 | NEH | 1 | 10 | ax91 | figs-metaphor | וּבְיָדְךָ֖ הַחֲזָקָֽה | 1 | your strong hand | Here, **hand** represents a person’s power, strength, or ability. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 79 | NEH | 1 | 11 | ab93 | figs-exclamations | אָנָּ֣א | 1 | Ah! | As in [1:5](../01/05.md), Nehemiah uses this word to call on God with strong feeling. Alternate translation: “O” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) |
| 80 | NEH | 1 | 11 | ab95 | אֲדֹנָ֗י תְּהִ֣י נָ֣א אָזְנְךָֽ־קַ֠שֶּׁבֶת אֶל־תְּפִלַּ֨ת עַבְדְּךָ֜ | 1 | My Lord, please let your ear be attentive to the prayer of your servant | Nehemiah calls himself a **servant** and he calls God his **Lord** because this is how a person in his culture would address a superior in order to show humility and respect. See how you translated this in [1:6](../01/06.md). | |
| 81 | NEH | 1 | 11 | ab97 | translate-names | אֲדֹנָ֗י | 1 | Lord | This term in Hebrew can be understood as either a noun with a pronoun suffix (“my Lord”) or as a simple title (“Lord”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 82 | NEH | 1 | 11 | ab99 | figs-metonymy | תְּהִ֣י נָ֣א אָזְנְךָֽ־קַ֠שֶּׁבֶת | 1 | let your ear be attentive | As in [1:6](../01/06.md), this phrase refers figuratively to the action of listening. Alternate translation: “please pay careful attention.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 83 | NEH | 1 | 11 | jjm7 | figs-123person | תְּפִלַּ֨ת עַבְדְּךָ֜ | 1 | the prayer of your servant | Alternate translation: “to my prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 84 | NEH | 1 | 11 | j433 | תְּפִלַּ֣ת עֲבָדֶ֗יךָ | 1 | the prayer of your servants | Here, **servants** refers to the rest of the Israelite people who were also praying for Yahweh to act on behalf of his people and on behalf of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and to the prayers of my fellow Israelites” | |
| 85 | NEH | 1 | 11 | hk3z | figs-metonymy | הַֽחֲפֵצִים֙ לְיִרְאָ֣ה אֶת־שְׁמֶ֔ךָ | 1 | the ones who delight to fear your name | Here, **name** represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “who are glad to honor you” or “who are eager to uphold your reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 86 | NEH | 1 | 11 | a11b | figs-idiom | הַֽחֲפֵצִים֙ | 1 | the ones who delight | To delight in doing something means to be glad to do it and to want to do it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 87 | NEH | 1 | 11 | a13b | לְיִרְאָ֣ה | 1 | to fear | As in [1:5](../01/05.md), **fear** means to show respect and reverence. | |
| 88 | NEH | 1 | 11 | a15b | figs-123person | וְהַצְלִֽיחָה־נָּ֤א לְעַבְדְּךָ֙ הַיּ֔וֹם וּתְנֵ֣הוּ לְרַחֲמִ֔ים | 1 | cause your servant to succeed today and give him mercies | Once again Nehemiah calls himself a **servant** to show respect to a superior. He then refers to himself in the third person (“give him”) to express humility before God. Alternate translation: “make me successful today and let the king be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 89 | NEH | 1 | 11 | a17b | figs-parallelism | וְהַצְלִֽיחָה־נָּ֤א לְעַבְדְּךָ֙ הַיּ֔וֹם וּתְנֵ֣הוּ לְרַחֲמִ֔ים | 1 | cause your servant to succeed today and give him mercies | These two statements mean similar things. Nehemiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how important it is for him to have God’s help. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “grant that the king will have mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 90 | NEH | 1 | 11 | a19b | figs-idiom | הַיּ֔וֹם | 1 | today | This does not necessarily mean on this same day. Rather, Nehemiah is praying that God will give him the opportunity to speak with the king soon about helping the Jews in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 91 | NEH | 1 | 11 | kr99 | figs-123person | וּתְנֵ֣הוּ לְרַחֲמִ֔ים | 1 | give him mercies | Here, **him** refers to Nehemiah, who refers to himself in the third person to express his humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 92 | NEH | 1 | 11 | r7af | figs-metaphor | לִפְנֵ֖י הָאִ֣ישׁ הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | before the face of this man | Here, **face** is a figurative way of referring to the action of seeing, and seeing is a figurative way of describing knowledge, perception, notice, attention, or judgment. In this context, Nehemiah is asking God to cause the king to make a favorable decision in response to a request he plans to make. Alternate translation: “Please grant that the king will agree to the request that I am going to make.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 93 | NEH | 1 | 11 | a21b | figs-explicit | הָאִ֣ישׁ הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | this man | As we will discover in the next chapter, **this man** refers to Artaxerxes, the king of Persia. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 94 | NEH | 1 | 11 | h9hl | writing-background | וַאֲנִ֛י הָיִ֥יתִי מַשְׁקֶ֖ה לַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | Now as for me, I was a cupbearer for the king | This is background information about Nehemiah’s role in the king’s court. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. As a “cupbearer,” it was Nehemiah’s duty to serve the wine at the king’s table, but he was much more than a waiter or butler. When the king gave him this assignment, this showed that he trusted Nehemiah completely to protect him from being poisoned. Nehemiah’s work also allowed him to see the king frequently and get to know him. So this was an important office. Alternate translation: “At that time, I was an important official who served the wine at the king’s table.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
| 95 | NEH | 2 | intro | mj1d | 0 | # Nehemiah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of the construction of the wall. Many scholars believe these chapters teach valuable lessons on leadership ([Nehemiah 2-6](./01.md)).<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Nehemiah’s character<br>Apparently, Nehemiah’s character made an impression on the king. It was very unusual for a king to be so concerned with one of his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cultural Customs<br>In ancient Persia, people thought it was important for their conquered peoples to retain and practice their own cultural customs. It was thought that this independence promoted peace in their vast kingdom. The rebuilding of Jerusalem may have been seen as a way to allow for the Jewish cultural practices.<br><br>### Yahweh’s control<br>Yahweh is seen as very powerful. He is able to provide for his people even through a foreign king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) | |||
| 96 | NEH | 2 | 1 | a23b | writing-newevent | וַיְהִ֣י | 1 | Then it happened that | Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. Alternate translation: “Then one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 97 | NEH | 2 | 1 | a25b | figs-explicit | בְּחֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֗ן שְׁנַ֥ת עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ | 1 | in the month of Nisan, in year twenty of Artaxerxes the King | Since there were twelve months in the Hebrew calendar, and it was still the same year in the reign of Artaxerxes, this means that four months had gone by since Hanani came and spoke with Nehemiah. The implication is that Nehemiah had been praying all this time in the way described in chapter 1. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I prayed like this for four months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 98 | NEH | 2 | 1 | h3hu | translate-hebrewmonths | בְּחֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֗ן | 1 | In the month of Nisan | **Nisan** is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) |
| 99 | NEH | 2 | 1 | l63f | translate-ordinal | שְׁנַ֥ת עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ | 1 | in year twenty of Artaxerxes the king | This is referring to the number of years that Artaxerxes had been reigning as king. Alternate translation: “in year 20 of the reign of Artaxerxes as the king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 100 | NEH | 2 | 1 | k1vf | יַ֣יִן לְפָנָ֑יו | 1 | wine was before his face | **Him** means King Artaxerxes. Alternate translation: “when it was time to serve him the wine” | |
| 101 | NEH | 2 | 1 | a24b | figs-metaphor | יַ֣יִן לְפָנָ֑יו | 1 | wine was before his face | Here, **face** is a figurative way of referring to the presence of a person. This sentence means that a time had come when Nehemiah needed to serve wine to the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 102 | NEH | 2 | 1 | a29b | וָאֶשָּׂ֤א אֶת־הַיַּ֨יִן֙ וָאֶתְּנָ֣ה לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | I lifted the wine, and I gave it to the king | Alternate translation: “I poured a cup of wine and gave it to the king” | |
| 103 | NEH | 2 | 1 | a31b | figs-idiom | וְלֹא־הָיִ֥יתִי רַ֖ע לְפָנָֽיו | 1 | and I was not evil before his face | In this context, **unpleasant** refers to a person looking sad or upset. Alternate translation: “I did not look sad in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 104 | NEH | 2 | 1 | a33b | figs-explicit | וְלֹא־הָיִ֥יתִי | 1 | and I was not | The context suggests that **I was not** actually means **I had never been.** It seems that King Artaxerxes always wanted his officials to be cheerful in his presence. That is why Nehemaiah became afraid when the king asked him why he was sad. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say “I had never been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 105 | NEH | 2 | 1 | a38p | figs-metaphor | לְפָנָֽיו | 1 | before his face | Here, **face** is a figurative way of referring to the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 106 | NEH | 2 | 2 | n5wy | figs-explicit | וַיֹּאמֶר֩ לִ֨י הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ | 1 | And the king said to me | The king must have noticed that Nehemiah looked sad because he asked about it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But the king noticed that on this day I did look sad. So he asked me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 107 | NEH | 2 | 2 | ue51 | figs-synecdoche | מַדּ֣וּעַ ׀ פָּנֶ֣יךָ רָעִ֗ים | 1 | Why is your face evil? | The king refers to Nehemiah by one part of him, his **face**, because the face shows one’s emotions. Alternate translation: “Why are you sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 108 | NEH | 2 | 2 | a37b | figs-idiom | מַדּ֣וּעַ ׀ פָּנֶ֣יךָ רָעִ֗ים | 1 | Why is your face evil? | As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **unpleasant** refers to a person looking sad or upset. Alternate translation: “Why are you sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 109 | NEH | 2 | 2 | a39b | וְאַתָּה֙ אֵֽינְךָ֣ חוֹלֶ֔ה | 1 | Now as for you, you are not sick | Alternate translation: “I can tell that you are not sick.” | |
| 110 | NEH | 2 | 2 | g1k7 | figs-personification | אֵ֣ין זֶ֔ה כִּי־אִ֖ם רֹ֣עַֽ לֵ֑ב | 1 | This is nothing except evil of heart | This phrase means **sadness of heart.** The king speaks as if Nehemiah’s heart were a living thing capable of having emotions. Alternate translation: “You must be very sad inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 111 | NEH | 2 | 2 | a41b | figs-doublenegatives | אֵ֣ין זֶ֔ה כִּי־אִ֖ם רֹ֣עַֽ לֵ֑ב | 1 | This is nothing except evil of heart | You can state this in a positive form: Alternate translation: “This can only be sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
| 112 | NEH | 2 | 2 | eyt8 | figs-explicit | וָאִירָ֖א הַרְבֵּ֥ה מְאֹֽד | 1 | Then I was extremely much afraid | The implication is that Nehemiah was very afraid because no one was supposed to look unhappy in the king’s presence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This made me very afraid, because no one was supposed to look unhappy in the king’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 113 | NEH | 2 | 3 | qz4i | figs-hyperbole | הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ לְעוֹלָ֣ם יִחְיֶ֑ה | 1 | May the king live to eternity! | Nehemiah is showing honor to King Artaxerxes. Here, **to eternity** is an exaggeration that refers to a long life. Alternate translation: “Long live the king” or “May you have a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 114 | NEH | 2 | 3 | a43b | figs-123person | הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ לְעוֹלָ֣ם יִחְיֶ֑ה | 1 | May the king live to eternity! | Nehemiah addresses the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as “Your Majesty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 115 | NEH | 2 | 3 | klj6 | figs-rquestion | מַדּ֜וּעַ לֹא־יֵרְע֣וּ פָנַ֗י | 1 | Why should not my face be evil | Nehemiah is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the king to give him reasons why he should not be sad. Instead, he is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am sorry, but I cannot help being sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 116 | NEH | 2 | 3 | a45b | figs-synecdoche | מַדּ֜וּעַ לֹא־יֵרְע֣וּ פָנַ֗י | 1 | Why should not my face be evil | Nehemiah refers to himself by one part of him, his **face**, because the face shows one’s emotions. Alternate translation: “I have very good reasons to be sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 117 | NEH | 2 | 3 | a47b | figs-idiom | מַדּ֜וּעַ לֹא־יֵרְע֣וּ פָנַ֗י | 1 | Why should not my face be evil | Here, **unpleasant** refers to a person looking sad or upset. Alternate translation: “I have very good reasons to be sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 118 | NEH | 2 | 3 | a49b | figs-explicit | הָעִ֜יר…חֲרֵבָ֔ה | 1 | the city … is desolate | **The city** means Jerusalem. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem … lies in ruins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 119 | NEH | 2 | 3 | ehz3 | figs-metaphor | בֵּית־קִבְר֤וֹת אֲבֹתַי֙ | 1 | the house of the graves of my fathers | Here, **house** is a figurative way of referring to a place. Alternate translation: “the place where my ancestors are buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 120 | NEH | 2 | 3 | a51b | figs-metonymy | בֵּית־קִבְר֤וֹת אֲבֹתַי֙ | 1 | the house of the graves of my fathers | Here, **fathers** figuratively means **ancestors.** Alternate translation: “the place where my ancestors are buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 121 | NEH | 2 | 3 | g7f4 | figs-activepassive | וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ אֻכְּל֥וּ בָאֵֽשׁ | 1 | its gates have been consumed by fire | If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “fire has destroyed its gates” or “our enemies have burned its gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 122 | NEH | 2 | 4 | a53b | עַל־מַה־זֶּ֖ה אַתָּ֣ה מְבַקֵּ֑שׁ | 1 | For what is this you are seeking? | Alternate translation: “What do you want me to do for you” | |
| 123 | NEH | 2 | 4 | a55b | figs-explicit | וָֽאֶתְפַּלֵּ֔ל | 1 | And I prayed | The implication is that Nehemiah prayed to God before he answered the king. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before I answered him, I prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 124 | NEH | 2 | 4 | a57b | אֱלֹהֵ֖י הַשָּׁמָֽיִם | 1 | the God of heaven | Alternate translation: “the God who is in heaven” | |
| 125 | NEH | 2 | 5 | uv1p | וָאֹמַ֣ר לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | And I said to the king | Alternate translation: “Then I replied to the king” | |
| 126 | NEH | 2 | 5 | a59b | figs-idiom | אִם־עַל־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב | 1 | If it is good to the king | This is an idiom that means, “If it seems good in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 127 | NEH | 2 | 5 | a61b | figs-123person | אִם־עַל־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב | 1 | If it is good to the king | Nehemiah speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “If it seems good in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 128 | NEH | 2 | 5 | ae4b | figs-synecdoche | וְאִם־יִיטַ֥ב עַבְדְּךָ֖ לְפָנֶ֑יךָ | 1 | and if your servant is good before your face | Here, **face** could be referring figuratively to the king himself by naming one part of him. What he thought and felt about Nehemiah’s request would become evident in his face first, so that would be an appropriate part of him to use to represent all of him. Another possibility is that **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” or “as I stand here before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 129 | NEH | 2 | 5 | u2zy | figs-123person | וְאִם־יִיטַ֥ב עַבְדְּךָ֖ לְפָנֶ֑יךָ | 1 | your servant | Nehemiah refers to himself as **your servant** to show his submission to the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 130 | NEH | 2 | 5 | a63b | figs-idiom | אֲשֶׁ֧ר תִּשְׁלָחֵ֣נִי אֶל־יְהוּדָ֗ה | 1 | that you would send me to Judah | Nehemiah is really asking for permission to go, rather than asking the king to send him. But as a sign of respect, he speaks as if the king would be taking the initiative. Alternate translation: “please allow me to go to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 131 | NEH | 2 | 5 | df8l | עִ֛יר קִבְר֥וֹת אֲבֹתַ֖י | 1 | the city of the graves of my fathers | This is similar to [2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the city where my ancestors are buried” | |
| 132 | NEH | 2 | 5 | l6nj | figs-synecdoche | וְאֶבְנֶֽנָּה | 1 | and I will build it | Nehemiah does not plan to do all of the building himself, but he will be the leader of the work. Alternate translation: “that I and my people may rebuild it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 133 | NEH | 2 | 6 | a67b | figs-explicit | וְהַשֵּׁגַ֣ל ׀ יוֹשֶׁ֣בֶת אֶצְל֗וֹ | 1 | with the queen sitting beside him | This detail indicates that this was a private meal, since the queen probably did not attend public banquets with the king. The implication is that the private meal gave Nehemiah the opportunity to speak freely. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See UST. Alternate translation: “This was a private meal, with the queen sitting next to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 134 | NEH | 2 | 6 | a69b | figs-parallelism | עַד־מָתַ֛י יִהְיֶ֥ה מַֽהֲלָכֲךָ֖ וּמָתַ֣י תָּשׁ֑וּב | 1 | Until when will be your journey? And when will you return? | These two phrases mean the same thing. The king says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that he is genuinely interested in Nehemiah’s situation. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “How long would you be away?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 135 | NEH | 2 | 6 | a71b | figs-explicit | וַיִּיטַ֤ב לִפְנֵֽי־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וַיִּשְׁלָחֵ֔נִי | 1 | And it was good before the face of the king, and he sent me | The implication is that Nehemiah told the king how long he would need to be away. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I told him how long I would be gone. That was acceptable to him, and he gave me permission to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 136 | NEH | 2 | 6 | a73b | figs-idiom | וַיִּיטַ֤ב | 1 | And it was good | As in verse 5, this is an idiom that means, “If it seems like a good idea to you.” Alternate translation: “That was acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 137 | NEH | 2 | 6 | a75b | figs-synecdoche | לִפְנֵֽי־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ | 1 | before the face of the king | Nehemiah refers to the king by one part of him, his **face**, likely because the face shows one’s emotions. Alternate translation: “to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 138 | NEH | 2 | 6 | a77b | וַיִּשְׁלָחֵ֔נִי | 1 | and he sent me | As in [2:5](../02/05.md), Nehemiah was really asking for permission to go, rather than asking the king to send him. But as a sign of respect, he speaks as if the king took the initiative. Alternate translation: “he gave me permission to go” | |
| 139 | NEH | 2 | 6 | a79b | וָֽאֶתְּנָ֥ה ל֖וֹ זְמָֽן | 1 | and I gave to him a time | Alternate translation: “I told him what day I wanted to leave” | |
| 140 | NEH | 2 | 7 | a81b | וָאוֹמַר֮ | 1 | Then I said | Alternate translation: “I also said” | |
| 141 | NEH | 2 | 7 | a83b | אִם־עַל־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב | 1 | If it is good to the king | Alternate translation: “If it seems like a good idea to you” | |
| 142 | NEH | 2 | 7 | a85b | figs-123person | עַל־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ | 1 | to the king | Nehemiah addresses the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 143 | NEH | 2 | 7 | rgj6 | figs-activepassive | אִגְּרוֹת֙ יִתְּנוּ־לִ֔י | 1 | let letters be given to me | You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “please give me letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 144 | NEH | 2 | 7 | a87b | עַֽל־פַּחֲו֖וֹת | 1 | for the governors | Alternate translation: “that I can show to the governors” | |
| 145 | NEH | 2 | 7 | qp9n | translate-names | עֵ֣בֶר הַנָּהָ֑ר | 1 | Beyond-the-River | This is the name of the Persian province that lay west of the Euphrates River. Alternate translation: “the province Beyond the River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 146 | NEH | 2 | 7 | a89b | אֲשֶׁר֙ יַעֲבִיר֔וּנִי עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־אָב֖וֹא אֶל־יְהוּדָֽה | 1 | that they will bring me across as far as where I enter into Judah | Nehemiah’s request is not for these governors to provide him with transportation. Nehemiah explains in [2:9](../02/09.md) that the king did that for him. These letter would instead request the governors to allow him safe passage through their provinces. Alternate translation: “Please tell them to give me safe passage through their provinces to Judah” | |
| 147 | NEH | 2 | 8 | a91b | וְאִגֶּ֡רֶת אֶל־אָסָף֩ | 1 | and a letter to Asaph | Nehemiah is continuing his requests to the king. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Please also write a letter to Asaph for me” | |
| 148 | NEH | 2 | 8 | ar5v | translate-names | אָסָף֩ | 1 | Asaph | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 149 | NEH | 2 | 8 | a93b | שֹׁמֵ֨ר | 1 | the keeper of | Alternate translation: “the man who takes care of” | |
| 150 | NEH | 2 | 8 | a95b | figs-explicit | הַפַּרְדֵּ֜ס אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַמֶּ֗לֶךְ | 1 | the forest that belongs to the king | The implication is that this forest was near where Nehemiah was going to need the wood. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your royal forest in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 151 | NEH | 2 | 8 | a97b | figs-123person | הַפַּרְדֵּ֜ס אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַמֶּ֗לֶךְ | 1 | the forest that belongs to the king | Nehemiah addresses the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “your royal forest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
| 152 | NEH | 2 | 8 | a99b | אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִתֶּן־לִ֣י עֵצִ֡ים | 1 | that he will give to me timbers | Alternate translation: “Please tell him to give me timber” | |
| 153 | NEH | 2 | 8 | ac11 | figs-metonymy | הַבִּירָ֤ה אֲשֶׁר־לַבַּ֨יִת֙ | 1 | the citadel, which is for the house | As in [1:1](../01/01.md), **citadel** refers to a fortress or stronghold. “House” here figuratively describes the temple as the “house” where God lives. Alternate translation: “the fortress that is near the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 154 | NEH | 2 | 8 | ac13 | וְלַבַּ֖יִת אֲשֶׁר־אָב֣וֹא אֵלָ֑יו | 1 | and for the house into which I will enter | Alternate translation: “and for the house that I will live in” | |
| 155 | NEH | 2 | 8 | ac15 | וַיִּתֶּן־לִ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | And the king gave to me | Alternate translation: “The king agreed to all of my requests” | |
| 156 | NEH | 2 | 8 | w91s | figs-metaphor | כְּיַד־אֱלֹהַ֖י הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי | 1 | according to the good hand of my God upon me | Here, **hand** figuratively represents strength, power, control, or action. In this context, the expression means that God acted toward Nehemiah in a positive and favorable manner. Alternate translation: “because God’s favor was upon me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 157 | NEH | 2 | 8 | ac17 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כְּיַד־אֱלֹהַ֖י הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי | 1 | according to the good hand of my God upon me | If your readers would misunderstand this, you can give this explanation (the reason) before the result that it accounts for, using a connecting word like “so.” Alternate translation: “God’s favor was upon me, and so the king agreed to all of my requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 158 | NEH | 2 | 9 | ac19 | וָֽאָב֗וֹא אֶֽל־פַּֽחֲווֹת֙ עֵ֣בֶר הַנָּהָ֔ר | 1 | And I came to the governors of Beyond-the-River | Alternate translation: “When I reached the province Beyond the River, I went to see its governors” | |
| 159 | NEH | 2 | 9 | ac21 | translate-names | עֵ֣בֶר הַנָּהָ֔ר | 1 | Beyond-the-River | This is the name of a Persian province. See how you translated it in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 160 | NEH | 2 | 9 | ac23 | וָאֶתְּנָ֣ה לָהֶ֔ם אֵ֖ת אִגְּר֣וֹת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | I gave to them the letters of the king | Alternate translation: “I showed them the letters the king had given me.” | |
| 161 | NEH | 2 | 9 | ac25 | figs-explicit | וָאֶתְּנָ֣ה לָהֶ֔ם אֵ֖ת אִגְּר֣וֹת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | I gave to them the letters of the king | The implication is that when the governors saw the letters from the king, they allowed Nehemiah safe passage. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they gave me safe passage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 162 | NEH | 2 | 9 | ac27 | figs-explicit | וַיִּשְׁלַ֤ח עִמִּי֙ הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ שָׂ֥רֵי חַ֖יִל וּפָרָשִֽׁים | 1 | And the king sent with me officers of the army and horsemen | The implication is that the king did this when Nehemiah left for Judah, and that the purpose was to protect him on his journey. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When I left to travel to Judah, the king sent along some army officers and soldiers riding on horses to protect me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 163 | NEH | 2 | 9 | ac29 | figs-events | וַיִּשְׁלַ֤ח עִמִּי֙ הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ שָׂ֥רֵי חַ֖יִל וּפָרָשִֽׁים | 1 | And the king sent with me officers of the army and horsemen | You can put this information first because it happened before Nehemiah showed his letters to the governors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) |
| 164 | NEH | 2 | 10 | ac31 | figs-explicit | וַיִּשְׁמַ֞ע סַנְבַלַּ֣ט הַחֹרֹנִ֗י וְטֽוֹבִיָּה֙ הָעֶ֣בֶד הָֽעַמֹּנִ֔י | 1 | Then Sanballat the Horonite and Tobiah, the servant, the Ammonite, heard | Sanballat was the governor of Samaria, the area right next to Judah. So he was one of the people Nehemiah would have shown a letter from the king authorizing his trip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This was how Sanballat the Horonite and his deputy Tobiah the Ammonite learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 165 | NEH | 2 | 10 | yz8p | translate-names | סַנְבַלַּ֣ט הַחֹרֹנִ֗י | 1 | Sanballat the Horonite | Sanballat is the name of a man, and Horonite is the name of his people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 166 | NEH | 2 | 10 | eh4c | translate-names | וְטֽוֹבִיָּה֙…הָֽעַמֹּנִ֔י | 1 | and Tobiah … the Ammonite | Tobiah is the name of a man, and Ammonite is the name of his people group. Tobiah’s name occurs over a dozen times in the book of Nehemiah. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 167 | NEH | 2 | 10 | vb3p | וְטֽוֹבִיָּה֙ הָעֶ֣בֶד | 1 | and Tobiah, the servant | From the role that Tobiah plays in the book, this phrase seems to indicate that he was the official who served directly under Sanballat. Alternate translation: “Tobiah, his deputy” | |
| 168 | NEH | 2 | 10 | ac33 | figs-explicit | וַיֵּ֥רַע לָהֶ֖ם רָעָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֥א אָדָ֔ם לְבַקֵּ֥שׁ טוֹבָ֖ה לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | And it was evil to them, a great evil, that someone had come to seek good for the sons of Israel | The implication is that Sanballat and Tobiah did not want to see Judah become strong again because that would be a threat to the power and influence of Samaria. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 169 | NEH | 2 | 10 | ac35 | figs-idiom | וַיֵּ֥רַע לָהֶ֖ם רָעָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה | 1 | And it was evil to them, a great evil | Here **evil** means “bad,” so this expression is the opposite of “if it is good to you” in [2:5](../02/05.md) and [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “They thought it was a bad thing, a very bad thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 170 | NEH | 2 | 10 | ac37 | figs-doublet | וַיֵּ֥רַע לָהֶ֖ם רָעָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה | 1 | And it was evil to them, a great evil | These two short phrases mean almost the same thing. Nehemiah uses them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “they became very upset” or “they did not like it at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 171 | NEH | 2 | 10 | ac39 | figs-idiom | אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֥א אָדָ֔ם לְבַקֵּ֥שׁ טוֹבָ֖ה לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | that someone had come to seek good for the sons of Israel | **To seek good for** means “to help.” Alternate translation: “that someone had come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 172 | NEH | 2 | 10 | ac41 | figs-gendernotations | לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | for the sons of Israel | As in [1:6](../01/06.md), **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 173 | NEH | 2 | 11 | ac43 | figs-explicit | וָאָב֖וֹא אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם | 1 | And I came to Jerusalem | Here the text might be implying that Nehemiah made it safely to Jerusalem anyway, despite the opposition of Sanballat and Tobiah. Alternate translation: “But I made it safely to Jerusalem despite their opposition.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 174 | NEH | 2 | 11 | ac45 | וָאֱהִי־שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֥ים שְׁלֹשָֽׁה | 1 | and I was there three days | This phrase seems to look ahead to the next verse, and you could translate it that way and make it the start of the next sentence. Alternate translation: “After I had been there for three days” | |
| 175 | NEH | 2 | 12 | ac47 | figs-explicit | וָאָק֣וּם ׀ לַ֗יְלָה | 1 | Then I arose in the night | The implication is that Nehemiah went out to inspect the city walls, as described in 1:13–15(../01/13.md). The implication is also that he did this at night so that no one would know he was doing it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I got up secretly in the night to inspect the city walls.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 176 | NEH | 2 | 12 | ac49 | figs-gendernotations | אֲנִי֮ וַאֲנָשִׁ֣ים ׀ מְעַט֮ עִמִּי֒ | 1 | myself and a few men with me | The word **men** here could conceivably include both men and women. However, for a nighttime mission through the ruins of the city walls, it’s likely that Nehemiah brought along only other men. So in this context you could use a word that indicates that. Alternate translation: “I brought only a few other men with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 177 | NEH | 2 | 12 | ac51 | figs-hyperbole | וְלֹא־הִגַּ֣דְתִּי לְאָדָ֔ם מָ֗ה אֱלֹהַי֙ נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־לִבִּ֔י לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת לִירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם | 1 | and I did not tell anyone what my God had been giving to my heart to do for Jerusalem | Probably Nehemiah told at least some people, since he brought a few men with him when he went out to inspect the walls. So “not … anyone” might be an exaggeration that emphasizes the secrecy Nehemiah maintained. Alternate translation: “I did not say publicly what God had led me to do for Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 178 | NEH | 2 | 12 | ac53 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְלֹא־הִגַּ֣דְתִּי לְאָדָ֔ם מָ֗ה אֱלֹהַי֙ נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־לִבִּ֔י לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת לִירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם | 1 | and I did not tell anyone | If your readers would misunderstand this, you can give this explanation before describing Nehemiah’s nighttime mission, because it is the reason that explains the result of him maintaining so much secrecy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 179 | NEH | 2 | 12 | s72w | figs-metaphor | מָ֗ה אֱלֹהַי֙ נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־לִבִּ֔י לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת | 1 | had put into my heart | Here, Nehemiah’s **heart** figuratively represents his thoughts and will. Alternate translation: “what God had inspired me to do” or “what God had led me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 180 | NEH | 2 | 12 | wd63 | figs-explicit | וּבְהֵמָה֙ אֵ֣ין עִמִּ֔י | 1 | Now there was no animal with me | The implication is that this was another measure to maintain secrecy. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “To keep things quiet, there were no other animals with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 181 | NEH | 2 | 13 | au61 | figs-synecdoche | וָאֵצְאָ֨ה | 1 | I went out | Even though he brought a few men with him, Nehemiah says “I” because he was the primary person conducting this inspection. In this narrative, he represents the entire group. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say “we” in your translation to express this meaning. If your language makes this distinction, “we” would not include the addressee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 182 | NEH | 2 | 13 | ac55 | translate-names | בְשַֽׁעַר־הַגַּ֜יא | 1 | at the gate of the valley | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “at the Valley Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 183 | NEH | 2 | 13 | az64 | figs-metonymy | וְאֶל־פְּנֵי֙ עֵ֣ין הַתַּנִּ֔ין | 1 | even to the face of the spring of the dragon | Here, **face** figuratively means the front of an object. This means that the group passed in front of the well. Alternate translation: “we went past the Dragon Well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 184 | NEH | 2 | 13 | pt1h | translate-names | עֵ֣ין הַתַּנִּ֔ין | 1 | the spring of the dragon | This is the name of a spring-fed well outside Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Dragon Well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 185 | NEH | 2 | 13 | mif3 | translate-names | וְאֶל־שַׁ֖עַר הָאַשְׁפֹּ֑ת | 1 | and to the gate of dung | This is the name of another one of the gates of Jerusalem. It seems that rubbish was removed from the city through this gate. Alternate translation: “the Rubbish Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 186 | NEH | 2 | 13 | ac59 | וָאֱהִ֨י שֹׂבֵ֜ר בְּחוֹמֹ֤ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ | 1 | And I was looking intently at the walls of Jerusalem | Alternate translation: “We made a careful inspection of the walls of Jerusalem” | |
| 187 | NEH | 2 | 13 | a8u1 | figs-activepassive | אֲשֶׁר־הֵ֣ם פְּרוּצִ֔ים וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ אֻכְּל֥וּ בָאֵֽשׁ | 1 | that they were broken down, and its gates had been consumed by fire | You can use active forms to express the meaning of these two passive verbs. Alternate translation: “which our enemies had broken open, and the wooden gates which they had destroyed with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 188 | NEH | 2 | 14 | ac61 | translate-names | שַׁ֣עַר הָעַ֔יִן | 1 | the gate of the spring | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Fountain Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 189 | NEH | 2 | 14 | ac63 | translate-names | בְּרֵכַ֖ת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | the pool of the king | This is the name of a pool outside Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Royal Pool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 190 | NEH | 2 | 14 | ac65 | וְאֵין־מָק֥וֹם לַבְּהֵמָ֖ה לַעֲבֹ֥ר תַּחְתָּֽי | 1 | but there was no place for the animal under me to pass | Alternate translation: “The opening there was so narrow that the animal I was riding could not get through” | |
| 191 | NEH | 2 | 15 | l39v | figs-synecdoche | וָאֱהִ֨י עֹלֶ֤ה בַנַּ֨חַל֙ לַ֔יְלָה וָאֱהִ֥י שֹׂבֵ֖ר בַּחוֹמָ֑ה וָאָשׁ֗וּב וָאָב֛וֹא בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַגַּ֖יְא וָאָשֽׁוּב | 1 | Then I crossed to | Nehemiah continues to speak of himself as representative of the whole group. Alternate translation: “Then we came to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 192 | NEH | 2 | 15 | ac67 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וָאֱהִ֨י עֹלֶ֤ה בַנַּ֨חַל֙ לַ֔יְלָה וָאֱהִ֥י שֹׂבֵ֖ר בַּחוֹמָ֑ה וָאָשׁ֗וּב וָאָב֛וֹא בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַגַּ֖יְא וָאָשֽׁוּב | 1 | And I was going up by the wadi at night | Nehemiah is saying that because they could not continue going along the wall, they had to take a different route. You could use an introductory word like “so” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “So we followed the path of the Kidron Brook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) |
| 193 | NEH | 2 | 15 | ac69 | figs-synecdoche | וָאֱהִ֨י עֹלֶ֤ה | 1 | And I was going up | Nehemiah continues to speak of himself as representative of the whole group. Alternate translation: “So we followed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 194 | NEH | 2 | 15 | ac71 | translate-unknown | בַנַּ֨חַל֙ | 1 | by the wadi | This refers to the Kidron Brook, which runs along the eastern side of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Kidron Brook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 195 | NEH | 2 | 15 | ac73 | figs-explicit | לַ֔יְלָה | 1 | at night | The implication may be “even though it was night.” The slippery, uneven ground of the path along the brook would have been more dangerous in the dark. (Nehemiah is writing a chronicle of all the things he did to help the Jews, and he records specific things that required risk or sacrifice.) Alternate translation: “even though it was night.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 196 | NEH | 2 | 15 | ac75 | figs-explicit | וָאֱהִ֥י שֹׂבֵ֖ר בַּחוֹמָ֑ה | 1 | and I was looking intently at the wall | The implication is that from the brook they were able to look up at the wall and see its condition. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “From there we were able to look up at the wall and see its condition.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 197 | NEH | 2 | 15 | ac77 | וָאָשׁ֗וּב | 1 | Then I turned back | This likely means not that Nehemiah turned around, but that this route brought him and the other men back to where they started. So they were able to go all the way around the city and inspect the entire wall. Alternate translation: “This route brought us back to where we started.” | |
| 198 | NEH | 2 | 15 | ac79 | figs-synecdoche | וָאָשׁ֗וּב | 1 | Then I turned back | The other men with Nehemiah also followed him. Alternate translation: “This route brought us back to where we started.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 199 | NEH | 2 | 15 | b637 | וָאָב֛וֹא בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַגַּ֖יְא | 1 | and I came in at the gate of the valley | Alternate translation: “We re-entered the city through the Valley Gate” | |
| 200 | NEH | 2 | 15 | ac81 | translate-names | בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַגַּ֖יְא | 1 | at the gate of the valley | See how you translated the name of this gate in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the Valley Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 201 | NEH | 2 | 15 | ac83 | figs-explicit | וָאָשֽׁוּב | 1 | and I returned | Here the expression probably means “and I went back home.” The implication is that no one had seen him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I went back home without being seen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 202 | NEH | 2 | 16 | ac85 | וְהַסְּגָנִ֗ים | 1 | Now the prefects | Alternate translation: “the city officials” | |
| 203 | NEH | 2 | 16 | ac87 | figs-explicit | עַד־כֵּ֖ן לֹ֥א הִגַּֽדְתִּי | 1 | until this time I had not yet told | The implication is that Nehemiah had not yet told anyone that he was planning to repair the walls. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had not yet told … that I was planning to repair the walls.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 204 | NEH | 2 | 16 | ac89 | figs-explicit | וְלַיְּהוּדִ֨ים וְלַכֹּהֲנִ֜ים וְלַחֹרִ֣ים וְלַסְּגָנִ֗ים | 1 | the Jews, the priests, or the nobles, or the perfects | The implication seems to be that Nehemiah had not said anything privately about his plans to any particular group of leaders. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I had not even said anything about it privately to the Jewish leaders, the priests, the leading citizens, or the city officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 205 | NEH | 2 | 16 | ac91 | figs-synecdoche | וְלַיְּהוּדִ֨ים | 1 | the Jews | While this expression means “the Jewish people” in most of the book, in the contexts here and in [5:17](../05/17.md) it seems to mean “the Jewish leaders.” Nehemiah is describing some members of this people group, its leaders, as if they were the whole group. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 206 | NEH | 2 | 16 | xd75 | figs-explicit | וּלְיֶ֨תֶר֙ עֹשֵׂ֣ה הַמְּלָאכָ֔ה | 1 | the rest who were about to do the work | This seems to refer to the people who would later rebuild the walls. Alternate translation: “the others who would later do the work of rebuilding the walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 207 | NEH | 2 | 17 | ac93 | figs-explicit | וָאוֹמַ֣ר אֲלֵהֶ֗ם | 1 | Then I said to them | This might imply a contrast between what Nehemiah did previously (kept quiet) and what he did now (told everyone). You could use a word like “but” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But now I said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 208 | NEH | 2 | 17 | ac95 | figs-abstractnouns | אַתֶּ֤ם רֹאִים֙ הָרָעָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֲנַ֣חְנוּ בָ֔הּ | 1 | You see the evil that we are in | As in [1:3](../01/03.md), here the abstract noun **evil** does not refer to something morally bad, but to a difficult situation. You can translate this idea with an adjective such as “desperate.” Alternate translation: “You see what a desperate situation we are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 209 | NEH | 2 | 17 | we6m | figs-you | אַתֶּ֤ם רֹאִים֙ הָרָעָה֙ | 1 | You see the evil | Here **you** is plural, referring to all the people mentioned in [2:16](../02/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) |
| 210 | NEH | 2 | 17 | ac97 | figs-activepassive | יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ חֲרֵבָ֔ה וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ נִצְּת֣וּ בָאֵ֑שׁ | 1 | Jerusalem is desolate and its gates have been burned by fire | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning here using active forms. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem lies in ruins, and our enemies have burned down its gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 211 | NEH | 2 | 17 | f468 | figs-explicit | יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ חֲרֵבָ֔ה וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ נִצְּת֣וּ בָאֵ֑שׁ | 1 | Jerusalem is desolate and its gates have been burned by fire | The implication is, “We need to do something about this!” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could add something like that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 212 | NEH | 2 | 17 | ac99 | לְכ֗וּ וְנִבְנֶה֙ אֶת־חוֹמַ֣ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֔ם | 1 | Come, and let us build the wall of Jerusalem | **Come** does not mean “come over to this place” but “come on, let’s do this!” Nehemiah is issuing both an invitation and a public challenge to everyone who is listening. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate his words in a way that reflects this. Alternate translation: “I challenge all of you to join me in rebuilding the wall of Jerusalem.” | |
| 213 | NEH | 2 | 17 | ll6y | figs-abstractnouns | וְלֹא־נִהְיֶ֥ה ע֖וֹד חֶרְפָּֽה | 1 | and we will no longer be a reproach | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **reproach**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “so we will no longer be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 214 | NEH | 2 | 18 | twi7 | figs-metaphor | יַ֣ד אֱלֹהַ֗י אֲשֶׁר־הִיא֙ טוֹבָ֣ה עָלַ֔י | 1 | the hand of my God, that it was good upon me | Here hand is a metaphor meaning strength, power, control, or action. In this context, it means that God had been acting toward Nehemiah in a positive and favorable manner. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “God’s favor had been upon me” or “God had been helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 215 | NEH | 2 | 18 | a11c | דִּבְרֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָֽמַר־לִ֑י | 1 | the words of the king that he had spoken to me | Alternate translation: “I also told them how the king had given me permission to come.” | |
| 216 | NEH | 2 | 18 | a13c | figs-explicit | נָק֣וּם וּבָנִ֔ינוּ | 1 | We will rise up and build | The implication is that the people responded this way after they heard all that God had done for Nehemiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When they heard this, they said, ‘Let’s get going and begin building!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 217 | NEH | 2 | 18 | a15c | figs-idiom | נָק֣וּם וּבָנִ֔ינוּ | 1 | We will rise up and build | In this context, **rise up** means to begin something. This was an enthusiastic response. Alternate translation: “Let’s get going and start building!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 218 | NEH | 2 | 18 | y6ui | figs-idiom | וַיְחַזְּק֥וּ יְדֵיהֶ֖ם לַטּוֹבָֽה | 1 | And they strengthened their hands for good | The phrase “strengthened their hands” means that they encouraged one another. “For good” refers to the rebuilding project, which they recognized would be a great benefit. Alternate translation: “So they prepared themselves to do this good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 219 | NEH | 2 | 18 | a14c | figs-metaphor | יְדֵיהֶ֖ם | 1 | their hands | **Hand** in this context represents a person’s strength or power. Alternate translation: “they prepared themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 220 | NEH | 2 | 19 | et87 | translate-names | סַנְבַלַּ֨ט הַחֹרֹנִ֜י | 1 | Sanballat the Horonite | Sanballat is the name of a man, and Horonite is the name of his people group. See how you translated this in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 221 | NEH | 2 | 19 | a19c | translate-names | וְטֹבִיָּ֣ה…הָֽעַמּוֹנִ֗י | 1 | and Tobiah … the Ammonite | Tobiah is the name of a man, and Ammonite is the name of his people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 222 | NEH | 2 | 19 | a21c | וְטֹבִיָּ֣ה ׀ הָעֶ֣בֶד | 1 | and Tobiah, the servant | See how you translated this in [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “Tobiah, his deputy” | |
| 223 | NEH | 2 | 19 | cxe8 | translate-names | וְגֶ֨שֶׁם֙ הָֽעַרְבִ֔י | 1 | and Geshem the Arabian | Geshem is the name of a man, and Arabian is the name of his people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 224 | NEH | 2 | 19 | a23c | figs-explicit | וַיִּשְׁמַע֩ | 1 | Then … heard | The implication is that these men learned that the Jews in Jerusalem had started to rebuild the city walls. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “learned that we had started to rebuild the walls of Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 225 | NEH | 2 | 19 | a25c | figs-parallelism | וַיַּלְעִ֣גוּ לָ֔נוּ וַיִּבְז֖וּ עָלֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | and they mocked us, and they despised us | These two statements mean similar things. Nehemiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how contemptuous and dismissive these enemies were being. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “they ridiculed us mercilessly,” otherwise “they made fun of us and ridiculed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 226 | NEH | 2 | 19 | ww1k | figs-rquestion | מָֽה־הַדָּבָ֤ר הַזֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים הַעַ֥ל הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ אַתֶּ֥ם מֹרְדִֽים | 1 | What is this thing that you are doing? Are you rebelling against the king? | These enemies are not asking questions that they expect Nehemiah to answer. They are using the question form to mock him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate their words as statements. Alternate translation: “What you are doing is not going to amount to anything! But you should not be rebelling against the king!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 227 | NEH | 2 | 19 | u8ri | figs-explicit | מָֽה־הַדָּבָ֤ר הַזֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים | 1 | What is this thing that you are doing? | The implication is that this **thing** is really “nothing” at all. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What you are doing is not going to amount to anything!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 228 | NEH | 2 | 20 | a27c | figs-explicit | וָאָשִׁ֨יב אוֹתָ֜ם דָּבָ֗ר וָאוֹמַ֤ר לָהֶם֙ | 1 | Then I returned them a word, and I said to them | This might imply a contrast between the intimidation his enemies wanted him to feel and the courage that God gave him. You could use a word like “but” to indicate this contrast. Alternate translation: “But in response I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 229 | NEH | 2 | 20 | a29c | figs-parallelism | וָאָשִׁ֨יב אוֹתָ֜ם דָּבָ֗ר וָאוֹמַ֤ר לָהֶם֙ | 1 | Then I returned them a word, and I said to them | These two statements mean similar things. Nehemiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how firmly he responded to these enemies. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “But I answered them firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 230 | NEH | 2 | 20 | a31c | אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם ה֚וּא יַצְלִ֣יחַֽ לָ֔נוּ | 1 | The God of heaven, he will cause us to succeed | Alternate translation: “The God who is in heaven will enable us to complete this project.” | |
| 231 | NEH | 2 | 20 | a33c | figs-metaphor | וַאֲנַ֥חְנוּ עֲבָדָ֖יו נָק֣וּם וּבָנִ֑ינוּ | 1 | we ourselves, his servants, will rise up and build | As in [1:6](../01/06.md), the word **servants** refers to the special role that the people of Israel had in the world as a model community of God’s followers. Alternate translation: “we are his chosen people, and we are going to begin rebuilding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 232 | NEH | 2 | 20 | iv9x | figs-idiom | נָק֣וּם וּבָנִ֑ינוּ | 1 | will arise and build | As in [2:18](../02/18.md), **rise up** means to begin something. Alternate translation: “going to begin rebuilding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 233 | NEH | 2 | 20 | a4e6 | figs-doublet | וְלָכֶ֗ם אֵֽין־חֵ֧לֶק וּצְדָקָ֛ה וְזִכָּר֖וֹן בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם | 1 | But you have no share, no right, and no historic claim in Jerusalem | The terms **share**, **right**, and **memorial** all mean something similar. Nehemiah uses them together for emphasis. The meanings are not entirely certain. “Share” may suggest that the Samaritans are not part of the community. “Right” may mean that they have no legal basis to say what should happen in Jerusalem. “Memorial” could mean that they had have no role in the city’s history, or that there is no record of their Israelite ancestry. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “But you have absolutely nothing to do with what happens in Jerusalem.” (Note: A doublet can involve the use of more than two terms.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
| 234 | NEH | 2 | 20 | a35c | figs-abstractnouns | וְלָכֶ֗ם אֵֽין־חֵ֧לֶק וּצְדָקָ֛ה וְזִכָּר֖וֹן בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם | 1 | But you have no share, no right, and no historic claim in Jerusalem | Depending on their meaning, the terms “share,” “right,” and “memorial” may be abstract nouns. If so, you could translate the idea behind them with a phrase that expresses their overall meaning. Alternate translation: “But you have absolutely nothing to do with what happens in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 235 | NEH | 3 | intro | dfw6 | 0 | # Nehemiah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Priests<br>The priests worked on rebuilding the city. Normally, the priests were exempt from this type of work. Because they helped, it emphasizes that this is a holy work and something done for Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cooperation<br>Everyone worked on this project. Many names are mentioned to emphasize the cooperation between the different families. Each was given a section of the wall to rebuild. | |||
| 236 | NEH | 3 | 1 | ald8 | figs-explicit | וַיָּ֡קָם אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ הַכֹּהֵ֨ן הַגָּד֜וֹל | 1 | And Eliashib the high priest rose up | This chapter records the names of the people who repaired the wall of Jerusalem, and it describes what parts of the wall they worked on. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly at the start of the chapter. (In this book Nehemiah records everything he did to help the people of Judah, and he prays that God will remember him and bless him for what he did. We see in this chapter that he also wants God to remember and bless everyone else who helped.) Alternate translation: “These are the names of the people who helped to rebuild the wall around Jerusalem. Now Eliashib the high priest rose up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 237 | NEH | 3 | 1 | a37c | figs-idiom | וַיָּ֡קָם | 1 | And … rose up | As in [2:18](../02/18.md), **rise up** here means to begin something. Alternate translation: “began to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 238 | NEH | 3 | 1 | g9az | translate-names | אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ | 1 | Eliashib | This is the name of a man. It occurs about a dozen times in the book of Nehemiah. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 239 | NEH | 3 | 1 | a39c | translate-unknown | הַכֹּהֵ֨ן הַגָּד֜וֹל | 1 | the high priest | This means that Eliashib was the leader of the priests who conducted worship in the temple and performed many other religious and community functions. Alternate translation: “the priest who was in charge in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 240 | NEH | 3 | 1 | a40c | figs-metaphor | וְאֶחָ֣יו הַכֹּהֲנִ֗ים | 1 | with his brothers the priests | Here, **brother** could mean Eliashib’s biological brothers, but more likely it figuratively refers to the rest of the priests. Alternate translation: “with his fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 241 | NEH | 3 | 1 | a43c | figs-explicit | וַיִּבְנוּ֙ | 1 | and they built | It is clear from the context that they were not building something brand new. Rather, they were rebuilding the walls that had been knocked down. This expression occurs several times in this chapter. It would be helpful to your readers to translate it consistently. Alternate translation: “rebuilt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 242 | NEH | 3 | 1 | a45c | translate-names | שַׁ֣עַר הַצֹּ֔אן | 1 | the gate of the sheep | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Sheep Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 243 | NEH | 3 | 1 | a47c | translate-symaction | הֵ֣מָּה קִדְּשׁ֔וּהוּ | 1 | They themselves consecrated it | **Consecrate** means to set something apart for a special purpose. The Sheep Gate was the gate closest to the temple. By dedicating it to God, the priests were symbolically dedicating the entire wall to God. The rebuilt wall would define and protect the city of Jerusalem as the place from which God had chosen to start making himself famous throughout the world, as described in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
| 244 | NEH | 3 | 1 | a49c | figs-explicit | הֵ֣מָּה קִדְּשׁ֔וּהוּ | 1 | They themselves consecrated it | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that by dedicating the Sheep Gate to God, the priests were symbolically dedicating the entire wall to God. Alternate translation: “They dedicated this gate to God as a symbolic way of dedicating the entire wall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 245 | NEH | 3 | 1 | a51c | וַֽיַּעֲמִ֖ידוּ דַּלְתֹתָ֑יו | 1 | and erected its doors | **Its** refers to the Sheep Gate. **Erected** means “set up” or “set in place.” This expression occurs several times in this chapter. It would be helpful to your readers to translate it consistently. Alternate translation: “set the doors in place.” | |
| 246 | NEH | 3 | 1 | a7k9 | figs-ellipsis | וְעַד־מִגְדַּ֤ל הַמֵּאָה֙ קִדְּשׁ֔וּהוּ עַ֖ד מִגְדַּ֥ל חֲנַנְאֵֽל | 1 | And they consecrated it as far as the tower of the Hundred and as far as the tower of Hananel | In this record of people who helped rebuild the wall, Nehemiah is writing more of a list than a narrative, so he often leaves out one or more words that a sentence normally would have in order to be complete. This sentence seems to mean, “They rebuilt the wall as far as the Tower of the Hundred, and beyond that to the Tower of Hananel. Then they dedicated that part of the wall to God as well.” You could say something like that if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 247 | NEH | 3 | 1 | e1th | translate-names | מִגְדַּ֤ל הַמֵּאָה֙…מִגְדַּ֥ל חֲנַנְאֵֽל | 1 | the tower of the Hundred … the tower of Hananel | These are the names of two of the towers on the Jerusalem wall. Alternate translation: “the Tower of the Hundred … the Tower of Hananel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 248 | NEH | 3 | 1 | r9wn | translate-unknown | מִגְדַּ֤ל הַמֵּאָה֙ | 1 | the tower of the Hundred | It is not clear why this tower had this name. The tower could have been 100 cubits high (about 150 feet or about 45 meters), or 100 soldiers may have been stationed there. Since the reason is unknown, it might be best just to call this the “Tower of the Hundred.” However, if it would be confusing to your readers not to explain the meaning of the number, you suggest one of these possibilities. Alternate translation: “The Tower of the Hundred Soldiers” or “The Hundred-Cubit Tower.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 249 | NEH | 3 | 2 | xtj9 | figs-idiom | וְעַל־יָד֥וֹ בָנ֖וּ | 1 | And … built at his hand | Here, **at his hand** is a figurative way of saying “beside him” or “next to him.” This expression occurs several times in this chapter. It would be helpful to your readers to translate it consistently. Alternate translation: “next to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 250 | NEH | 3 | 2 | qf25 | figs-gendernotations | אַנְשֵׁ֣י יְרֵח֑וֹ | 1 | men of Jericho | The word **men** here can include women, and it does seem to include them in this context. Elsewhere in this chapter, [3:12](../03/12.md) tells us that “Shallum and his daughters repaired part of the wall.” So we know that both men and women worked on this project. Alternate translation: “people from Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
| 251 | NEH | 3 | 2 | u2s6 | translate-names | יְרֵח֑וֹ | 1 | Jericho | Jericho is the name of one of the cities in Judah. We see from this chapter that several cities and towns sent work parties to help rebuild the walls of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 252 | NEH | 3 | 2 | q84s | translate-names | זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־אִמְרִֽי | 1 | Zaccur, the son of Imri | Zaccur is the name of a man, and Imri is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 253 | NEH | 3 | 3 | bbm9 | translate-names | הַסְּנָאָ֑ה | 1 | Hassenaah | Hassenaah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 254 | NEH | 3 | 3 | if44 | translate-names | שַׁ֣עַר הַדָּגִ֔ים | 1 | the gate of fish | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Fish Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 255 | NEH | 3 | 3 | kxd6 | וַֽיַּעֲמִ֨ידוּ֙ דַּלְתֹתָ֔יו מַנְעוּלָ֖יו וּבְרִיחָֽיו | 1 | They themselves laid its beams and erected its doors, its bolts, and its bars | This expression occurs several times in this chapter. It would be helpful to your readers to translate it consistently. Alternate translation: “They framed it with wooden beams, they set its doors in place, and they installed bolts and bars” | |
| 256 | NEH | 3 | 3 | kc48 | figs-explicit | מַנְעוּלָ֖יו וּבְרִיחָֽיו | 1 | its bolts, and its bars | Bolts and bars locked the gates securely. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bolts and bars for locking the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 257 | NEH | 3 | 4 | nn6j | figs-ellipsis | הֶחֱזִ֗יק…הֶחֱזִ֔יק…הֶֽחֱזִ֔יק | 1 | strengthened … strengthened | **Strengthened** means “repaired.” It refers to repairing the wall, although Nehemiah does not specify this. This expression occurs several times in this chapter. It would be helpful to your readers to translate it consistently. Alternate translation: “repaired the next section of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 258 | NEH | 3 | 4 | c8hi | translate-names | מְרֵמ֤וֹת בֶּן־אוּרִיָּה֙ בֶּן־הַקּ֔וֹץ | 1 | Meremoth, the son of Uriah, the son of Hakkoz | Meremoth is the name of a man, Uriah is the name of his father, and Hakkoz is the name of his grandfather. Alternate translation: “Meremoth, the son of Uriah and grandson of Hakkoz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 259 | NEH | 3 | 4 | inh2 | translate-names | מְשֻׁלָּ֥ם בֶּן־בֶּרֶכְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מְשֵׁיזַבְאֵ֑ל | 1 | Meshullam, the son of Berechiah, the son of Meshezabel | Meshullam is the name of a man, Berechiah is the name of his father, and Meshezabel is the name of his grandfather. Alternate translation: “Meshullam, the son of Berekiah and grandson of Meshezabel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 260 | NEH | 3 | 4 | xn3i | translate-names | צָד֖וֹק בֶּֽן־בַּעֲנָֽא | 1 | Zadok, the son of Baana | Zadok is the name of a man, and Baana is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 261 | NEH | 3 | 5 | d8sa | figs-ellipsis | הֶחֱזִ֣יקוּ הַתְּקוֹעִ֑ים | 1 | Tekoites repaired | These phrases refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “Tekoites repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 262 | NEH | 3 | 5 | j3k4 | translate-names | הַתְּקוֹעִ֑ים | 1 | the Tekoites | Tekoa is the name of one of the cities in Judah that sent a work party to help rebuild the walls of Jerusalem. The Tekoites are the people who came from this city. Alternate translation: “some people from Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 263 | NEH | 3 | 5 | x484 | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וְאַדִּֽירֵיהֶם֙ | 1 | but their nobles | Here Nehemiah is indicating a contrast between what these people should have done and what they actually did. You can use a word like “but” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But the leading citizens of Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) |
| 264 | NEH | 3 | 5 | l7zc | figs-explicit | לֹא־הֵבִ֣יאוּ צַוָּרָ֔ם בַּעֲבֹדַ֖ת אֲדֹנֵיהֶֽם | 1 | did not bring their necks to the service of their lords | Nehemiah does not state the reason why the nobles did not do the work, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “were too proud to do the work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 265 | NEH | 3 | 5 | nsg3 | figs-metonymy | לֹא־הֵבִ֣יאוּ צַוָּרָ֔ם בַּעֲבֹדַ֖ת אֲדֹנֵיהֶֽם | 1 | did not bring their necks to the service of their lords | Here, the **neck** represents the entire person, and specifically the person at work. The neck is likely associated with work because in this agrarian culture, draft animals would put their necks into yokes so that they could pull plows and drag loads. Alternate translation: “were too proud to do the work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 266 | NEH | 3 | 5 | r94d | translate-unknown | בַּעֲבֹדַ֖ת אֲדֹנֵיהֶֽם | 1 | to the service of their lords | **Lords** here most likely refers to the leaders of Judah, who had asked all the surrounding cities and towns to send work parties to help rebuild the walls of Jerusalem. Another possibility is that the plural form of the word “lord” actually refers to God. Alternate translation: “the work that the leaders of Judah had asked them to do” or “the service of their Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 267 | NEH | 3 | 5 | d3h9 | figs-abstractnouns | בַּעֲבֹדַ֖ת | 1 | to … service of | **Service** is an abstract noun that refers to the work of rebuilding the wall. You can translate the idea behind it with a concrete noun such as “work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 268 | NEH | 3 | 6 | ykz8 | translate-names | שַׁ֨עַר הַיְשָׁנָ֜ה | 1 | the gate of old | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Old Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 269 | NEH | 3 | 6 | i43m | translate-names | יֽוֹיָדָע֙ בֶּן־פָּסֵ֔חַ | 1 | Joiada, the son of Paseah | Joiada is the name of a man, and Paseah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 270 | NEH | 3 | 6 | n1wi | translate-names | וּמְשֻׁלָּ֖ם בֶּן־בְּסֽוֹדְיָ֑ה | 1 | and Meshullam, the son of Besodeiah | Meshullam is the name of a man, and Besodeiah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 271 | NEH | 3 | 7 | hu9u | translate-names | מְלַטְיָ֣ה הַגִּבְעֹנִ֗י | 1 | Melatiah the Gibeonite | Melatiah is the name of a man. “Gibeonite” means that he was from the city of Gibeon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 272 | NEH | 3 | 7 | ipe7 | translate-names | וְיָדוֹן֙ הַמֵּרֹ֣נֹתִ֔י | 1 | Jadon the Meronothite | Jadon is the name of a man. “Meronothite” probably means that he was from the town of Meronoth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 273 | NEH | 3 | 7 | n6xg | translate-names | אַנְשֵׁ֥י גִבְע֖וֹן וְהַמִּצְפָּ֑ה | 1 | the men of Gibeon, and of Mizpah | Gibeon and Mizpah were two of the cities in Judah that sent work parties to help rebuild the walls of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “other people from Gibeon and from the city of Mizpah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 274 | NEH | 3 | 7 | mj92 | translate-unknown | לְכִסֵּ֕א פַּחַ֖ת עֵ֥בֶר הַנָּהָֽר | 1 | to the seat of authority of the governor of Beyond-the-River | This is where the governor would have stayed when visiting Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “as far as the residence of the governor of the province Beyond the River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 275 | NEH | 3 | 8 | b2yh | translate-names | עֻזִּיאֵ֤ל בֶּֽן־חַרְהֲיָה֙ | 1 | Uzziel, the son of Harbaiah | Uzziel is the name of a man, and Harhaiah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 276 | NEH | 3 | 8 | f4p5 | translate-unknown | צֽוֹרְפִ֔ים | 1 | of the goldsmiths | This means that Uzziel was one of the goldsmiths who worked in Jerusalem. A goldsmith is a person who makes jewelry and other objects from gold. The term “goldsmith” occurs several more times in the chapter, and if you include both the name and the definition here, that would help your readers understand it in its later occurrences. Alternate translation: “He was one of the goldsmiths, the workers who made jewelry and other objects from gold.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 277 | NEH | 3 | 8 | mx88 | translate-names | חֲנַנְיָ֖ה | 1 | Hananiah | Hananiah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 278 | NEH | 3 | 8 | mm1q | figs-metaphor | בֶּן־הָרַקָּחִ֑ים | 1 | a son of the perfumers | **Son of** here is a figurative expression that indicates that a person shares the qualities of something. In this case, the book is describing someone who shares the quality of being a maker of perfume. Alternate translation: “one of the perfumers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 279 | NEH | 3 | 8 | y25y | translate-names | וַיַּֽעַזְבוּ֙ יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם עַ֖ד הַחוֹמָ֥ה הָרְחָבָֽה | 1 | And they restored Jerusalem as far as the broad wall | This is the name of one of the features of the Jerusalem wall. This may have been a place where the wall had been built thicker and stronger for strategic purposes. Alternate translation: “They rebuilt the wall of Jerusalem as far as the Broad Wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 280 | NEH | 3 | 9 | m5at | וְעַל־יָדָ֤ם הֶחֱזִיק֙ רְפָיָ֣ה בֶן־ח֔וּר שַׂ֕ר חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֥לֶךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם | 1 | And Rephaiah, the son of Hur, the administrator for half of the district of Jerusalem, strengthened at their hand. | In this chapter, when Nehemiah names a person, then names their father, and then describes a role, it is the first person, not their father, who was in that role. It will be helpful to your readers if you make this clear. Alternate translation: “Next to them, Rephaiah the son of Hur repaired part of the wall. Rephaiah ruled half of the district of Jerusalem” | |
| 281 | NEH | 3 | 9 | avu2 | translate-names | רְפָיָ֣ה בֶן־ח֔וּר | 1 | Rephaiah, the son of Hur | Rephaiah is the name of a man, and Hur is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 282 | NEH | 3 | 9 | rd4i | translate-fraction | חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֥לֶךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם | 1 | half of the district of Jerusalem | The city of Jerusalem and the surrounding area seem to have been divided into districts for administration. This is the name of one of those districts. Apparently it was so large and populous that it had been further divided into two parts, each with its own administrator. Alternate translation: “ruled half the district of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) |
| 283 | NEH | 3 | 10 | k6g1 | translate-names | יְדָיָ֥ה בֶן־חֲרוּמַ֖ף | 1 | Jedaiah, the son of Harumaph | Jedaiah is the name of a man, and Harumaph is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 284 | NEH | 3 | 10 | v3be | וְעַל־יָדָ֧ם הֶחֱזִ֛יק…וְנֶ֣גֶד בֵּית֑וֹ | 1 | And … at their hand, even in fron of his house | Alternate translation: “repaired the next part of the wall, which was in front his house” | |
| 285 | NEH | 3 | 10 | ek5q | translate-names | חַטּ֖וּשׁ בֶּן־חֲשַׁבְנְיָֽה | 1 | And Hattush, the son of Hashabneiah | Hattush is the name of a man, and Hashabneiah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 286 | NEH | 3 | 11 | b6fx | translate-ordinal | מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֗ית | 1 | a second section | This expression occurs six times in the chapter. Two of those times, someone who has been named earlier is said to have repaired “a second section,” suggesting, “in addition to the one they did previously.” But the other four times, the people have not been named earlier. So in those cases it might mean “a further section of the wall,” beyond the one just described that someone else worked on. Both of these likely meanings could be accommodated by saying something like “another section of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 287 | NEH | 3 | 11 | g61e | translate-names | מַלְכִּיָּ֣ה בֶן־חָרִ֔ם | 1 | Malkijah, the son of Harim | Malkijah is the name of a man, and Malkijah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 288 | NEH | 3 | 11 | jy16 | translate-names | וְחַשּׁ֖וּב בֶּן־פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֑ב | 1 | and Hasshub, the son of Pahath-Moab | Hasshub is the name of a man, and Pahath-Moab is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 289 | NEH | 3 | 11 | l1db | translate-names | מִגְדַּ֥ל הַתַּנּוּרִֽים | 1 | the tower of ovens | This is the name of one of the towers of the Jerusalem wall. Alternate translation: “the Tower of the Ovens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 290 | NEH | 3 | 12 | e9p4 | translate-names | שַׁלּוּם֙ בֶּן־הַלּוֹחֵ֔שׁ | 1 | Shallum, the son of Hallohesh | Shallum is the name of a man, and Hallohesh is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 291 | NEH | 3 | 12 | wml3 | translate-names | שַׂ֕ר חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֣לֶךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם | 1 | the administrator for half of the district of Jerusalem | This is the name of one of the districts into which the city and the surrounding area were divided. Since the first half has already been named, you could say as an alternate translation: “Shallum ruled the other half of the district of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 292 | NEH | 3 | 12 | b7iq | ה֖וּא וּבְנוֹתָֽיו | 1 | he and his daughters | Alternate translation: “along with his daughters” | |
| 293 | NEH | 3 | 13 | i9v2 | translate-names | שַׁ֨עַר הַגַּ֜יְא | 1 | the gate of the valley | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Valley Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 294 | NEH | 3 | 13 | itt7 | translate-names | חָנוּן֮ | 1 | Hanun | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 295 | NEH | 3 | 13 | w5le | translate-names | וְיֹשְׁבֵ֣י זָנוֹחַ֒ | 1 | the inhabitants of Zanoah | Zanoah is the name of one of the cities in Judah that sent a work party to help rebuild the walls of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the people from Zanoah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 296 | NEH | 3 | 13 | kw6h | translate-bdistance | וְאֶ֤לֶף אַמָּה֙ | 1 | a thousand cubits | Depending on what would be most helpful to your readers, you could express this either in ancient or modern measurements, “1,000 cubits” or “460 meters” or “1,500 feet.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) |
| 297 | NEH | 3 | 13 | r9e4 | translate-names | שַׁ֥עַר הָשֲׁפֽוֹת | 1 | the gate of dung | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Dung Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 298 | NEH | 3 | 14 | d9dt | translate-names | שַׁ֣עַר הָאַשְׁפּ֗וֹת | 1 | the gate of dung | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Dung Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 299 | NEH | 3 | 14 | w494 | translate-names | מַלְכִּיָּ֣ה בֶן־רֵכָ֔ב | 1 | Malkijah, the son of Rechab | Malkijah is the name of a man, and Recab is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 300 | NEH | 3 | 14 | u2dk | translate-names | פֶּ֣לֶךְ בֵּית־הַכָּ֑רֶם | 1 | the district of Beth-Hakkerem | This is the name of one of the districts into which the city and the surrounding area were divided. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 301 | NEH | 3 | 15 | shf9 | translate-names | שַׁ֨עַר הָעַ֜יִן | 1 | the gate of the spring | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Fountain Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 302 | NEH | 3 | 15 | l7wu | translate-names | שַׁלּ֣וּן בֶּן־כָּל־חֹזֶה֮ | 1 | Shallun son of Kol-Hozeh | Shallun is the name of a man, and Kol-Hozeh is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 303 | NEH | 3 | 15 | bd9j | translate-names | פֶּ֣לֶךְ הַמִּצְפָּה֒ | 1 | the district of Mizpah | This is the name of one of the districts into which the city and the surrounding area were divided. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 304 | NEH | 3 | 15 | l3hf | ה֤וּא יִבְנֶ֨נּוּ֙ וִיטַֽלְלֶ֔נּוּ | 1 | He himself was building it and covering it | Alternate translation: “He rebuilt the gate and put a roof over it” | |
| 305 | NEH | 3 | 15 | c8rt | חוֹמַ֞ת בְּרֵכַ֤ת הַשֶּׁ֨לַח֙ | 1 | the wall of the pool of Siloam | Alternate translation: “the wall that surrounded the Pool of Siloam” | |
| 306 | NEH | 3 | 15 | kmx6 | לְגַן־הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ וְעַד־הַֽמַּעֲל֔וֹת הַיּוֹרְד֖וֹת מֵעִ֥יר דָּוִֽיד | 1 | at the garden of the king even as far as the stairs descending from the city of David | Alternate translation: “next to the royal garden, as far as the steps that went down from the City of David.” | |
| 307 | NEH | 3 | 15 | c5bs | translate-names | מֵעִ֥יר דָּוִֽיד | 1 | from the city of David | This was one part of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the City of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 308 | NEH | 3 | 16 | x774 | translate-names | נְחֶמְיָ֣ה בֶן־עַזְבּ֔וּק | 1 | Nehemiah, the son of Azbuk | Nehemiah is the name of a man, and Azbuk is the name of his father. (This is not the same Nehemiah who wrote this book.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 309 | NEH | 3 | 16 | sc4c | translate-names | פֶּ֣לֶךְ בֵּֽית־צ֑וּר | 1 | the district of Beth-Zur | This is the name of one of the districts into which the city and the surrounding area were divided. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 310 | NEH | 3 | 16 | ngr2 | עַד־נֶ֨גֶד֙ קִבְרֵ֣י דָוִ֔יד וְעַד־הַבְּרֵכָה֙ הָעֲשׂוּיָ֔ה וְעַ֖ד בֵּ֥ית הַגִּבֹּרִֽים | 1 | as far as in front of the graves of David, and as far as the pool that was made, and as far as the house of the mighty men | Alternate translation: “as far as the place opposite the tombs in the City of David, to the reservoir that the people had made and the army barracks” | |
| 311 | NEH | 3 | 17 | str7 | translate-names | אַחֲרָ֛יו הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ הַלְוִיִּ֖ם | 1 | After him, the Levites strengthened | The Levites were descendants of Levi. They had the special assignment of helping the priests. Alternate translation: “Next to him, some Levites repaired parts of the wall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 312 | NEH | 3 | 17 | l6vw | translate-names | רְח֣וּם בֶּן־בָּנִ֑י | 1 | Rehum, the son of Bani | Rehum is the name of a man, and Bani is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 313 | NEH | 3 | 17 | yt87 | figs-explicit | רְח֣וּם בֶּן־בָּנִ֑י | 1 | Rehum, the son of Bani | It seems clear from the context that Rehum was a Levite. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “One of them was Rehum the son of Bani.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 314 | NEH | 3 | 17 | a88s | translate-names | חֲשַׁבְיָ֛ה | 1 | Hashabiah | Hashabiah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 315 | NEH | 3 | 17 | yh3z | עַל־יָד֣וֹ הֶחֱזִ֗יק חֲשַׁבְיָ֛ה…לְפִלְכּֽוֹ | 1 | at his hand, Hashabiah … strengthened for his district | This does not mean that Hashabiah repaired this part of the wall for the benefit of his district, but rather that he did it leading a work party from his district. Alternate translation: “led a work party from his district that repaired the next section of the wall” | |
| 316 | NEH | 3 | 17 | y3tu | translate-names | חֲצִי־פֶ֥לֶךְ קְעִילָ֖ה | 1 | half the district of Keilah | This is the name of one of the districts into which the city and the surrounding area were divided. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 317 | NEH | 3 | 18 | h5qz | figs-metaphor | הֶחֱזִ֣יקוּ אֲחֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | their brothers repaired | As in [3:1](../03/01.md), **brother** could mean the biological brothers of the Levites mentioned in [3:17](../03/17.md). However, more likely it figuratively means other Levites. Alternate translation: “some other Levites repaired more of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 318 | NEH | 3 | 18 | b6sj | figs-ellipsis | בַּוַּ֖י בֶּן־חֵנָדָ֑ד שַׂ֕ר חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֥לֶךְ קְעִילָֽה | 1 | Binnui, the son of Henadad, the administrator for half the district of Keilah | Here Nehemiah does not say “at their hand” (next to them) or “strengthened” (repaired another section of the wall). Once again he is leaving out some of what a complete sentence would be expected to contain. You can fill in this information. Alternate translation: “Next to them, Binnui the son of Henadad, who ruled the other half of the district of Keilah, repaired more of the wall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 319 | NEH | 3 | 18 | gc2h | translate-names | בַּוַּ֖י בֶּן־חֵנָדָ֑ד | 1 | Binnui, the son of Henadad | Binnui is the name of a man, and Henadad is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 320 | NEH | 3 | 18 | ca6t | translate-names | שַׂ֕ר חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֥לֶךְ קְעִילָֽה | 1 | the administrator for half the district of Keilah | This is the name of one of the districts into which the city and the surrounding area were divided. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 321 | NEH | 3 | 19 | f6if | translate-names | עֵ֧זֶר בֶּן־יֵשׁ֛וּעַ | 1 | Ezer, the son of Jeshua | Ezer is the name of a man, and Jeshua is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 322 | NEH | 3 | 19 | g2y6 | translate-names | שַׂ֥ר הַמִּצְפָּ֖ה | 1 | the administrator for Mizpah | Since the district of Mizpah is mentioned in [3:15](../03/15.md), this probably means the city of Mizpah. Alternate translation: “Ezer ruled the city of Mizpah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 323 | NEH | 3 | 19 | gcc6 | translate-ordinal | וַיְחַזֵּ֨ק…מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית | 1 | And … was strengthening a second section | Alternate translation: “repaired another section” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 324 | NEH | 3 | 19 | c8s5 | מִנֶּ֕גֶד עֲלֹ֥ת הַנֶּ֖שֶׁק הַמִּקְצֹֽעַ | 1 | opposite the ascent to the armory at the angle | Alternate translation: “He started from the place in front of the steps that went up to the armory, and he finished at the place where the wall bends slightly.” | |
| 325 | NEH | 3 | 20 | r638 | translate-names | בָּר֥וּךְ בֶּן־זבי | 1 | Baruch, the son of Zabbai | Baruch is the name of a man, and Zabbai is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 326 | NEH | 3 | 20 | i7kj | figs-metaphor | הֶחֱרָ֧ה | 1 | burned | Here, **burned** is probably a figurative way of saying that Baruch worked with great enthusiasm. You could say that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 327 | NEH | 3 | 20 | a53c | translate-ordinal | הֶחֱזִ֛יק…מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית | 1 | strengthened a second section | Alternate translation: “repaired another section” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 328 | NEH | 3 | 20 | a55c | מִן־הַ֨מִּקְצ֔וֹעַ עַד־פֶּ֨תַח֙ בֵּ֣ית אֶלְיָשִׁ֔יב הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הַגָּדֽוֹל | 1 | from the angle as far as the opening of the house of Eliashib the high priest | Alternate translation: “from the bend in the wall as far as the door of the house of Eliashib the high priest” | |
| 329 | NEH | 3 | 21 | z4b7 | translate-names | מְרֵמ֧וֹת בֶּן־אוּרִיָּ֛ה בֶּן־הַקּ֖וֹץ | 1 | Meremoth, the son of Uriah, the son of Hakkoz | Meremoth is the name of a man, Uriah is the name of his father, and Hakkoz is the name of his grandfather. See how you translated these names in [3:4](../03/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 330 | NEH | 3 | 21 | a57c | translate-ordinal | הֶחֱזִ֗יק…מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית | 1 | strengthened a section | Alternate translation: “repaired another section” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 331 | NEH | 3 | 21 | a59c | מִפֶּ֨תַח֙ בֵּ֣ית אֶלְיָשִׁ֔יב וְעַד־תַּכְלִ֖ית בֵּ֥ית אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב | 1 | from the opening of the house of Eliashib even as far as the end of the house of Eliashib | Alternate translation: “from the door of the house of Eliashib to the end of his house” | |
| 332 | NEH | 3 | 22 | m3ey | הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַכִּכָּֽר | 1 | the priests, the men of the valley | Jerusalem is up on a mountain, so the area around it would be “the valley.” Alternate translation: “some priests from the area around Jerusalem” | |
| 333 | NEH | 3 | 23 | q2zh | הֶחֱזִ֧יק בִּנְיָמִ֛ן וְחַשּׁ֖וּב נֶ֣גֶד בֵּיתָ֑ם | 1 | strengthened in front of their house | Alternate translation: “repaired a section opposite their house” | |
| 334 | NEH | 3 | 23 | v3fr | translate-names | בִּנְיָמִ֛ן וְחַשּׁ֖וּב | 1 | Benjamin and Hasshub | Benjamin and Hasshub are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 335 | NEH | 3 | 23 | z8p6 | הֶחֱזִ֗יק…אֵ֥צֶל בֵּיתֽוֹ | 1 | strengthened beside his house | Alternate translation: “repaired the next section, beside his house” | |
| 336 | NEH | 3 | 23 | gv74 | translate-names | עֲזַרְיָ֧ה בֶן־מַעֲשֵׂיָ֛ה בֶּן־עֲנָֽנְיָ֖ה | 1 | Azariah, the son of Maaseiah, the son of Ananiah | Azariah is the name of a man, Maaseiah is the name of his father, and Ananiah is the name of his grandfather. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 337 | NEH | 3 | 24 | c3eh | translate-ordinal | הֶחֱזִ֗יק…מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית | 1 | strengthened a second section | Alternate translation: “repaired another section” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 338 | NEH | 3 | 24 | ajs6 | translate-names | בִּנּ֛וּי בֶּן־חֵנָדָ֖ד | 1 | Binnui, the son of Henadad | Binnui is the name of a man, and Henadad is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 339 | NEH | 3 | 24 | k7tj | מִבֵּ֣ית עֲזַרְיָ֔ה עַד־הַמִּקְצ֖וֹעַ וְעַד־הַפִּנָּֽה | 1 | from the house of Azariah to the bend in the wall as far as the corner | Alternate translation: “from the house of Azariah to the bend in the wall as far as the bulwark” | |
| 340 | NEH | 3 | 24 | a61c | translate-names | עֲזַרְיָ֔ה | 1 | Azariah | Azariah is a man, the same one mentioned in verse 23. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 341 | NEH | 3 | 25 | q3r3 | translate-names | פָּלָ֣ל בֶּן־אוּזַי֮ | 1 | Palal, the son of Uzai | Palal is the name of a man, and Uzai is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 342 | NEH | 3 | 25 | dae6 | figs-ellipsis | מִנֶּ֣גֶד הַמִּקְצוֹעַ֒ וְהַמִּגְדָּ֗ל הַיּוֹצֵא֙ | 1 | from opposite the angle and the tower projecting | Here again, Nehemiah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “He began at the place opposite the bend in the wall where the watchtower is taller than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 343 | NEH | 3 | 25 | pt6e | figs-metonymy | מִבֵּ֤ית הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הָֽעֶלְי֔וֹן | 1 | from the upper house of the king | Here, it is likely that **house** figuratively means palace, referring to where the king had lived. Alternate translation: “the upper palace of the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 344 | NEH | 3 | 25 | isu9 | אֲשֶׁ֖ר לַחֲצַ֣ר הַמַּטָּרָ֑ה | 1 | which is by the court of the guard | Alternate translation: “That is near the place where the guards stayed” | |
| 345 | NEH | 3 | 25 | a63c | translate-names | פְּדָיָ֥ה בֶן־פַּרְעֹֽשׁ | 1 | Pedaiah, the son of Parosh | Pedaiah is the name of a man, and Parosh is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 346 | NEH | 3 | 25 | d1jm | figs-ellipsis | פְּדָיָ֥ה בֶן־פַּרְעֹֽשׁ | 1 | Pedaiah, the son of Parosh | Once again Nehemiah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Next to him, Pedaiah the son of Parosh repaired a section” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 347 | NEH | 3 | 26 | b53g | figs-ellipsis | וְהַ֨נְּתִינִ֔ים הָי֥וּ יֹשְׁבִ֖ים בָּעֹ֑פֶל עַ֠ד נֶ֜גֶד שַׁ֤עַר הַמַּ֨יִם֙ לַמִּזְרָ֔ח וְהַמִּגְדָּ֖ל הַיּוֹצֵֽא | 1 | And the Nethinim were living in the Ophel, as far as in front of the gate of water and the projecting tower | Yet again Nehemiah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “The temple servants who lived on Ophel Hill repaired the wall as far as the eastern side of the Water Gate where there is a tall tower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 348 | NEH | 3 | 26 | ah1b | translate-names | וְהַ֨נְּתִינִ֔ים | 1 | Now the temple servants | The term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 349 | NEH | 3 | 26 | mz47 | translate-unknown | בָּעֹ֑פֶל | 1 | in the Ophel | This is probably the name of a geographic feature, a fortified extension of the hill that the Jerusalem temple was located on. Alternate translation: “Ophel Hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 350 | NEH | 3 | 26 | s2s5 | translate-names | שַׁ֤עַר הַמַּ֨יִם֙ | 1 | the gate of water | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 351 | NEH | 3 | 26 | rvu2 | וְהַמִּגְדָּ֖ל הַיּוֹצֵֽא | 1 | and the projecting tower | The phrase refers to a tall tower that juts out from the wall. Alternate translation: “a tall tower” | |
| 352 | NEH | 3 | 27 | d719 | translate-ordinal | הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ…מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית | 1 | strengthened a second section | Alternate translation: “repaired another section of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 353 | NEH | 3 | 27 | mgm7 | translate-names | הַתְּקֹעִ֖ים | 1 | the Tekoites | Tekoa is the name of one of the cities in Judah that sent a work party to help rebuild the walls of Jerusalem. The Tekoites were the people who lived there. See how you translated this name in verse [3:5](../03/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 354 | NEH | 3 | 27 | j6gz | מִנֶּ֜גֶד הַמִּגְדָּ֤ל הַגָּדוֹל֙ הַיּוֹצֵ֔א וְעַ֖ד חוֹמַ֥ת הָעֹֽפֶל | 1 | from in front of the high projecting tower even as far as the wall of the Ophel | Alternate translation: “from opposite the very tall watchtower as far as the wall at Ophel Hill” | |
| 355 | NEH | 3 | 28 | wt87 | figs-synecdoche | הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים | 1 | The priests | This does not mean all the priests. Nehemiah is using the name of the whole group to refer to part of it. Alternate translation: “a group of priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 356 | NEH | 3 | 28 | d5qa | מֵעַ֣ל ׀ שַׁ֣עַר הַסּוּסִ֗ים | 1 | from above the gate of horses | The word **above** is used here because the houses of the priests were likely to have been located at a higher elevation than the Horse Gate. Alternate translation: “starting at the Horse Gate” | |
| 357 | NEH | 3 | 28 | q9qb | translate-names | שַׁ֣עַר הַסּוּסִ֗ים | 1 | the gate of horses | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Horse Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 358 | NEH | 3 | 28 | d5uv | figs-idiom | אִ֖ישׁ לְנֶ֥גֶד בֵּיתֽוֹ | 1 | a man to the front of his house | Here **a man** means “each one.” Alternate translation: “Each one repaired the section in front of his own house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 359 | NEH | 3 | 29 | n271 | translate-names | צָד֥וֹק בֶּן־אִמֵּ֖ר | 1 | Zadok, the son of Immer | Zadok is the name of a man, and Immer is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 360 | NEH | 3 | 29 | f74e | translate-names | שְׁמַֽעְיָ֣ה בֶן־שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה | 1 | Shemaiah, the son of Shecaniah | Shemaiah is the name of a man, and Shecaniah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 361 | NEH | 3 | 29 | e9mh | שֹׁמֵ֖ר שַׁ֥עַר הַמִּזְרָֽח | 1 | the keeper of the gate of the east | Alternate translation: “the person who looked after the East Gate” or “the person who opened and closed the East Gate” | |
| 362 | NEH | 3 | 29 | x9q4 | translate-names | שַׁ֥עַר הַמִּזְרָֽח | 1 | the gate of the east | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the East Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 363 | NEH | 3 | 30 | a65c | translate-ordinal | הֶחֱזִ֜יק…מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑י | 1 | strengthened a second section | Alternate translation: “repaired another section” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 364 | NEH | 3 | 30 | r5y4 | translate-names | חֲנַנְיָ֣ה בֶן־שֶׁלֶמְיָ֗ה | 1 | Hananiah, the son of Shelemiah | Hananiah is the name of a man, and Shelemiah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 365 | NEH | 3 | 30 | a67c | translate-names | וְחָנ֧וּן בֶּן־צָלָ֛ף הַשִּׁשִּׁ֖י | 1 | and Hanun, the sixth son of Zalaph | Hanun is the name of a man, and Zalaph is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 366 | NEH | 3 | 30 | nn44 | translate-ordinal | הַשִּׁשִּׁ֖י | 1 | sixth | Alternate translation: “son number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 367 | NEH | 3 | 30 | ifp5 | translate-names | מְשֻׁלָּם֙ בֶּן־בֶּ֣רֶכְיָ֔ה | 1 | Meshullam, the son of Berechiah | Meshullam is the name of a man, and Berechiah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 368 | NEH | 3 | 30 | bv3t | נֶ֖גֶד נִשְׁכָּתֽוֹ | 1 | in front of his chamber | Alternate translation: “in front of the rooms where he stayed” | |
| 369 | NEH | 3 | 31 | d33p | translate-names | מַלְכִּיָּה֙ | 1 | Malkijah | Malkijah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 370 | NEH | 3 | 31 | uuc7 | figs-metaphor | בֶּן־הַצֹּ֣רְפִ֔י | 1 | a son of the goldsmiths | As in [3:8](../03/08.md), this is a figurative way of saying that Malkijah was one of the goldsmiths. In this figure of speech, the “son of” something shares its qualities. Since the goldsmiths have been mentioned previously (in [3:8](../03/08.md), where their work is described), you could say as an alternate translation: “who was another one of the goldsmiths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 371 | NEH | 3 | 31 | lb9z | עַד־בֵּ֥ית הַנְּתִינִ֖ים וְהָרֹכְלִ֑ים | 1 | as far as the house of the Nethinim and the merchants | Alternate translation: “as far as the building used by the temple servants and the merchants” | |
| 372 | NEH | 3 | 31 | ye2u | translate-names | שַׁ֣עַר הַמִּפְקָ֔ד | 1 | the gate of mustering | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. “Mustering” refers to soldiers assembling to go out to battle. Alternate translation: “the Mobilization Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 373 | NEH | 3 | 31 | r6sv | וְעַ֖ד עֲלִיַּ֥ת הַפִּנָּֽה | 1 | even as far as the upper chamber of the corner | Alternate translation: “He built as far as the upper apartments of this building, which were on the corner.” | |
| 374 | NEH | 3 | 32 | x1tq | figs-explicit | וּבֵ֨ין עֲלִיַּ֤ת הַפִּנָּה֙ לְשַׁ֣עַר הַצֹּ֔אן הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ | 1 | strengthened between the upper chamber of the corner to the gate of sheep | This brings the description of the repairs back around to where they started. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly by saying “the last section.” Alternate translation: “repaired the last section of the wall, from the corner apartments to the Sheep Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 375 | NEH | 3 | 32 | p1kr | figs-synecdoche | הַצֹּרְפִ֖ים וְהָרֹכְלִֽים | 1 | the goldsmiths and the merchants | This does not mean all the goldsmiths and all the merchants. Nehemiah is once again using the names of whole groups to refer to parts of them. Alternate translation: “some of the other goldsmiths, along with some traders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 376 | NEH | 3 | 32 | a69c | translate-names | לְשַׁ֣עַר הַצֹּ֔אן | 1 | the gate of sheep | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Sheep Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 377 | NEH | 4 | intro | tlj9 | 0 | # Nehemiah 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dedication<br>The people were so dedicated to rebuilding the walls that they worked with their weapons ready for battle right next to them. Even when they were threatened with an attack, they continued to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Sanballat uses a series of rhetorical questions. These are intended to show his intense anger against the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |||
| 378 | NEH | 4 | 1 | rnw3 | writing-newevent | וַיְהִ֞י | 1 | And it happened that | Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 379 | NEH | 4 | 1 | vfu4 | translate-names | סַנְבַלַּ֗ט | 1 | Sanballat | This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 380 | NEH | 4 | 1 | a71c | figs-parallelism | וַיִּ֣חַר ל֔וֹ וַיִּכְעַ֖ס הַרְבֵּ֑ה | 1 | And it burned him, and he was very angry | These two phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how angry Sanballat was. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and say something like “he became furiously angry” or “he became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 381 | NEH | 4 | 1 | s6td | figs-metaphor | וַיִּ֣חַר ל֔וֹ וַיִּכְעַ֖ס | 1 | it burned him, and he was very angry | Here Nehemiah says that Sanballat’s anger was a fire that burned inside of him. Alternate translation: “he became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 382 | NEH | 4 | 2 | v3qv | figs-metaphor | וַיֹּ֣אמֶר ׀ לִפְנֵ֣י | 1 | And he spoke before the face of | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The expression means that Sanballat was speaking personally to the other people who are named. Alternate translation: “He said to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 383 | NEH | 4 | 2 | a73c | figs-metaphor | אֶחָ֗יו | 1 | his brothers | Here, **brother** likely refers figuratively to Sanballat’s fellow officials. Alternate translation: “the other provincial officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 384 | NEH | 4 | 2 | a75c | figs-synecdoche | וְחֵיל֙ שֹֽׁמְר֔וֹן | 1 | and the army of Samaria | Sanballat was not speaking to the entire army. Nehemiah is figuratively using all of something to mean part of it. He is referring to the officers of the army by the name of the entire army. Alternate translation: “the army officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 385 | NEH | 4 | 2 | d5n2 | figs-rquestion | מָ֛ה הַיְּהוּדִ֥ים הָאֲמֵלָלִ֖ים עֹשִׂ֑ים הֲיַעַזְב֨וּ לָהֶ֤ם הֲיִזְבָּ֨חוּ֙ הַיְכַלּ֣וּ בַיּ֔וֹם | 1 | What are the feeble Jews doing? Will they restore for themselves? Will they sacrifice? Will they finish in a day? | Sanballat actually is making a series of statements, not asking a series of questions. He does not expect the officials and officers to tell him what the Jews are doing and whether they will succeed. Instead, he is using the question form to mock the Jews. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the ideas in his questions as a series of statements. Alternate translation: “These feeble Jews can accomplish nothing. They will never restore the city for themselves. They will not offer sacrifices. They will not finish the work any time soon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
| 386 | NEH | 4 | 2 | r9lb | הֲיִזְבָּ֨חוּ֙ | 1 | Will they sacrifice? | The meaning of this phrase is not entirely clear. It could be that Sanballat is speaking of the Jews offering sacrifices to try to entice God to make their project successful. Alternate translation: “They will not get their God to help them” | |
| 387 | NEH | 4 | 2 | uk3w | figs-idiom | הַיְכַלּ֣וּ בַיּ֔וֹם | 1 | Will they finish in a day? | In this context, the expression “day” means “a short time.” Alternate translation: “any time soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 388 | NEH | 4 | 2 | hr7v | figs-personification | הַיְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־הָאֲבָנִ֛ים מֵעֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶעָפָ֖ר וְהֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת | 1 | Will they bring to life the stones from the piles of rubble after they were burned? | Here Sanballat is speaking of stones as if they could come to life and stand up straight to form the wall. Alternate translation: “They will not be able to rebuild the city walls from useless stones that were burned and turned into rubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 389 | NEH | 4 | 2 | b96n | figs-activepassive | מֵעֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶעָפָ֖ר וְהֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת | 1 | from the piles of rubble after they were burned | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “useless stones that someone has burned and turned into rubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 390 | NEH | 4 | 3 | alw5 | translate-names | וְטוֹבִיָּ֥ה הָעַמֹּנִ֖י | 1 | And Tobiah the Ammonite | This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 391 | NEH | 4 | 3 | b24b | גַּ֚ם | 1 | Yes | This word indicates that Tobiah agrees with Sanballat and that he is going to say something to support him. Alternate translation: “That’s right!” | |
| 392 | NEH | 4 | 3 | da2t | figs-hyperbole | אֲשֶׁר־הֵ֣ם בּוֹנִ֔ים אִם־יַעֲלֶ֣ה שׁוּעָ֔ל וּפָרַ֖ץ חוֹמַ֥ת אַבְנֵיהֶֽם | 1 | If only a fox went up on what they are building, then he would break down their wall of stones | Tobiah probably does not believe that the wall would really fall down if a fox walked along the top of it. He is exaggerating to mock the work the Jews are doing. You could use a non-figurative expression in your translation instead, such as, “It wouldn’t take much to make that wall fall over.” However, Tobiah’s expression is so colorful that you may want to retain it, but be sure that your readers understand he is exaggerating. Alternate translation: “Tobiah made fun of the Jews by saying, ‘That wall they are building is so weak that if a fox climbed up on it, the stones would fall to the ground’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 393 | NEH | 4 | 4 | buk3 | figs-explicit | שְׁמַ֤ע אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ | 1 | Hear, our God | Nehemiah starts talking directly to God at this point in the book. The implication is that he heard about what Sanballat and Tobiah were saying, and in response, he prayed the prayer that is recorded here in 2:4-5. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When I heard about what they were saying, I prayed and said, ‘Listen, our God’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 394 | NEH | 4 | 4 | a77c | figs-aside | שְׁמַ֤ע אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ | 1 | Hear, our God | Nehemiah’s prayer here is a particular type of aside. In an aside, someone who is speaking to or about one person or group will pause and speak confidentially to somebody else about them. Often an aside is spoken to the audience of a work about someone who is being addressed within the work. But in this case, Nehemiah pauses from addressing the audience that is hearing his story; he speaks confidentially to God in prayer about two of the characters in the story. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this is a prayer is distinct from the story by making it a direct quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) |
| 395 | NEH | 4 | 4 | ae62 | figs-abstractnouns | הָיִ֣ינוּ בוּזָ֔ה | 1 | we are a contempt | The abstract noun **contempt** refers to the way Sanballat and Tobiah regarded the Jews, which led them to make fun of the Jews. You can translate the idea behind this term with a verb like “mocking.” Alternate translation: “our enemies are mocking us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 396 | NEH | 4 | 4 | z6nz | figs-idiom | וְהָשֵׁ֥ב חֶרְפָּתָ֖ם אֶל־רֹאשָׁ֑ם | 1 | and cause their taunts to return on their heads! | **Return on his head** is an idiom that means that what a person expected to happen to someone else happens to them instead. Alternate translation: “Make them people whom others will mock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 397 | NEH | 4 | 4 | pgh8 | figs-abstractnouns | וּתְנֵ֥ם לְבִזָּ֖ה בְּאֶ֥רֶץ שִׁבְיָֽה | 1 | And give them for plunder in a land of captivity | As in [1:2](../01/02.md), the abstract noun **captivity** refers to a conquering army forcing all or some of a captured population to move to a different place. You can translate the idea behind it with verbs such as “capture” and “force.” Alternate translation: “Allow their enemies to capture them and force them to go to a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 398 | NEH | 4 | 5 | mc9p | figs-parallelism | וְאַל־תְּכַס֙ עַל־עֲוֺנָ֔ם וְחַטָּאתָ֖ם מִלְּפָנֶ֣יךָ אַל־תִּמָּחֶ֑ה | 1 | And do not cover over their iniquity, and do not wipe out their sin from before your face | These two phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how guilty Sanballat and Tobiah are for opposing the work that God has sent him to do. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “do not ever forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 399 | NEH | 4 | 5 | zz8h | figs-metaphor | וְאַל־תְּכַס֙ עַל־עֲוֺנָ֔ם | 1 | Do not cover over their iniquity | Nehemiah speaks of a person’s sins as if they were an object that could be physically hidden. Alternate translation: “do not forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 400 | NEH | 4 | 5 | k9rw | figs-metaphor | וְחַטָּאתָ֖ם…אַל־תִּמָּחֶ֑ה | 1 | and do not wipe out their sin | Nehemiah speaks of a person’s sins as if they were something written that could be erased. Alternate translation: “do not forget their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 401 | NEH | 4 | 5 | a79c | figs-metaphor | מִלְּפָנֶ֣יךָ | 1 | from before your face | Here, **face** figuratively means the action of seeing or a person’s notice or attention. A person can see what is in front of their face, so in this case the expression means, “from where you can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 402 | NEH | 4 | 5 | mbi1 | כִּ֥י הִכְעִ֖יסוּ לְנֶ֥גֶד הַבּוֹנִֽים | 1 | for they have provoked anger before the front of the builders | This expression could mean one of the following three things: (1) It could mean that they have made God angry by opposing the work he has commanded Nehemiah to do. Alternate translation: “they have made you become angry.” This possibility seems the most likely, since Nehemiah is praying that what these men are trying to do to others will happen to them. (2) It could mean that they have caused others to be angry at the people who are rebuilding the wall. Alternate translation: “they have caused others to be angry at the people who are rebuilding the wall.” (3) It could mean that Sanballat and Tobiah have made the builders angry by mocking them. Alternate translation: “they have made the builders become angry” | |
| 403 | NEH | 4 | 6 | r475 | וַנִּבְנֶה֙ אֶת־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה | 1 | So we built the wall | As in chapter 3, it might be helpful to say “rebuilt.” The Jews were not building something brand new. See the note to [3:1](../03/01.md). | |
| 404 | NEH | 4 | 6 | mhm5 | figs-activepassive | וַתִּקָּשֵׁ֥ר כָּל־הַחוֹמָ֖ה עַד־חֶצְיָ֑הּ | 1 | and all the wall was joined together to half its height | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we filled in the breaks as high as halfway up the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 405 | NEH | 4 | 6 | a81c | figs-explicit | וַתִּקָּשֵׁ֥ר כָּל־הַחוֹמָ֖ה עַד־חֶצְיָ֑הּ | 1 | and all the wall was joined together | It appears from the context that this likely took some time and perseverance after Sanballat and Tobiah began to mock and oppose the project. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after some time, we filled in the breaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 406 | NEH | 4 | 6 | ef8p | translate-fraction | עַד־חֶצְיָ֑הּ | 1 | half its height | “Half” means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) |
| 407 | NEH | 4 | 6 | a83c | figs-metaphor | וַיְהִ֧י לֵ֦ב לָעָ֖ם לַעֲשֽׂוֹת | 1 | And the heart of the people was for working | Here the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will of the people. Alternate translation: “Everyone was determined to accomplish this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 408 | NEH | 4 | 7 | a85c | writing-newevent | וַיְהִ֣י | 1 | Then it happened | Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
| 409 | NEH | 4 | 7 | a87c | translate-names | סַנְבַלַּ֡ט וְ֠טוֹבִיָּה | 1 | Sanballat, and Tobiah | This are the names of men. See how you translated them in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 410 | NEH | 4 | 7 | a89c | translate-names | וְהָעַרְבִ֨ים וְהָעַמֹּנִ֜ים וְהָאַשְׁדּוֹדִ֗ים | 1 | and the Arabians, and the Ammonites, and the Ashdodites | These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 411 | NEH | 4 | 7 | a91c | figs-personification | עָלְתָ֤ה אֲרוּכָה֙ לְחֹמ֣וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֔ם | 1 | the health of the walls of Jerusalem was going up | Here Nehemiah is speaking of the wall around Jerusalem as if it were a living thing that was sick because it was broken down. Nehemiah speaks of the repairs to the wall as if the wall is becoming healthy again. Alternate translation: “we were continuing to repair the walls of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 412 | NEH | 4 | 7 | a93c | עָלְתָ֤ה | 1 | was going up | Alternate translation: “was increasing” | |
| 413 | NEH | 4 | 7 | a95c | figs-activepassive | כִּי־הֵחֵ֥לּוּ הַפְּרֻצִ֖ים לְהִסָּתֵ֑ם | 1 | and the breaks were beginning to be closed | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we were continuing to … fill in the gaps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 414 | NEH | 4 | 7 | gsb7 | figs-metaphor | וַיִּ֥חַר לָהֶ֖ם מְאֹֽד | 1 | that … it burned them exceedingly | Here Nehemiah says that the anger of these enemies was a fire that burned inside of them. Alternate translation: “they became very angry” or “they became enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 415 | NEH | 4 | 8 | b6im | figs-metonymy | לְהִלָּחֵ֣ם בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם | 1 | to fight against Jerusalem | Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people who live there. These enemies were not coming to fight against the walls and buildings. Nehemiah is describing the people of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “to fight against the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 416 | NEH | 4 | 8 | a97c | figs-abstractnouns | וְלַעֲשׂ֥וֹת ל֖וֹ תּוֹעָֽה | 1 | and to make confusion for it | The abstract noun **confusion** refers to the way these enemies hoped that their attack would make the people of Jerusalem not know what to do. The people might disagree among themselves about whether they should keep working on the wall or whether they should discontinue the work to appease the attackers. They might also disagree about how to defend themselves. You can translate the idea behind the term “confusion” with adjectives such as “confused” and “divided.” Alternate translation: “They wanted to make the people inside the city confused and divided.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 417 | NEH | 4 | 9 | vz1d | וַנַּעֲמִ֨יד מִשְׁמָ֧ר עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם | 1 | and we set up a guard on account of them | Alternate translation: “and we put men around the wall to guard the city” | |
| 418 | NEH | 4 | 9 | a99c | figs-merism | יוֹמָ֥ם וָלַ֖יְלָה | 1 | by day and by night | This does not mean that some people went up on the walls to look around at various parts of the day, and others went up at certain times of night. Nehemiah is describing how he maintained a constant guard by speaking of two times when people were on duty, the day and the night, in order to include all the time in between. Alternate translation: “at all times,” otherwise “throughout the day and night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
| 419 | NEH | 4 | 9 | ad11 | figs-metaphor | מִפְּנֵיהֶֽם | 1 | from their faces | This term could mean two different things: (1) Here, probably **Their faces** figuratively means the front of a group. This likely means that the lookouts would see the front ranks of the army as they approached. Alternate translation: “to spot them as they approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]). (2) Here, “their faces” could also be a figurative way of referring to the enemies and their hostile intentions toward the people doing the work. Alternate translations: “against them” |
| 420 | NEH | 4 | 10 | ad13 | figs-metonymy | וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָ֗ה | 1 | And Judah said | Nehemiah is describing the people of Judah figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the name of their province. Alternate translation: “Then the people of Judah started saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
| 421 | NEH | 4 | 10 | ad15 | כָּשַׁל֙ כֹּ֣חַ הַסַּבָּ֔ל | 1 | the strength of the burden-bearers is failing | Alternate translation: “The people who are carrying the stones are getting worn out” | |
| 422 | NEH | 4 | 10 | vc8h | וְהֶעָפָ֖ר | 1 | and … rubble | Alternate translation: “and … burned stone” or “and … broken rock” or “and … unusable stone” | |
| 423 | NEH | 4 | 10 | ad17 | וַאֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ לֹ֣א נוּכַ֔ל לִבְנ֖וֹת בַּחוֹמָֽה | 1 | And as for us, we are not able to build the wall. | Alternate translation: “We are not going to be able to finish rebuilding the wall” | |
| 424 | NEH | 4 | 11 | yuc9 | figs-parallelism | לֹ֤א יֵדְעוּ֙ וְלֹ֣א יִרְא֔וּ עַ֛ד אֲשֶׁר־נָב֥וֹא אֶל־תּוֹכָ֖ם | 1 | They will not know, and they will not see until when we come into their midst | These two phrases mean similar things. The enemies use the repetition to emphasize how confident they are of launching a surprise attack. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “They will not be expecting an attack until we are right there,” otherwise “before they see us and know we are coming, we will rush down on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
| 425 | NEH | 4 | 11 | ad19 | figs-metaphor | וְלֹ֣א יִרְא֔וּ | 1 | and they will not see | While the enemies could be referring to the Jews literally not seeing them approach, “seeing” could also be a figuratively way of describing knowledge, notice, or attention. In that case this expression would mean the same thing as “they will not know.” Alternate translation: “they will not be expecting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 426 | NEH | 4 | 12 | ad21 | figs-explicit | בָּ֣אוּ | 1 | came | The implication is that they came to Jerusalem to speak with the Jewish leaders there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “came to Jerusalem to speak with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 427 | NEH | 4 | 12 | t8f2 | figs-synecdoche | הַיְּהוּדִ֔ים הַיֹּשְׁבִ֖ים אֶצְלָ֑ם | 1 | the Jews dwelling beside them | **Them** means the enemies Nehemiah has been talking about, so this expression likely refers to the Jews who lived near Nehemiah and those helping him. But it does not mean all of these Jews, just some who came to Jerusalem. Nehemiah is describing part of this group as if it were the whole group. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews who lived near our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 428 | NEH | 4 | 12 | b3zk | figs-idiom | וַיֹּ֤אמְרוּ לָ֨נוּ֙ עֶ֣שֶׂר פְּעָמִ֔ים | 1 | spoke to us ten times | Here the number 10 is used to represent “many.” Alternate translation: “spoke to us many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
| 429 | NEH | 4 | 12 | ad23 | figs-explicit | מִכָּל־הַמְּקֹמ֖וֹת אֲשֶׁר־תָּשׁ֥וּבוּ עָלֵֽינוּ | 1 | From all the places where you turn, they are on us | The meaning of this Hebrew phrase is uncertain. However, one explanation that would fit the context is that these exposed Jewish communities sent representatives to Jerusalem to tell Nehemiah that they were afraid of being attacked in their villages. The “places where you return” could mean “anywhere we live,” referring to the villages, and “they are on us” could mean that the enemies could attack these undefended towns at any time. Perhaps these representatives were asking Nehemiah to release their able-bodied men from work duty and send them home so they could help defend their families and neighbors. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our enemies could attack us anywhere we live, so let our men return home so they can defend us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
| 430 | NEH | 4 | 12 | q1mv | figs-hyperbole | מִכָּל־הַמְּקֹמ֖וֹת | 1 | From all the places where you turn | This phrase likely indicates “in every direction.” The word “all” is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “anywhere we live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
| 431 | NEH | 4 | 13 | ad25 | וָֽאַעֲמִ֞יד | 1 | So I stationed | If you follow the suggestion in the previous note for translating the last phrase in [4:12](../04/12.md), then you could show here that Nehemiah is indicating a contrast between what the representatives wanted him to do and what he actually did. Instead of scattering his forces by sending the men from other towns home, he concentrated them visibly in Jerusalem, expecting that the main attack would come there. Alternate translation: “But” or “Instead” | |
| 432 | NEH | 4 | 13 | xc8b | וָֽאַעֲמִ֞יד מִֽתַּחְתִּיּ֧וֹת לַמָּק֛וֹם מֵאַחֲרֵ֥י לַחוֹמָ֖ה בַּצְּחִיחִ֑ים | 1 | So I stationed from the lowest of places behind the wall, in the bare places | Alternate translation: “I put guards behind the wall at the places where it was low or where there were gaps in it.” | |
| 433 | NEH | 4 | 13 | mj33 | figs-synecdoche | וָֽאַעֲמִ֤יד אֶת־הָעָם֙ לְמִשְׁפָּח֔וֹת | 1 | I stationed the people by families | This does not mean all the people, and it does not mean every member of every family. Nehemiah is figuratively describing part of the people as if they were all of them, and part of each family as if it were the whole family. Chapter 3 describes how Nehemiah organized the work on the wall by family and community groups. He seems to have organized the defense of the city the same way. Alternate translation: “I positioned people from each family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
| 434 | NEH | 4 | 13 | ad27 | translate-unknown | וְקַשְּׁתֹתֵיהֶֽם | 1 | and their bows | This means not just bows, but bows and arrows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
| 435 | NEH | 4 | 14 | l4uz | וָאֵ֣רֶא | 1 | This likely means that Nehemiah literally looked over all the defenses he had put in place. Alternate translation: “After I had inspected everything” | ||
| 436 | NEH | 4 | 14 | h68n | figs-explicit | וָאָק֗וּם וָאֹמַ֞ר | 1 | Since Nehemiah immediately addresses a group of people, the implication is that he gathered them together to speak to them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I summoned … and I told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 437 | NEH | 4 | 14 | f9hq | figs-idiom | וָאָק֗וּם | 1 | In this context, the expression “rose up” likely is a way of saying that Nehemiah took public action, not that he had been sitting or lying down and got up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 438 | NEH | 4 | 14 | iy4j | אֶל־הַחֹרִ֤ים וְאֶל־הַסְּגָנִים֙ | 1 | See how you translated these terms in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “to the leading citizens and the city officials” | ||
| 439 | NEH | 4 | 14 | mza7 | figs-synecdoche | יֶ֣תֶר הָעָ֔ם | 1 | This does not mean all of the other people who lived in Jerusalem, but rather many of them who came to hear Nehemiah speak on this occasion. He is figuratively describing part of the people as if they were all of them. Alternate translation: “many of the other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 440 | NEH | 4 | 14 | ic4q | figs-synecdoche | אַל־תִּֽירְא֖וּ מִפְּנֵיהֶ֑ם | 1 | Here, **face** figuratively describes an entire person by reference to one part, the “face,” likely because the face shows what the person is thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 441 | NEH | 4 | 14 | xyjh | figs-idiom | זְכֹ֔רוּ | 1 | In this context, **remember** does not refer to a person recalling something they have forgotten. Rather, it means, “keep in mind.” Alternate translation: “keep in mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 442 | NEH | 4 | 14 | xgdm | figs-synecdoche | אֲדֹנָ֞י הַגָּד֤וֹל וְהַנּוֹרָא֙ | 1 | Nehemiah is referring here to Yahweh, the God who promised to bless and protect the Jews as his chosen people. When he says **my**, he is using himself to represent the entire community. Alternate translation: “our great and awesome God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 443 | NEH | 4 | 14 | x0ri | figs-doublet | הַגָּד֤וֹל וְהַנּוֹרָא֙ | 1 | Nehemiah uses this same expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). See how you translated it there. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “great and glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 444 | NEH | 4 | 14 | c8s7 | figs-metaphor | אֲחֵיכֶם֙ | 1 | Here, **brother** could mean biological brothers, but it is more likely that it refers figuratively to a person’s relatives, that is, their whole family. Alternate translation: “your families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 445 | NEH | 4 | 15 | puc1 | writing-newevent | וַיְהִ֞י כַּֽאֲשֶׁר | 1 | Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 446 | NEH | 4 | 15 | qxa7 | figs-activepassive | נ֣וֹדַֽע לָ֔נוּ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we found out about their plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 447 | NEH | 4 | 15 | lgih | figs-explicit | נ֣וֹדַֽע לָ֔נוּ | 1 | **It** means the plan of these enemies to launch a surprise attack, as described in [4:11](../04/11.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we found out about their plans to launch a surprise attack” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 448 | NEH | 4 | 15 | e4mc | וַיָּ֥פֶר הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת־עֲצָתָ֑ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “and God had kept them from doing what they planned.” | ||
| 449 | NEH | 4 | 15 | f236 | figs-metonymy | וַנָּ֤שָׁב כֻּלָּ֨נוּ֙ אֶל־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה אִ֖ישׁ אֶל־מְלַאכְתּֽוֹ | 1 | Here, **the wall** means the work on the wall. Nehemiah is describing this work figuratively by referring to something associated with it, the wall that was the object of the work. Alternate translation: “we all went back to working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 450 | NEH | 4 | 15 | g1de | figs-explicit | וַנָּ֤שָׁב כֻּלָּ֨נוּ֙ אֶל־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה אִ֖ישׁ אֶל־מְלַאכְתּֽוֹ | 1 | The implication is that when the enemies realized the Jews knew about their plans, they decided not to attack. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They decided not to attack us, and we all went back to working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 451 | NEH | 4 | 15 | doov | figs-idiom | אִ֖ישׁ אֶל־מְלַאכְתּֽוֹ | 1 | In this context, **a man** means “each person.” It does not refer only to an adult male. Alternate translation: “Each person continued doing the same work as before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 452 | NEH | 4 | 16 | rtac | figs-idiom | מִן־הַיּ֣וֹם הַה֗וּא | 1 | In this context, **day** may not refer to one specific day, but rather to a more general time. Alternate translation: “from that time on” or “after that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 453 | NEH | 4 | 16 | gh9g | figs-idiom | נְעָרַי֮ עֹשִׂ֣ים בַּמְּלָאכָה֒ | 1 | This expression refers to the servants who worked for Nehemiah. While they probably were young adult males, the expression is specifically envisioning their role and status. Alternate translation: “my servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 454 | NEH | 4 | 16 | rgab | figs-explicit | עֹשִׂ֣ים בַּמְּלָאכָה֒ | 1 | This refers to the work on the wall. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “worked on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 455 | NEH | 4 | 16 | f9in | translate-fraction | חֲצִ֣י נְעָרַי֮ | 1 | **Half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) | |
| 456 | NEH | 4 | 16 | nf2h | translate-unknown | וְהַקְּשָׁת֖וֹת | 1 | As in [4:13](../04/13.md), this means not just bows, but bows and arrows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 457 | NEH | 4 | 16 | i7wi | וְהַ֨שָּׂרִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה | 1 | This likely means that certain officials literally stood behind the workers and the guards. That is, they were inside the wall and close to it, while the guards stood right at the wall and the workers worked on it. Alternate translation: “Officers stood behind all the workers and guards” | ||
| 458 | NEH | 4 | 16 | gl4t | figs-explicit | וְהַ֨שָּׂרִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה | 1 | The implication is that the leaders were there to give orders in case there was an attack. But it is likely that Nehemiah also wanted them to offer encouragement and maintain good morale. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Officers stood behind all the workers and guards to encourage everyone and to give orders in case there was an attack” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 459 | NEH | 4 | 16 | ijcj | וְהַ֨שָּׂרִ֔ים | 1 | From the context here and the use of this term in [7:2](../07/02.md), it appears that these “officials” were responsible for giving commands in military situations. Alternate translation: “and officers” | ||
| 460 | NEH | 4 | 16 | d9r4 | figs-metaphor | כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה | 1 | Here, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. All of the descendants of Judah are being described figuratively as if they were one household living together. So this would ordinarily mean “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 461 | NEH | 4 | 16 | p1dv | figs-synecdoche | כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה | 1 | However, in this context, the expression is not referring to all the people of Judah. Nehemiah is figuratively describing part of the people as if they were all of them. He means all of the workers and guards. The expression helps clarify that Nehemiah is no longer speaking just of his own servants, whom had divided into two groups to serve as workers and guards. Alternate translation: “all the workers and guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 462 | NEH | 4 | 17 | hgfd | figs-doublet | וְהַנֹּשְׂאִ֥ים בַּסֶּ֖בֶל עֹמְשִׂ֑ים | 1 | These two short phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses them together for clarity and emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “and those who carried the heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 463 | NEH | 4 | 17 | uya2 | figs-hyperbole | עֹמְשִׂ֑ים בְּאַחַ֤ת יָדוֹ֙ עֹשֶׂ֣ה בַמְּלָאכָ֔ה וְאַחַ֖ת מַחֲזֶ֥קֶת הַשָּֽׁלַח | 1 | Here **his hands** means “their hands.” This is an exaggeration. The builders and porters did not always work with only one hand. Rather, this means that they always had their weapons with them so that they would be prepared to fight off an attack. Alternate translation: “they always had their weapons with them while they were working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 464 | NEH | 4 | 18 | g8tq | figs-idiom | וְהַ֨בּוֹנִ֔ים אִ֥ישׁ חַרְבּ֛וֹ אֲסוּרִ֥ים עַל־מָתְנָ֖יו וּבוֹנִ֑ים | 1 | In this context, **a man** means “each person.” Alternate translation: “each builder worked with his sword strapped to his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 465 | NEH | 4 | 18 | vur2 | figs-explicit | וְהַתּוֹקֵ֥עַ בַּשּׁוֹפָ֖ר אֶצְלִֽי | 1 | The implication is that Nehemiah stationed this person next to him so that he could sound a signal if needed. (This becomes clear in [4:20](../04/20.md).) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly here. Alternate translation: “And I stationed someone next to me who would blow a ram’s horn if we needed a signal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 466 | NEH | 4 | 19 | yn7h | וָאֹמַ֞ר | 1 | See how you translated these terms in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “the leading citizens … the city officials” | ||
| 467 | NEH | 4 | 19 | xi9g | figs-synecdoche | הַחֹרִ֤ים…הַסְּגָנִים֙ | 1 | As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this does not mean all of the other people who lived in Jerusalem, but rather many of them who came to hear Nehemiah speak on this occasion. He is figuratively describing part of the people as if they were all of them. Alternate translation: “many of the other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 468 | NEH | 4 | 19 | agy3 | figs-doublet | הַמְּלָאכָ֥ה הַרְבֵּ֖ה וּרְחָבָ֑ה | 1 | **Great** and **vast** mean similar things. Nehemiah uses them together to emphasize the scope of the rebuilding project. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “large-scale” or “huge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 469 | NEH | 4 | 19 | p5fh | figs-idiom | וַאֲנַ֗חְנוּ נִפְרָדִים֙ עַל־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה רְחוֹקִ֖ים אִ֥ישׁ מֵאָחִֽיו | 1 | In this context, **a man** means “each person,” and **brother** means “fellow Jew.” Alternate translation: “each of us is far apart from our fellow Jews along the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 470 | NEH | 4 | 20 | tm9s | figs-explicit | אֶת־ק֣וֹל הַשּׁוֹפָ֔ר | 1 | The implication is that the workers and guards would need to gather together to fight off an attack. The implication is also that while the people were widely scattered, they would all be able to hear the ram’s horn even from a distance, and so it would be an effective signal. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “So if we all need to gather in one place to fight off an attack, I will have someone blow a ram’s horn there. You will be able to hear this signal from anywhere along the wall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 471 | NEH | 4 | 20 | i5t4 | translate-unknown | הַשּׁוֹפָ֔ר | 1 | See how you translated this in [4:18](../04/18.md). Review the explanation there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 472 | NEH | 4 | 20 | qml6 | אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ יִלָּ֥חֶם לָֽנוּ | 1 | This does not mean that God will fight instead of the Jews, but that God will take their side and help them win. Alternate translation: “God will help us defeat our enemies” | ||
| 473 | NEH | 4 | 21 | opos | figs-explicit | וַאֲנַ֖חְנוּ עֹשִׂ֣ים בַּמְּלָאכָ֑ה | 1 | This means the **work** of rebuilding the wall. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So we continued to work on rebuilding the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 474 | NEH | 4 | 21 | xvrl | figs-synecdoche | וְחֶצְיָ֗ם מַחֲזִיקִים֙ בָּֽרְמָחִ֔ים | 1 | “Them” means the men who would otherwise have been working as builders or carrying loads, but who were serving as guards instead. As verses [4:13](../04/13.md) and [4:16](../04/16.md) make clear, the weaponry included not just spears, but also shields and bows and arrows. So Nehemiah is using “spears” here to refer figuratively to all of the weaponry. Alternate translation: “half of the men served as guards and kept their weapons ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 475 | NEH | 4 | 21 | ca45 | translate-fraction | וְחֶצְיָ֗ם | 1 | Here **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) | |
| 476 | NEH | 4 | 21 | w4uu | figs-merism | מֵעֲל֣וֹת הַשַּׁ֔חַר עַ֖ד צֵ֥את הַכּוֹכָבִֽים | 1 | Nehemiah is referring to the entire day by speaking of two extreme parts of it, the time when first light of morning appears and the time when it becomes dark enough to see the stars, in order to include everything in between. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “at all times,” otherwise “from the time when the light of dawn appeared in the morning until the time when the stars appeared at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 477 | NEH | 4 | 21 | jl3h | מֵעֲל֣וֹת הַשַּׁ֔חַר | 1 | This phrase refers to the daily appearance of light rising in the east in the early morning hours prior to the sun rising above the horizon. Alternate translation: “the first light of day” | ||
| 478 | NEH | 4 | 21 | ww7q | figs-metaphor | צֵ֥את הַכּוֹכָבִֽים | 1 | Here Nehemiah describes the appearing of the stars as if they **came out** of an enclosed container. Alternate translation: “the very beginning of the night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 479 | NEH | 4 | 22 | j1fu | figs-idiom | אִ֣ישׁ | 1 | In this context, **a man** means “each person” and more specifically “each worker.” As in 4:16, “young man” means servant. Alternate translation: “each worker and his servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 480 | NEH | 4 | 22 | r87p | figs-explicit | בְּת֣וֹךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם | 1 | This could be referring to workers who had come from nearby cities and towns to help rebuild the wall. It could also include people who lived in the Jerusalem area but whose homes were outside the city, such as local farmers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “spend the night inside Jerusalem and not go home if they live outside the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 481 | NEH | 4 | 22 | gjm3 | וְהָֽיוּ־לָ֧נוּ הַלַּ֛יְלָה מִשְׁמָ֖ר וְהַיּ֥וֹם מְלָאכָֽה | 1 | The idea is not that these men would be on guard duty all night and then work all day on the wall. Rather, their presence in the city would mean that a large number of defenders would be ready on short notice if needed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That way the city will have plenty of defenders even at night, and they can still work on the wall during the daytime” | ||
| 482 | NEH | 4 | 23 | llry | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | וְאֵ֨ין | 1 | In this verse Nehemiah is describing something else that was also true of the conditions in Jerusalem during the time period he is describing. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At that time, neither” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) | |
| 483 | NEH | 4 | 23 | g8mf | figs-metonymy | וְאַחַ֣י | 1 | Here **brother** likely refers to Nehemiah’s close relatives. Elsewhere in the book he indicates that his brother Hanani lived in the city and that his relatives ate with him at the governor’s table ([1:2](../01/02.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), [7:2](../07/02.md)). Alternate translation: “nor my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 484 | NEH | 4 | 23 | vfv3 | figs-idiom | וּנְעָרַ֗י | 1 | As in [4:16](../04/16.md), this means “my servants.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 485 | NEH | 4 | 23 | flyg | translate-unknown | וְאַנְשֵׁ֤י הַמִּשְׁמָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַחֲרַ֔י | 1 | This likely refers to the personal bodyguard that the king would have assigned to Nehemiah when he appointed him to be the governor of Judah. (Nehemiah describes this appointment in [5:14](../05/14.md).) Alternate translation: “my personal bodyguard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 486 | NEH | 4 | 23 | upc5 | figs-ellipsis | אִ֖ישׁ שִׁלְח֥וֹ הַמָּֽיִם | 1 | Here the specific meaning of the Hebrew text is unknown, but Nehemiah is almost certainly leaving out some of the words that a sentence would normally have to have in order to be complete. He says that he and his relatives, servants, and bodyguards did not take off their clothes, **or anyone his weapon at the water.** This could mean that “no one took his weapon off even when he was washing himself” or that “no one took his weapon off even when going to get water.” If your readers would misunderstand this if you explained what “at the water” might mean, you could choose one of these possibilities. Alternate translation: “Each of us always had our weapons with us, even when we were washing ourselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 487 | NEH | 4 | 23 | v2e1 | figs-idiom | פֹשְׁטִ֖ים בְּגָדֵ֑ינוּ אִ֖ישׁ שִׁלְח֥וֹ | 1 | In this context, **a man** means **anyone.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 488 | NEH | 5 | intro | k7pb | 0 | # Nehemiah 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality<br><br>The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br><br>### Governor<br>Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation. | |||
| 489 | NEH | 5 | 1 | za4u | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | וַתְּהִ֨י | 1 | Nehemiah now relates something else that was happening even while the Jews were trying to rebuild the wall and defend themselves against their enemies. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “Around this same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) | |
| 490 | NEH | 5 | 1 | zmb8 | figs-abstractnouns | צַעֲקַ֥ת הָעָ֛ם וּנְשֵׁיהֶ֖ם גְּדוֹלָ֑ה | 1 | **Outcry** is an abstract noun that refers to the complaints that the poorer Jews made to Nehemiah about how the wealthier and more powerful Jews were treating them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “complain.” Since Nehemiah says this was a “great” outcry, involving many serious grievances, you could intensify the verb with an adverb such as “bitterly.” Alternate translation: “many of the men and their wives complained bitterly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 491 | NEH | 5 | 1 | czx5 | הָעָ֛ם וּנְשֵׁיהֶ֖ם | 1 | Here, **the people** seems to indicate certain men who lived in Jerusalem, since Nehemiah also mentions their wives. Alternate translation: “many of the men and their wives” | ||
| 492 | NEH | 5 | 1 | uqlp | figs-metaphor | אֲחֵיהֶ֖ם | 1 | Here, **brother** does not seem to mean biological brothers, but to refer figuratively to other members of the same people group. Alternate translation: “their fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 493 | NEH | 5 | 1 | c3po | figs-doublet | אֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַיְּהוּדִֽים | 1 | These two short phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses them together to emphasize how inappropriate it was for people to treat members of their own group in the ways described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “their fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 494 | NEH | 5 | 2 | u19u | וְיֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים | 1 | Verses 2, 3, 4, and 5 do not seem to be different complaints that people brought to Nehemiah separately. Rather, the whole group seems to be complaining that because they need to get food for their families, wealthier and more powerful Jews are exploiting them. They are forcing them to take mortgages and loans and even sell their children into slavery. Nehemiah is probably depicting one speaker after another in the crowd adding details to this picture. You could suggest this to the readers of your translation by introducing these comments with a translation such as, “some of them began to say” | ||
| 495 | NEH | 5 | 2 | i9kn | בָּנֵ֥ינוּ וּבְנֹתֵ֖ינוּ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ רַבִּ֑ים | 1 | Alternate translation: “We have many children” | ||
| 496 | NEH | 5 | 2 | i5cb | figs-synecdoche | וְנִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן | 1 | This does not mean only grain. The people complaining to Nehemiah are using one kind of food, grain, the staple of their diet, to refer figuratively to all the foods they would need to eat. Alternate translation: “we need food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 497 | NEH | 5 | 2 | i7bq | figs-explicit | וְנִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן | 1 | The implication is that because the families are large, a lot of food is needed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we need to get a lot of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 498 | NEH | 5 | 2 | ojue | figs-doublet | וְנֹאכְלָ֥ה וְנִחְיֶֽה | 1 | These two short phrases mean similar things. The people use them together to emphasize the urgency and importance of having food. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to get enough food to stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 499 | NEH | 5 | 3 | hwfh | figs-explicit | וְיֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים | 1 | (See the applicable note to [2:2](../02/02.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Alternate translation: “Others added” | |
| 500 | NEH | 5 | 3 | dt2m | translate-unknown | שְׂדֹתֵ֛ינוּ וּכְרָמֵ֥ינוּ וּבָתֵּ֖ינוּ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ עֹרְבִ֑ים וְנִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן בָּרָעָֽב | 1 | It might be helpful to explain to your readers what a **mortgage** is, if you think they might not know. Alternate translation: “We have had to promise to give someone our fields, vineyards, and houses if we do not pay back the money we borrowed. We had to borrow the money to buy food during this time when food is scarce.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 501 | NEH | 5 | 4 | r14f | וְיֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים | 1 | Different people in the crowd apparently continue to add details to the complaint. Alternate translation: “Still others said” | ||
| 502 | NEH | 5 | 4 | zurg | figs-metonymy | לָוִ֥ינוּ כֶ֖סֶף | 1 | **Silver** here means “money.” Nehemiah is describing money figuratively by reference to the commodity that is being used as a means of exchange, silver. Alternate translation: “We have had to borrow money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 503 | NEH | 5 | 4 | wi16 | translate-unknown | לְמִדַּ֣ת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ שְׂדֹתֵ֖ינוּ וּכְרָמֵֽינוּ | 1 | **Tribute** means “taxes” here. Alternate translation: “the taxes that the king commanded us to pay on our fields and our vineyards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 504 | NEH | 5 | 5 | zami | grammar-connect-words-phrases | וְעַתָּ֗ה | 1 | This term indicates that the sentence that follows is a further development of the thought from the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) | |
| 505 | NEH | 5 | 5 | z4ru | figs-explicit | כִּבְשַׂ֤ר אַחֵ֨ינוּ֙ בְּשָׂרֵ֔נוּ כִּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם בָּנֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | Here the Jews are insisting that they are of the same Jewish descent as the other Jews and that they of the same importance as the others. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet our families are Jews just like the other Jews’ families, and our children are just as important to us as their children are to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 506 | NEH | 5 | 5 | ff7r | figs-abstractnouns | כִּבְשַׂ֤ר אַחֵ֨ינוּ֙ בְּשָׂרֵ֔נוּ כִּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם בָּנֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. The people complaining to Nehemiah are using the repetition to emphasize how shameful it is for the wealthy and powerful to sell their own fellow Jews into slavery. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “And we are Jews, just like the people who are doing these things to us!” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 507 | NEH | 5 | 5 | pcwk | כִּבְשַׂ֤ר אַחֵ֨ינוּ֙ בְּשָׂרֵ֔נוּ כִּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם בָּנֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | You could move this sentence to the end of the verse, since it is the culmination of the argument. | ||
| 508 | NEH | 5 | 5 | w1ot | figs-metaphor | אַחֵ֨ינוּ֙ | 1 | Here, **brother** figuratively describes the Jews who are exploiting their poor and vulnerable fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “And we are Jews, just like the people who are doing these things to us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 509 | NEH | 5 | 5 | oguf | וְהִנֵּ֣ה | 1 | **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use some emphatic term or expression in your language that would have this same effect. | ||
| 510 | NEH | 5 | 5 | rdp9 | figs-explicit | אֲנַ֣חְנוּ כֹ֠בְשִׁים אֶת־בָּנֵ֨ינוּ וְאֶת־בְּנֹתֵ֜ינוּ לַעֲבָדִ֗ים וְיֵ֨שׁ מִבְּנֹתֵ֤ינוּ נִכְבָּשׁוֹת֙ | 1 | In this context, the construction **are putting** likely indicates that the poor are on the verge of selling their children into slavery. The next sentence shows that they have already done this in some instances. It appears that in this culture, in dire situations, girls were sold before boys, perhaps because they could become either domestic servants or concubines. A concubine was a woman who was both a slave and a secondary wife to her master. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this statement that way. Alternate translation: “We are on the verge of selling our children into slavery. In fact, we have already sold some of our daughters as servants and concubines.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 511 | NEH | 5 | 5 | z783 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְאֵ֣ין לְאֵ֣ל יָדֵ֔נוּ וּשְׂדֹתֵ֥ינוּ וּכְרָמֵ֖ינוּ לַאֲחֵרִֽים | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases because the second phrase gives the reason why the first phrase is true. Alternate translation: “because our creditors took the fields and vineyards we pledged as security for loans, there is nothing else we can do in this situation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 512 | NEH | 5 | 5 | y2mq | figs-idiom | וְאֵ֣ין לְאֵ֣ל יָדֵ֔נוּ | 1 | **There is nothing to God in our hand** is an idiom that means that the speaker does not have the power to do what they are describing. Alternate translation: “there is nothing else we can do in this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 513 | NEH | 5 | 5 | jr7j | figs-explicit | וּשְׂדֹתֵ֥ינוּ וּכְרָמֵ֖ינוּ לַאֲחֵרִֽים | 1 | The implication is that when the poor could not pay back their loans, their creditors took the fields and vineyards they had pledged as collateral. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because our creditors took the fields and vineyards we pledged as security for loans.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 514 | NEH | 5 | 6 | xcm3 | figs-metaphor | וַיִּ֥חַר לִ֖י מְאֹ֑ד | 1 | Here Nehemiah says that his anger was a fire that burned inside of him. Alternate translation: “I got very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 515 | NEH | 5 | 6 | ryx1 | figs-abstractnouns | כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־זַֽעֲקָתָ֔ם וְאֵ֖ת הַדְּבָרִ֥ים הָאֵֽלֶּה | 1 | **Outcry** is an abstract noun that refers to complaints that the poorer Jews made to Nehemiah about how the wealthier and more powerful Jews were treating them. You can translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “complain.” Alternate translation: “when I heard how they were complaining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 516 | NEH | 5 | 6 | some | figs-doublet | אֶת־זַֽעֲקָתָ֔ם וְאֵ֖ת הַדְּבָרִ֥ים הָאֵֽלֶּה | 1 | These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize the urgency and severity of these complaints. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that they were complaining about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 517 | NEH | 5 | 7 | zk8g | figs-personification | וַיִּמָּלֵ֨ךְ לִבִּ֜י עָלַ֗י | 1 | Here Nehemiah is speaking about his heart as if it were a living thing that could act like a king and rule over him. However, he is not saying that his feelings commanded his actions. (He says in the previous verse that he became very angry, but in the next verse he describes acting in a careful and deliberate manner.) Instead, this means that his heart “took counsel” with him, the way a king would take counsel with advisors. In effect, Nehemiah is saying that he talked the matter over with himself. Alternate translation: “I thought hard about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 518 | NEH | 5 | 7 | wxyz | figs-metaphor | וַיִּמָּלֵ֨ךְ לִבִּ֜י עָלַ֗י | 1 | Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will. Alternate translation: “I thought hard about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 519 | NEH | 5 | 7 | jawz | וָאָרִ֨יבָה֙ | 1 | **Contended** is a technical term that means “to bring charges.” It means to initiate a lawsuit that would require the defendants to answer for themselves publicly, in the presence of their fellow citizens. Alternate translation: “Then I brought charges” | ||
| 520 | NEH | 5 | 7 | o23t | הַחֹרִ֣ים…הַסְּגָנִ֔ים | 1 | See how you translated these terms in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “the leading citizens and the city officials” | ||
| 521 | NEH | 5 | 7 | dy73 | figs-idiom | מַשָּׁ֥א…אַתֶּ֣ם נֹשִׁ֑ים | 1 | This expression means to charge interest when loaning money to another person. Alternate translation: “You are charging interest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 522 | NEH | 5 | 7 | sn56 | figs-explicit | מַשָּׁ֥א אִישׁ־בְּאָחִ֖יו | 1 | The Law of Moses specifically forbade charging interest on a loan to a fellow Jew. So this was not just an exploitive business practice, it was a violation of God’s Law. The rich and powerful Jews would certainly have been expected to know this. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are charging interest on loans to your fellow Jews. You know that is forbidden in the Law of Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 523 | NEH | 5 | 7 | f66g | figs-idiom | אִישׁ־בְּאָחִ֖יו | 1 | In this context, “a man” means “each person.” It does not mean only an adult male. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 524 | NEH | 5 | 7 | yibe | figs-metaphor | אִישׁ־בְּאָחִ֖יו | 1 | Here, **brother** could conceivably include even biological brothers, but in context it likely refers figuratively to fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “to your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 525 | NEH | 5 | 7 | r7yl | translate-unknown | וָאֶתֵּ֥ן עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם קְהִלָּ֥ה גְדוֹלָֽה | 1 | This means that, as part of conducting the lawsuit against these wealthy and powerful Jews, Nehemiah brought together a large group of their fellow citizens to hear the charges against them. This group was the “assembly.” Alternate translation: “I put them on trial in front of their fellow citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 526 | NEH | 5 | 7 | u9u2 | figs-events | וָאֶתֵּ֥ן עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם קְהִלָּ֥ה גְדוֹלָֽה | 1 | To present the events in chronological order, if that would be helpful to your readers, you could put this before the previous sentence, which describes the first charge that Nehemiah brought at this trial. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) | |
| 527 | NEH | 5 | 8 | o7o9 | figs-explicit | אֲנַ֣חְנוּ קָ֠נִינוּ | 1 | **We** likely means Nehemiah and his relatives, as in 4:23. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “My relatives and I have bought back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 528 | NEH | 5 | 8 | a1b2 | figs-events | קָ֠נִינוּ אֶת־אַחֵ֨ינוּ הַיְּהוּדִ֜ים הַנִּמְכָּרִ֤ים לַגּוֹיִם֙ | 1 | To present the events in chronological order, if that would be helpful to your readers, you could put the information that some Jews had to sell themselves into slavery before the information that Nehemiah and his relatives bought their freedom. Alternate translation: “Whenever our Jewish relatives have had to sell themselves into slavery to people from other nations … we have been buying them back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) | |
| 529 | NEH | 5 | 8 | o6o8 | כְּדֵ֣י בָ֔נוּ | 1 | Alternate translation: “to the best of our ability” | ||
| 530 | NEH | 5 | 8 | q123 | figs-doublet | אַחֵ֨ינוּ הַיְּהוּדִ֜ים | 1 | These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that buying them back was an honorable and expected action. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “our Jewish relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 531 | NEH | 5 | 8 | bszc | figs-metaphor | אַחֵ֨ינוּ | 1 | Here, **brother** likely refers figuratively to fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “our fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 532 | NEH | 5 | 8 | t5y7 | figs-activepassive | הַיְּהוּדִ֜ים הַנִּמְכָּרִ֤ים | 1 | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “our fellow Jews have had to sell themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 533 | NEH | 5 | 8 | pzy8 | figs-explicit | וְגַם־אַתֶּ֛ם תִּמְכְּר֥וּ אֶת־אֲחֵיכֶ֖ם וְנִמְכְּרוּ־לָ֑נוּ | 1 | This means that they are selling their family members, both men and women, as slaves to their fellow Jews. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Now you are selling your own people to be slaves of your fellow Jews, so that they might later sell them back to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 534 | NEH | 5 | 8 | kn82 | figs-activepassive | הַנִּמְכָּרִ֤ים לַגּוֹיִם֙ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who people had sold as slaves to the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 535 | NEH | 5 | 8 | b1a1 | וְגַם־אַתֶּ֛ם | 1 | Malkijah | This is an emphatic expression. Nehemiah uses it to show how serious the offense is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could indicate this emphasis in some way in your translation. Alternate translation: “you are actually” | |
| 536 | NEH | 5 | 8 | b1a3 | figs-explicit | תִּמְכְּר֥וּ אֶת־אֲחֵיכֶ֖ם | 1 | This means that the creditors were selling the debtors into slavery to recover the money they owed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are actually selling your fellow Jews into slavery to get back the money they owe you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 537 | NEH | 5 | 8 | b1a5 | figs-metaphor | אֲחֵיכֶ֖ם | 1 | Here, **brother** likely refers figuratively to fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 538 | NEH | 5 | 8 | b1a7 | figs-activepassive | וְנִמְכְּרוּ־לָ֑נוּ | 1 | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “They are some of the very people we have been buying back!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 539 | NEH | 5 | 8 | b1a9 | figs-explicit | וַֽיַּחֲרִ֔ישׁוּ וְלֹ֥א מָצְא֖וּ דָּבָֽר | 1 | The implication is that the accused said nothing because they knew that Nehemiah’s charges were true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They knew that these charges were true, so they were silent. They could not answer a single word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 540 | NEH | 5 | 8 | ecd1 | figs-parallelism | וַֽיַּחֲרִ֔ישׁוּ וְלֹ֥א מָצְא֖וּ דָּבָֽר | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how completely guilty the accused people were. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “there was absolutely nothing they could say in response.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 541 | NEH | 5 | 9 | lm7c | לֹא־ט֥וֹב הַדָּבָ֖ר אֲשֶׁר־אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֑ים | 1 | In this context, **good** does have a moral connotation. Nehemiah is saying more than that this is not a good idea. Alternate translation: “What you are doing is wrong!” | ||
| 542 | NEH | 5 | 9 | kr1t | figs-rquestion | הֲל֞וֹא בְּיִרְאַ֤ת אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ תֵּלֵ֔כוּ מֵחֶרְפַּ֖ת הַגּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽינוּ | 1 | Nehemiah is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the accused to give him reasons why they should not obey God. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for these wealthy and powerful Jews to stop doing these wrong things. Alternate translation: “You really ought to live your life in a way that honors God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 543 | NEH | 5 | 9 | v6ux | figs-idiom | הֲל֞וֹא בְּיִרְאַ֤ת אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ תֵּלֵ֔כוּ | 1 | In this context, **fear** does not mean to be afraid. It means to show respect and reverence, specifically by obeying instead of disobeying. Alternate translation: “live your life in a way that honors God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 544 | NEH | 5 | 9 | b1b1 | figs-idiom | תֵּלֵ֔כוּ | 1 | Here, **walk** is an idiom that describes a person’s conduct in life. Alternate translation: “live your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 545 | NEH | 5 | 9 | b1b3 | מֵחֶרְפַּ֖ת הַגּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽינוּ | 1 | This may be a reference to the way the enemies of the Jews were already mocking them, or to the way they would mock them if they learned of what was happening. It could mean both things. Alternate translation: “Otherwise, our enemies will mock us even more” | ||
| 546 | NEH | 5 | 9 | s7qt | figs-abstractnouns | מֵחֶרְפַּ֖ת הַגּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽינוּ | 1 | **Reproach** is an abstract noun that refers to the way the enemies of the Jews were mocking them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the same idea with a verb such as “mock.” Alternate translation: “to keep the nations who are our enemies from mocking us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 547 | NEH | 5 | 9 | b1b5 | figs-doublet | הַגּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽינוּ | 1 | These two short phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses them together to emphasize the identity and hostility of the people who are opposing the Jews. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 548 | NEH | 5 | 10 | b1b7 | figs-metaphor | וְגַם־אֲנִי֙ אַחַ֣י וּנְעָרַ֔י | 1 | As in [4:23](../04/23.md), this means, “I myself, my relatives, and my servants.” The term “brother” here likely includes one or more of Nehemiah’s biological brothers, but more generally it refers figuratively to his close relatives. Alternate translation: “I myself, my relatives, and my servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 549 | NEH | 5 | 10 | xbp5 | figs-explicit | נֹשִׁ֥ים בָּהֶ֖ם כֶּ֣סֶף וְדָגָ֑ן | 1 | The implication is that Nehemiah and his companions are lending without charging any interest. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have been lending money and grain to those in need without charging interest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 550 | NEH | 5 | 10 | b1b9 | figs-metonymy | כֶּ֣סֶף | 1 | **Silver** here means “money.” Nehemiah is describing money figuratively by reference to the commodity that is being used as a means of exchange, silver. Alternate translation: “money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 551 | NEH | 5 | 10 | j3dq | נַֽעַזְבָה־נָּ֖א אֶת־הַמַּשָּׁ֥א הַזֶּֽה | 1 | It is clear from the context that **us** in this sentence does not mean Nehemiah and his companions, but rather the entire Jewish community, of which they are a part. Nehemiah could say to the defendants, accusingly, “You must stop charging interest!” But he includes himself and the entire community as a way of being encouraging rather than condemning. (This would be a use of “we/us” that includes the addressees. You should make this clear in your translation if your language makes that distinction.) Alternate translation: “All of us should stop charging interest on loans.” | ||
| 552 | NEH | 5 | 11 | vkz7 | הָשִׁיבוּ֩ נָ֨א לָהֶ֜ם | 1 | This is worded as a polite request, but it is really a demand. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express it with an imperative. “Give them back” | ||
| 553 | NEH | 5 | 11 | dim5 | figs-idiom | כְּהַיּ֗וֹם | 1 | This does not necessarily mean on this same day, but without waiting. Alternate translation: “Do it right away!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 554 | NEH | 5 | 11 | b1c1 | translate-fraction | וּמְאַ֨ת | 1 | In this context, this expression means “the hundredth part,” or one per cent. In this culture, this was likely charged monthly, so it would have amounted to 12% annual interest. In an economy that was based more on commodities than on cash, this would have been an exorbitant amount. If your culture typically calculates interest at an annual rate, you could express it that way here to help your readers understand the likely meaning. Alternate translation: “the 12% annual interest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) | |
| 555 | NEH | 5 | 11 | e9y2 | figs-metonymy | הַכֶּ֤סֶף | 1 | **Silver** means “money” here, as in verse 10. Alternate translation: “money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 556 | NEH | 5 | 11 | b1c3 | figs-idiom | נֹשִׁ֥ים בָּהֶֽם | 1 | Alternate translation: “charging them” or “making them pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 557 | NEH | 5 | 12 | b1c5 | וַיֹּאמְר֣וּ | 1 | **They** means the leading citizens and the city officials. Alternate translation: “These leaders replied” | ||
| 558 | NEH | 5 | 12 | q7t5 | figs-explicit | נָשִׁ֗יב | 1 | The implication is that they will return the fields, vineyards, olive orchards, and houses that they took from the poor, as Nehemiah demanded in [5:11](../05/11.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We will give back their fields, vineyards, olive orchards, and houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 559 | NEH | 5 | 12 | i1gi | וּמֵהֶם֙ לֹ֣א נְבַקֵּ֔שׁ | 1 | Alternate translation: “And we will stop charging them interest” | ||
| 560 | NEH | 5 | 12 | e2yv | grammar-connect-logic-result | נַעֲשֶׂ֔ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר אַתָּ֣ה אוֹמֵ֑ר | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this statement first, since it is the reason for the results that follow, the return of property and the cancelling of interest. Alternate translation: “Yes, we will do what you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 561 | NEH | 5 | 12 | b1c7 | figs-explicit | וָאֶקְרָא֙ אֶת־הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים וָֽאַשְׁבִּיעֵ֔ם לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה | 1 | The implication is that the priests would have these leaders swear an oath before God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then I called the priests, and I made the leaders swear to God in front of them that they would do what they had promised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 562 | NEH | 5 | 13 | b1c9 | figs-metonymy | חָצְנִ֣י נָעַ֗רְתִּי | 1 | **Bosom** here refers figuratively to Nehemiah’s robe. It refers specifically by association to the part that he could gather together in front of him to form a pouch. Alternate translation: “I shook out the folds of my robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 563 | NEH | 5 | 13 | neg1 | translate-symaction | חָצְנִ֣י נָעַ֗רְתִּי | 1 | Nehemiah gathered his robe together in front of him, the way someone would if they wanted to carry something in its folds. Then he flung the robe open and shook it, so that anything that was in it would have scattered. By doing this, he demonstrated symbolically to the Jewish leaders what would happen to them if they broke the promise they made. Alternate translation: “I shook out the folds of my robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 564 | NEH | 5 | 13 | f5p4 | כָּ֣כָה יְנַעֵ֪ר הָֽאֱלֹהִ֟ים אֶת־כָּל־הָאִישׁ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־יָקִ֜ים אֶת־הַדָּבָ֣ר הַזֶּ֗ה מִבֵּיתוֹ֙ וּמִ֣יגִיע֔וֹ וְכָ֛כָה יִהְיֶ֥ה נָע֖וּר וָרֵ֑ק | 1 | Alternate translation: “In the same way, may God take away the home and all the possessions of anyone who does not keep this promise” | ||
| 565 | NEH | 5 | 13 | b1d1 | figs-gendernotations | כָּל־הָאִישׁ֩ | 1 | In this context, this expression means “anyone.” It could include women as well as men. Alternate translation: “anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 566 | NEH | 5 | 13 | b1d3 | figs-personification | יָקִ֜ים אֶת־הַדָּבָ֣ר הַזֶּ֗ה | 1 | The **word** means the promise that the leaders have made and the oath they have taken to confirm it. Nehemiah is speaking of this promise figuratively as if it were a living thing that could stand, that is, stay in place rather than go away. Alternate translation: “keep this oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 567 | NEH | 5 | 13 | b1d5 | figs-doublet | מִבֵּיתוֹ֙ וּמִ֣יגִיע֔וֹ | 1 | These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to express the totality of what a person owns. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “everything he owns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 568 | NEH | 5 | 13 | b1d7 | וּמִ֣יגִיע֔וֹ | 1 | **Labor** here figuratively refers to the “fruits of labor,” that is, the possessions that a person acquires through labor. Alternate translation: “all his possessions” | ||
| 569 | NEH | 5 | 13 | b1d9 | figs-parallelism | וְכָ֛כָה יִהְיֶ֥ה נָע֖וּר וָרֵ֑ק | 1 | This sentence repeats the meaning of the previous one. Nehemiah uses the repetition for emphasis. You would not need to use the same repetition in your translation if it were already clear that Nehemiah is speaking emphatically in the first sentence. However, you could also rephrase the meaning. Alternate translation: “Yes, may that person be separated from everything he owns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 570 | NEH | 5 | 13 | b1e1 | figs-doublet | נָע֖וּר וָרֵ֑ק | 1 | These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize how completely Nehemiah wants God to punish anyone who breaks the oath. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “be separated from everything he owns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 571 | NEH | 5 | 13 | b1e3 | כָֽל־הַקָּהָ֜ל | 1 | This means everyone who was there, both the leaders who were the defendants and the citizens Nehemiah had gathered to hear the charges against them. Alternate translation: “everyone who was there” | ||
| 572 | NEH | 5 | 13 | b1e5 | figs-idiom | אָמֵ֗ן | 1 | This is an expression that means, “Truly, it is so.” It expresses agreement with what someone has just said. You could express the meaning with a phrase such as, “We agree!” Or you could use the Hebrew term and explain its meaning: “Amen! It is true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 573 | NEH | 5 | 13 | b1e7 | וַֽיְהַלְלוּ֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “they worshipped God” | ||
| 574 | NEH | 5 | 13 | b1e9 | וַיַּ֥עַשׂ הָעָ֖ם כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה | 1 | **The people** means “the Jews.” “This word” means the promises they made. Alternate translation: “After that, none of the Jews took houses or fields to guarantee loans, and none of them charged interest” | ||
| 575 | NEH | 5 | 14 | zur1 | figs-explicit | גַּ֞ם | 1 | As explained in the note to [3:1](../03/01.md), in this book, Nehemiah is recording everything that he did to help the people of Judah. He hopes and prays that God will bless him for what he did. He has just described how he rescued the poor from foreclosures and interest. Now he is going to describe something further that he did to help them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Here is something else I did to help the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 576 | NEH | 5 | 14 | b1f1 | מִיּ֣וֹם ׀ אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה אֹתִ֗י לִהְי֣וֹת פֶּחָם֮ בְּאֶ֣רֶץ יְהוּדָה֒ מִשְּׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֗ים…לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | This is background information that helps explain what Nehemiah will say next. Alternate translation: “Artaxerxes, the king of Persia, had appointed me to be the governor of the province of Judah during the twentieth year of his reign” | ||
| 577 | NEH | 5 | 14 | b1f3 | מִיּ֣וֹם…וְ֠עַד שְׁנַ֨ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וּשְׁתַּ֨יִם֙ לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | Alternate translation: “During the twelve years from that time until the thirty-second year of his reign” | ||
| 578 | NEH | 5 | 14 | b1f5 | figs-idiom | מִיּ֣וֹם | 1 | This is an idiom that means “from the time.” Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 579 | NEH | 5 | 14 | ri8l | translate-ordinal | מִשְּׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֗ים וְ֠עַד שְׁנַ֨ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וּשְׁתַּ֨יִם֙ | 1 | Alternate translation: “from the 20th year until the 32nd year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king” or “from year 20 until year 32 in the reign of Artaxerxes as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 580 | NEH | 5 | 14 | ga6u | translate-numbers | שָׁנִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֣ים עֶשְׂרֵ֑ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “12 years” or “during those 12 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 581 | NEH | 5 | 14 | b1f7 | אֲנִ֣י וְאַחַ֔י לֶ֥חֶם הַפֶּ֖חָה לֹ֥א אָכַֽלְתִּי | 1 | As Nehemiah explains in the next verse, he recognized that the people were poor and could not afford to provide very much for the expenses of the governor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly here. Alternate translation: “Because I knew that the people were poor and could not afford to pay for it, I did not accept the governor’s food allowance, and I did not use it to feed my relatives” | ||
| 582 | NEH | 5 | 14 | i31d | אֲנִ֣י…לֹ֥א אָכַֽלְתִּי | 1 | Alternate translation: “I did not accept” | ||
| 583 | NEH | 5 | 14 | b1f9 | figs-synecdoche | לֶ֥חֶם הַפֶּ֖חָה | 1 | Nehemiah is using bread to refer figuratively to the entire food allowance that he was entitled to as the governor of Judah. He is describing all the food by the name of one part of it, the bread. Alternate translation: “the food that the people provided for the governor” or “the governor’s food allowance” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 584 | NEH | 5 | 14 | nqt2 | figs-metaphor | וְאַחַ֔י | 1 | As in [4:23](../04/23.md), **brother** here likely refers to Nehemiah’s actual brother Hanani and the other close relatives who were with him. Alternate translation: “and I did not use it to feed my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 585 | NEH | 5 | 15 | uu9k | figs-doublet | וְהַפַּחוֹת֩ הָרִאשֹׁנִ֨ים אֲשֶׁר־לְפָנַ֜י | 1 | **Former** and **before my face** mean similar things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “The men who were governors before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 586 | NEH | 5 | 15 | b1g1 | figs-synecdoche | לְפָנַ֜י | 1 | Here **face** figuratively describes an entire person by reference to one part of them, the “face.” Alternate translation: “before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 587 | NEH | 5 | 15 | b1g3 | figs-metaphor | הִכְבִּ֣ידוּ עַל־הָעָ֗ם | 1 | Here Nehemiah speaks figuratively as if these governors had been a great burden that the people were carrying, making their lives very difficult. Alternate translation: “made life very difficult for the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 588 | NEH | 5 | 15 | b1g5 | figs-explicit | וַיִּקְח֨וּ מֵהֶ֜ם בְּלֶ֤חֶם וָיַ֨יִן֙ אַחַר֙ כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֣ים אַרְבָּעִ֔ים | 1 | **After** indicates that the supplies of bread and wine were in addition to the money. Nehemiah is likely describing what the former governors required of the people each day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They demanded that they supply them with bread and wine and forty silver shekels every day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 589 | NEH | 5 | 15 | w4zk | translate-bmoney | כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֣ים אַרְבָּעִ֔ים | 1 | In ancient times, a silver shekel weighed about 11 grams or about a third of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate over time, since those values can change from year to year. Instead, you could say something general like “40 silver coins,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) | |
| 590 | NEH | 5 | 15 | b1g7 | translate-numbers | כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֣ים אַרְבָּעִ֔ים | 1 | Alternate translation: “forty silver shekels” or “40 pieces of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 591 | NEH | 5 | 15 | b1g9 | גַּ֥ם נַעֲרֵיהֶ֖ם שָׁלְט֣וּ עַל־הָעָ֑ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “Even their servants oppressed the people.” | ||
| 592 | NEH | 5 | 15 | egg7 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַאֲנִי֙ לֹא־עָשִׂ֣יתִי כֵ֔ן מִפְּנֵ֖י יִרְאַ֥ת אֱלֹהִֽים | 1 | In this sentence, If your readers would misunderstand this, you can put the reason before the result. Alternate translation: “But because of my fear of God, I did not take the food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 593 | NEH | 5 | 15 | b1h1 | figs-metaphor | מִפְּנֵ֖י יִרְאַ֥ת אֱלֹהִֽים | 1 | Here, **face** figuratively represents Nehemiah’s personal perception. “Fearing” God does not mean being afraid of God, but recognizing that God deserves respect and honor. Nehemiah is speaking of this perception figuratively, as if this recognition was always directly in front of him in a place where he could see it. He means that he was always aware of it. Alternate translation: “because I knew I needed to respect God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 594 | NEH | 5 | 16 | gx42 | figs-metaphor | בִּמְלֶ֜אכֶת הַחוֹמָ֤ה הַזֹּאת֙ הֶחֱזַ֔קְתִּי | 1 | Nehemiah describes himself figuratively as **holding fast to**, meaning “holding onto,” the work of rebuilding the wall. This means that he was devoted to it, and he did not pursue other interests, including ones that could have made money for him. Alternate translation: “I devoted myself to the work of rebuilding of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 595 | NEH | 5 | 16 | lm7t | וְשָׂדֶ֖ה לֹ֣א קָנִ֑ינוּ | 1 | **We** likely refers to Nehemiah and his relatives, since he mentions his servants next. | ||
| 596 | NEH | 5 | 16 | b1h3 | figs-synecdoche | וְשָׂדֶ֖ה לֹ֣א קָנִ֑ינוּ | 1 | Nehemiah is using the term **field** figuratively to describe any kind of real property that he and his relatives might have bought. Verse 11 shows that this could have included not just fields but also things like vineyards, olive orchards, and houses. He is describing all real property by reference to one kind, a field. Alternate translation: “My relatives and I did not buy any property” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 597 | NEH | 5 | 16 | m3s9 | figs-explicit | וְשָׂדֶ֖ה לֹ֣א קָנִ֑ינוּ | 1 | The implication is that they could have bought property cheaply because the poor were so desperate. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “My relatives and I did not buy any property, even though we could have gotten it cheaply because the poor were so desperate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 598 | NEH | 5 | 16 | xpb3 | figs-activepassive | וְכָל־נְעָרַ֔י קְבוּצִ֥ים שָׁ֖ם עַל־הַמְּלָאכָֽה | 1 | **There** means at the wall, and **for the work** means the work of rebuilding the wall. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I gathered all of my servants there to work on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 599 | NEH | 5 | 17 | j2af | figs-synecdoche | וְהַיְּהוּדִ֨ים | 1 | While this expression means “the Jewish people” in most of the book, in the context here and in 2:16 it seems to mean “Jewish leaders.” Nehemiah is describing some members of this people group, its leaders, as if they were the whole group. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 600 | NEH | 5 | 17 | a1g4 | translate-unknown | וְהַסְּגָנִ֜ים | 1 | See how you translated this term in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “city officials” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 601 | NEH | 5 | 17 | q9x7 | figs-metonymy | מֵאָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אִ֗ישׁ…עַל־שֻׁלְחָנִֽי | 1 | Nehemiah is using the word **table** to refer to the act of feeding people. He is describing that act figuratively by reference to something associated with it, the table that the food was served on. Alternate translation: “every day I was responsible to feed 150 Jewish leaders and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 602 | NEH | 5 | 17 | w7i4 | figs-explicit | וְהַבָּאִ֥ים אֵלֵ֛ינוּ מִן־הַגּוֹיִ֥ם אֲשֶׁר־סְבִיבֹתֵ֖ינוּ | 1 | This likely refers to Jews who lived in other countries but who came to Jerusalem. Their own communities may have sent them as representatives, or they may have come on their own for business or personal reasons. Alternate translation: “and we also fed the Jewish visitors who came from other countries around us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 603 | NEH | 5 | 18 | fa32 | figs-ellipsis | וַאֲשֶׁר֩ הָיָ֨ה נַעֲשֶׂ֜ה לְי֣וֹם אֶחָ֗ד שׁ֣וֹר אֶחָ֞ד צֹ֠אן שֵׁשׁ־בְּרֻר֤וֹת וְצִפֳּרִים֙ נַֽעֲשׂוּ־לִ֔י | 1 | Nehemiah seems once again to be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. He probably means something like, “What was prepared for one day is as follows: One bull, six choice sheep, and birds; that is what was prepared for me.” You could simplify the sentence for your readers by not including “were prepared for me” again at the end. Alternate translation: “Each day I told my servants to prepare one ox, six good sheep, and various kinds of poultry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 604 | NEH | 5 | 18 | gqe2 | figs-activepassive | וַאֲשֶׁר֩ הָיָ֨ה נַעֲשֶׂ֜ה לְי֣וֹם אֶחָ֗ד | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Each day I told my servants to prepare” or “Each day I told my servants to serve us the meat from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 605 | NEH | 5 | 18 | sp6n | translate-unknown | וְצִפֳּרִים֙ | 1 | It is likely that the birds were domesticated rather than wild, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term that indicates this. Alternate translation: “and various kinds of poultry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 606 | NEH | 5 | 18 | b1h5 | figs-ellipsis | וּבֵ֨ין עֲשֶׂ֧רֶת יָמִ֛ים בְּכָל־יַ֖יִן לְהַרְבֵּ֑ה | 1 | Nehemiah is once again leaving out some words that a sentence would ordinarily need to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you express the meaning more fully. Alternate translation: “Every ten days I also had my servants bring in an abundant supply of various kinds of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 607 | NEH | 5 | 18 | mil3 | figs-idiom | וּבֵ֨ין עֲשֶׂ֧רֶת יָמִ֛ים | 1 | This expression means “every ten days.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 608 | NEH | 5 | 18 | b1h7 | יַ֖יִן לְהַרְבֵּ֑ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “enough wine for everyone” | ||
| 609 | NEH | 5 | 18 | b1h9 | וְעִם־זֶ֗ה לֶ֤חֶם הַפֶּחָה֙ לֹ֣א בִקַּ֔שְׁתִּי | 1 | As in [5:14](../05/14.md), “the bread of the governor” means “the governor’s food allowance.” The implication is that, at his own expense, Nehemiah paid for all of the things he has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I paid for all of these things at my own expense. I did not accept the governor’s food allowance” | ||
| 610 | NEH | 5 | 18 | b1i1 | figs-abstractnouns | כָֽבְדָ֥ה הָעֲבֹדָ֖ה עַל־הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | The abstract noun **bondage** refers to the way the people were struggling to survive in difficult times. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “struggle.” Alternate translation: “I knew that the people were struggling to survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 611 | NEH | 5 | 18 | b1i3 | figs-metaphor | כָֽבְדָ֥ה הָעֲבֹדָ֖ה עַל־הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | Here Nehemiah is speaking of bondage or struggle as if it were a great burden that the people were carrying, making their lives very difficult. Alternate translation: “I knew that the people were struggling to survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 612 | NEH | 5 | 18 | b1i5 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כָֽבְדָ֥ה הָעֲבֹדָ֖ה עַל־הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | You can put this before Nehemiah’s statement that he did not accept the governor’s food allowance, because it gives the reason why he refused it. Alternate translation: “I knew that the people were struggling to survive, so I did not accept the governor’s food allowance.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 613 | NEH | 5 | 19 | b1i7 | figs-aside | זָכְרָה־לִּ֥י אֱלֹהַ֖י לְטוֹבָ֑ה | 1 | As in [4:4](../04/04.md), here Nehemiah speaks directly to God. You could indicate this by putting this verse in quotation marks. Review the note at 4:4 about asides like this if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) | |
| 614 | NEH | 5 | 19 | b1i9 | figs-idiom | זָכְרָה־לִּ֥י…לְטוֹבָ֑ה | 1 | To remember someone **for good** is an idiom that means to reward someone with good things for the good that they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 615 | NEH | 5 | 19 | b1j1 | figs-idiom | זָכְרָה־לִּ֥י אֱלֹהַ֖י לְטוֹבָ֑ה | 1 | In this context, **remember** means to think about someone and consider what action you can take on their behalf. Nehemiah is not suggesting that God has forgotten him. Alternate translation: “think of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 616 | NEH | 5 | 19 | b1j3 | כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂ֖יתִי עַל־הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | Nehemiah is once again leaving out some words that a sentence would ordinarily need. He is asking God to do good things for him because of all the good things he has done for the people of Judah as their governor. Alternate translation: “reward me because of all the good that I have done for the people of Judah” | ||
| 617 | NEH | 6 | intro | k4df | 0 | # Nehemiah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the wall is completed in this chapter.<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 6:6-7 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>Completing this city wall in only 52 days was considered proof that God had helped the Jews, especially given the opposition that they had experienced from the people in surrounding areas. | |||
| 618 | NEH | 6 | 1 | c1a1 | writing-newevent | וַיְהִ֣י | 1 | Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 619 | NEH | 6 | 1 | c1a3 | figs-synecdoche | נִשְׁמַ֣ע | 1 | This means that these enemies learned somehow that the wall was finished. Perhaps someone came and told them, or perhaps they received a written report. Nehemiah figuratively uses hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe these men learning this. Alternate translation: “when our enemies learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 620 | NEH | 6 | 1 | c1a5 | figs-activepassive | כַאֲשֶׁ֣ר נִשְׁמַ֣ע…וּלְיֶ֣תֶר אֹֽיְבֵ֗ינוּ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when our enemies learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 621 | NEH | 6 | 1 | gd7c | translate-names | לְסַנְבַלַּ֣ט וְ֠טוֹבִיָּה | 1 | These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 622 | NEH | 6 | 1 | bxn2 | translate-names | וּלְגֶ֨שֶׁם | 1 | This is the name of a man and his people group. See how you translated these names in [2:19](../02/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 623 | NEH | 6 | 1 | vi6v | figs-synecdoche | בָנִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה | 1 | As in [4:14](../04/14.md), Nehemiah is using himself to represent the entire community that he is a part of. Alternate translation: “that we had finished rebuilding the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 624 | NEH | 6 | 1 | ap2q | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | גַּ֚ם | 1 | This term expresses a weak contrast between the sentence that comes before and the sentence that comes after. There was no break in the wall except for the spaces where the doors had not yet been hung in the gates. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 625 | NEH | 6 | 1 | c1a7 | figs-synecdoche | עַד־הָעֵ֣ת הַהִ֔יא דְּלָת֖וֹת לֹא־הֶעֱמַ֥דְתִּי בַשְּׁעָרִֽים | 1 | Once again Nehemiah is using himself to represent the entire community that he is a part of. Alternate translation: “we had not yet put the doors in the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 626 | NEH | 6 | 2 | n5nu | וַיִּשְׁלַ֨ח…אֵלַ֣י | 1 | Alternate translation: “sent me a messenger to me” | ||
| 627 | NEH | 6 | 2 | c1a9 | לְכָ֞ה וְנִֽוָּעֲדָ֥ה יַחְדָּ֛ו | 1 | These enemies use the word **come** to encourage Nehemiah to accept their invitation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the word as something other than an imperative to make the message sound inviting. Alternate translation: “We would like to arrange to meet with you” | ||
| 628 | NEH | 6 | 2 | rbv9 | translate-names | בַּכְּפִירִ֖ים בְּבִקְעַ֣ת אוֹנ֑וֹ | 1 | Ono is the name of a place about twenty miles from Jerusalem. It is down from the mountains towards the Mediterranean coast, so it can be described as a “valley” or “plain.” Alternate translation: “in one of the villages in the plain of Ono” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 629 | NEH | 6 | 2 | c1b1 | figs-idiom | וְהֵ֨מָּה֙ חֹֽשְׁבִ֔ים לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת לִ֖י רָעָֽה | 1 | In this context, **evil** means “harm.” Alternate translation: “they wanted to harm me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 630 | NEH | 6 | 2 | c1b3 | figs-explicit | וְהֵ֨מָּה֙ חֹֽשְׁבִ֔ים לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת לִ֖י רָעָֽה | 1 | The implication is that Nehemiah figured this out even though in their invitation these enemies pretended to be sincere. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But I recognized that they were saying this because they wanted to harm me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 631 | NEH | 6 | 3 | d84v | figs-synecdoche | מְלָאכָ֤ה גְדוֹלָה֙ אֲנִ֣י עֹשֶׂ֔ה | 1 | Nehemiah is once again using himself to represent the whole community and its work of rebuilding of the wall. Alternate translation: “We are doing a great work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 632 | NEH | 6 | 3 | c1b5 | וְלֹ֥א אוּכַ֖ל לָרֶ֑דֶת | 1 | Nehemiah does not mean that he is physically unable to travel to Ono. He means that he cannot leave his supervision of the work for the several days it would take to travel there and back. Alternate translation: “I am not able to travel while it is going on” | ||
| 633 | NEH | 6 | 3 | c1b7 | לָרֶ֑דֶת | 1 | Nehemiah uses the word **down** because the plain of Ono is at a lower elevation than Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “meet with you” | ||
| 634 | NEH | 6 | 3 | ee8i | figs-rquestion | לָ֣מָּה תִשְׁבַּ֤ת הַמְּלָאכָה֙ כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר אַרְפֶּ֔הָ וְיָרַדְתִּ֖י אֲלֵיכֶֽם | 1 | Nehemiah is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect Sanballat and Geshem to give him reasons why the work should stop as he travels to meet with them. Instead, Nehemiah is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the work of rebuilding the walls to continue. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I cannot let the work stop and come down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 635 | NEH | 6 | 3 | t9gf | וְיָרַדְתִּ֖י אֲלֵיכֶֽם | 1 | down to you | The word **down** is used here because the plain of Ono where they were requesting Nehemiah to come is at a lower elevation than Jerusalem. | |
| 636 | NEH | 6 | 4 | c1b9 | וַיִּשְׁלְח֥וּ אֵלַ֛י כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּ֖ה אַרְבַּ֣ע פְּעָמִ֑ים | 1 | Alternate translation: “They sent me the same message four times” | ||
| 637 | NEH | 6 | 4 | c1c1 | figs-explicit | וָאָשִׁ֥יב אוֹתָ֖ם | 1 | **Turned them back** means **refused them** The implication is that Nehemiah did this each time. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and each time I refused them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 638 | NEH | 6 | 4 | c1c3 | כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה | 1 | Alternate translation: “for this same reason” | ||
| 639 | NEH | 6 | 5 | r8xc | translate-ordinal | וַיִּשְׁלַח֩ אֵלַ֨י סַנְבַלַּ֜ט כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּ֛ה פַּ֥עַם חֲמִישִׁ֖ית אֶֽת־נַעֲר֑וֹ | 1 | Alternate translation: “Sanballat sent his servant to me with this same message for a fifth time” or “this was time number five that Sanballat sent his servant to me with this same message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 640 | NEH | 6 | 5 | s6ag | וְאִגֶּ֥רֶת פְּתוּחָ֖ה בְּיָדֽוֹ | 1 | This means that this fifth message was written in a letter, but the letter was unsealed. Alternate translation: “This time the message was written, but it was not sealed” | ||
| 641 | NEH | 6 | 5 | c1c5 | figs-explicit | וְאִגֶּ֥רֶת פְּתוּחָ֖ה בְּיָדֽוֹ | 1 | As a diplomatic communication, the letter should have been sealed. Because it was not, others could read it and spread its contents among the people of the region. It appears that Sanballat deliberately left the letter unsealed to pressure Nehemiah to meet with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Sanballat left the letter unsealed so that others would find out what it said, because he wanted to pressure me to meet with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 642 | NEH | 6 | 6 | rx5j | figs-activepassive | כָּת֣וּב בָּ֗הּ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The letter said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 643 | NEH | 6 | 6 | wy84 | figs-activepassive | בַּגּוֹיִ֤ם נִשְׁמָע֙ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The rumor in the region is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 644 | NEH | 6 | 6 | c1c7 | figs-explicit | וְגַשְׁמ֣וּ אֹמֵ֔ר | 1 | The claim appears to be that Geshem has investigated these rumors and told Sanballat that they are true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and Geshem confirms that it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 645 | NEH | 6 | 6 | c1c9 | translate-names | וְגַשְׁמ֣וּ | 1 | **Gashmu** here is an alternate form of the name **Geshem** found in [6:1](../06/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate the name as **Geshem** here as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 646 | NEH | 6 | 6 | z81q | figs-explicit | אַתָּ֤ה וְהַיְּהוּדִים֙ חֹשְׁבִ֣ים לִמְר֔וֹד עַל־כֵּ֛ן אַתָּ֥ה בוֹנֶ֖ה הַחוֹמָ֑ה | 1 | This means specifically that the Jews would rebel against Artaxerxes, the Persian king, who was currently ruling them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you and the Jewish people are rebuilding the wall because you are planning to rebel against King Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 647 | NEH | 6 | 6 | c1d1 | וְהַיְּהוּדִים֙ | 1 | Here this expression means **the Jewish people** specifically the ones living in Judah and Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” | ||
| 648 | NEH | 6 | 6 | c1d3 | וְאַתָּ֗ה הֹוֶ֤ה לָהֶם֙ לְמֶ֔לֶךְ | 1 | Alternate translation: “They are also saying that you intend to make yourself the king of the Jews” | ||
| 649 | NEH | 6 | 7 | n1rj | grammar-connect-words-phrases | וְגַם | 1 | This phrase indicates that what follows is more of the report that Sanballat claims he is hearing from the people in the surrounding countries. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put something in your translation to indicate this. Alternate translation: “These people are also saying that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) | |
| 650 | NEH | 6 | 7 | u185 | נְבִיאִ֡ים הֶעֱמַ֣דְתָּ לִקְרֹא֩ עָלֶ֨יךָ בִֽירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “you have appointed prophets to make this proclamation about you in Jerusalem” | ||
| 651 | NEH | 6 | 7 | c1d5 | לֵאמֹ֗ר מֶ֚לֶךְ בִּֽיהוּדָ֔ה | 1 | The proclamation can be presented as a direct quotation. “Saying” can be represented by the quotation marks and whatever punctuation your language uses to introduce a quotation. Alternate translation: “The Jews now have a king of their own” | ||
| 652 | NEH | 6 | 7 | c1d7 | וְעַתָּה֙ | 1 | This is not a reference to time. Sanballat is using this expression to introduce a further inference. Alternate translation: “certainly” | ||
| 653 | NEH | 6 | 7 | c1d9 | figs-activepassive | יִשָּׁמַ֣ע לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ כַּדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֑לֶּה | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “King Artaxerxes will certainly hear these reports” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 654 | NEH | 6 | 7 | c1e1 | figs-explicit | יִשָּׁמַ֣ע לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ כַּדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֑לֶּה | 1 | The implication is that when Artaxerxes hears these reports, he will be very angry with Nehemiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Artaxerxes will certainly hear these reports, and when he does, he will be very angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 655 | NEH | 6 | 7 | c1e3 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְעַתָּה֙ | 1 | This is not a reference to time. Sanballat is using this expression to introduce his conclusion. This term expresses that the sentences that came before provide the reason for the sentence that comes after. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 656 | NEH | 6 | 7 | c1e5 | לְכָ֔ה וְנִֽוָּעֲצָ֖ה יַחְדָּֽו | 1 | As in [6:2](../06/02.md), “come” is a word of encouragement rather than a command. Alternate translation: “So we really should meet together and talk about this” | ||
| 657 | NEH | 6 | 8 | ei6j | וָאֶשְׁלְחָ֤ה אֵלָיו֙ | 1 | Alternate translation: “I sent a message back to him” | ||
| 658 | NEH | 6 | 8 | ab7x | figs-activepassive | לֹ֤א נִֽהְיָה֙ כַּדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַתָּ֣ה אוֹמֵ֑ר | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I have not done any of the things you have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 659 | NEH | 6 | 8 | ds1y | figs-metaphor | כִּ֥י מִֽלִּבְּךָ֖ אַתָּ֥ה בוֹדָֽאם | 1 | Here, the **heart** figuratively represents someone’s thoughts and feelings. Sanballat’s thoughts and feelings, in turn, represent him as a person. Alternate translation: “you have made all this up in your own imagination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 660 | NEH | 6 | 8 | c1e7 | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | כִּ֥י | 1 | This term expresses a contrast between the clause that comes before and the clause that comes after. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 661 | NEH | 6 | 9 | p45k | figs-explicit | כִּ֣י כֻלָּ֗ם מְיָֽרְאִ֤ים אוֹתָ֨נוּ֙ | 1 | This likely means, “they were all trying to frighten us.” The implication is that Nehemiah recognized that this was the motive behind the letters. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I knew that they were all just trying to frighten us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 662 | NEH | 6 | 9 | c1e9 | לֵאמֹ֔ר | 1 | Alternate translation: “They were thinking” | ||
| 663 | NEH | 6 | 9 | b5ij | figs-metaphor | יִרְפּ֧וּ יְדֵיהֶ֛ם מִן־הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה | 1 | Here, **hand** figuratively represents strength, power, control, or action. Alternate translation: “The workers will stop doing the work on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 664 | NEH | 6 | 9 | c1f1 | figs-explicit | יִרְפּ֧וּ יְדֵיהֶ֛ם מִן־הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה | 1 | The implication is that the enemies expected the Jews to become so afraid of being accused of rebelling for rebuilding the wall that they would stop doing that. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews will become so afraid that they will stop working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 665 | NEH | 6 | 9 | c1f3 | figs-explicit | מִן־הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה | 1 | This means specifically the work on the wall. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 666 | NEH | 6 | 9 | c1f5 | figs-activepassive | וְלֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ה | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “they will never finish rebuilding it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 667 | NEH | 6 | 9 | j1dj | figs-aside | וְעַתָּ֖ה חַזֵּ֥ק אֶת־יָדָֽי | 1 | Nehemiah speaks directly to God once again here. This instance is like the one in [4:4](../04/04.md), where Nehemiah records what he prayed at the time of the events he is describing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this by introducing the prayer with a phrase such as “so I prayed,” by presenting the prayer as a direct quotation, and by having Nehemiah address God directly at the beginning. Alternate translation: “So I prayed, ‘O God, give me courage’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) | |
| 668 | NEH | 6 | 9 | c1f7 | figs-metaphor | חַזֵּ֥ק אֶת־יָדָֽי | 1 | Here the strength of a person’s hands figuratively stands for the courage they are feeling inside. Alternate translation: “strengthen me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 669 | NEH | 6 | 10 | c1f9 | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | וַאֲנִי | 1 | Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce something else that happened around this same time. Alternate translation: “Around this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) | |
| 670 | NEH | 6 | 10 | c1g1 | בָ֗אתִי בֵּ֣ית | 1 | Alternate translation: “I went to visit” | ||
| 671 | NEH | 6 | 10 | ybj6 | translate-names | שְֽׁמַֽעְיָ֧ה בֶן־דְּלָיָ֛ה בֶּן־מְהֵֽיטַבְאֵ֖ל | 1 | Shemaiah is the name of a man, Delaiah is the name of his father, and Mehetabel is the name of his grandfather. Alternate translation: “Shemaiah, the son of Delaiah and grandson of Mehetabel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 672 | NEH | 6 | 10 | k8xd | figs-activepassive | וְה֣וּא עָצ֑וּר | 1 | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he was not leaving his house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 673 | NEH | 6 | 10 | c1g3 | translate-symaction | וְה֣וּא עָצ֑וּר | 1 | Nehemiah does not say why Shemaiah was not leaving his house. He could have been sick or he could have been ceremonially unclean, so you might choose not to specify any reason. However, the context suggests that Shemaiah may have been trying to symbolize that it was not safe for Jewish leaders to go around in public. A man by the name of Shemaiah is listed in [10:8](../10/08.md) as one of the priests who signed the community agreement. This could be the same person since he has access to the temple and is therefore likely a priest. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could suggest this reason explicitly. Alternate translation: “He was a priest, and he was trying to show that it was not safe for Jewish leaders to go out in public, so he was not leaving his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 674 | NEH | 6 | 10 | c1g5 | figs-explicit | נִוָּעֵד֩ אֶל־בֵּ֨ית הָאֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־תּ֣וֹךְ הַֽהֵיכָ֗ל | 1 | Shemaiah seems to be proposing that he and Nehemiah move their meeting to the temple, suggesting that they are not even safe in his house. Alternate translation: “We are not safe even here. We need to go into the temple, to the sacred place inside the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 675 | NEH | 6 | 10 | c1g7 | figs-parallelism | אֶל־בֵּ֨ית הָאֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־תּ֣וֹךְ הַֽהֵיכָ֗ל | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. Shemaiah uses the repetition to emphasize the danger he is suggesting they are in. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “into the temple” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 676 | NEH | 6 | 10 | c1g9 | figs-metaphor | בֵּ֨ית הָאֱלֹהִ֜ים | 1 | Shemaiah is referring to the temple figuratively as the “house of God,” as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 677 | NEH | 6 | 10 | c1h1 | וְנִסְגְּרָה֙ דַּלְת֣וֹת הַהֵיכָ֔ל | 1 | This means to not just close the doors but lock them. Alternate translation: “and lock the doors” | ||
| 678 | NEH | 6 | 10 | c1h3 | כִּ֚י בָּאִ֣ים לְהָרְגֶ֔ךָ | 1 | Shemaiah does not say who these people are. It would be possible to say something based on what can reasonably be inferred. For example, “Your enemies have hired people to kill you.” However, the vagueness seems to be part of Shemaiah’s strategy to frighten Nehemiah. So it might be more effective to leave this indefinite. Alternate translation: “because people are trying to kill you” | ||
| 679 | NEH | 6 | 10 | c1h5 | וְלַ֖יְלָה בָּאִ֥ים לְהָרְגֶֽךָ | 1 | Shemaiah’s confidence in the detail of “at night” seems designed to make Nehemiah even more afraid because this means that the killers will come in the dark when he is asleep, so he won’t be able to protect himself. It could be helpful to your readers for your translation to reflect this confidence. Alternate translation: “I know that one night they are going to come and kill you” | ||
| 680 | NEH | 6 | 11 | c1h7 | וָאֹמְרָ֗ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “I responded” | ||
| 681 | NEH | 6 | 11 | syw3 | figs-rquestion | הַאִ֤ישׁ כָּמ֨וֹנִי֙ יִבְרָ֔ח | 1 | Nehemiah is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect Shemiah to tell him whether or not he should run away. Instead, Nehemiah is using the question form to emphasize that he is not going to do what Shemaiah has suggested. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “A man like me would not run away.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 682 | NEH | 6 | 11 | c1h8 | figs-rquestion | וּמִ֥י כָמ֛וֹנִי אֲשֶׁר־יָב֥וֹא אֶל־הַהֵיכָ֖ל וָחָ֑י | 1 | Once again Nehemiah is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect Shemiah to tell him whether going into the temple would save his life. Alternate translation: “A man like me would not go into the temple just to hide to stay alive.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 683 | NEH | 6 | 11 | c1i0 | figs-explicit | וּמִ֥י כָמ֛וֹנִי אֲשֶׁר־יָב֥וֹא אֶל־הַהֵיכָ֖ל וָחָ֑י | 1 | It is not entirely clear what Nehemiah means by this. He could be saying that he should not go into the temple because he is not a priest. However, the Bible records instances of other people who were not priests going into the temple to seek sanctuary. So Nehemiah may be saying instead that because he is the governor he is too well known to escape from assassins by hiding in the temple. You could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Besides, I am the governor, and everyone knows me, so I could not save my life by trying to hide in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 684 | NEH | 6 | 11 | c1i3 | לֹ֖א אָבֽוֹא | 1 | Alternate translation: “I refuse to do it!” | ||
| 685 | NEH | 6 | 12 | c1i5 | וָאַכִּ֕ירָה וְהִנֵּ֥ה | 1 | The term “behold” is used to focus attention on the words that follow. Within this episode as a whole, it creates the impression of Nehemiah suddenly realizing something that had not been clear to him before. Alternate translation: “All of a sudden I realized” | ||
| 686 | NEH | 6 | 12 | c1i7 | figs-explicit | לֹֽא־אֱלֹהִ֖ים שְׁלָח֑וֹ | 1 | Shemaiah seems to have been pretending that God had revealed to him prophetically that people would be coming secretly at night to kill Nehemiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God had not given Shemaiah a prophetic message for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 687 | NEH | 6 | 12 | s2sf | כִּ֤י הַנְּבוּאָה֙ דִּבֶּ֣ר עָלַ֔י וְטוֹבִיָּ֥ה וְסַנְבַלַּ֖ט שְׂכָרֽוֹ | 1 | Alternate translation: “Instead, he was saying these things to hinder my work because Tobiah and Sanballat had paid him to say them” | ||
| 688 | NEH | 6 | 13 | c1i9 | grammar-connect-logic-result | לְמַ֤עַן שָׂכוּר֙ ה֔וּא לְמַֽעַן־אִירָ֥א | 1 | This is the reason why Nehemiah’s enemies had hired Shemaiah; because they wanted to cause Nehemiah to be afraid. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The reason they had hired him was to scare me. They hoped that as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 689 | NEH | 6 | 13 | c1j1 | grammar-connect-logic-goal | לְמַ֤עַן | 1 | This term introduces the purpose for the sentence contained in the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) | |
| 690 | NEH | 6 | 13 | c1j3 | grammar-connect-logic-goal | וְאֶֽעֱשֶׂה־כֵּ֖ן וְחָטָ֑אתִי | 1 | This phrase expresses the goal for the sentence contained in the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) | |
| 691 | NEH | 6 | 13 | b27k | figs-explicit | וְאֶֽעֱשֶׂה־כֵּ֖ן וְחָטָ֑אתִי | 1 | It is not entirely clear why Nehemiah says it would have been a sin for him to hide in the temple since it was a time-honored tradition in Israel to allow people to seek sanctuary there. Perhaps the explanation is that Nehemiah knew God had sent him to Judah on a special mission to help and protect the Jewish community there. And so, if he had abandoned that mission to save his life, he would have been disobeying God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They were hoping they could make me sin by abandoning my responsibilities and hiding in the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 692 | NEH | 6 | 13 | ji1g | figs-metonymy | וְהָיָ֤ה לָהֶם֙ לְשֵׁ֣ם רָ֔ע לְמַ֖עַן יְחָֽרְפֽוּנִי | 1 | Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. If he hid in the temple to save his own life, Nehemiah would get a bad reputation as a coward who was concerned only for himself. Alternate translation: “this would give me a bad reputation, and they could say bad things about me to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 693 | NEH | 6 | 13 | c1j5 | grammar-connect-logic-goal | לְמַ֖עַן | 1 | This term expresses that the clause that comes after is the goal for the clause that comes before. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) | |
| 694 | NEH | 6 | 14 | c1j7 | אֱלֹהַ֛י | 1 | As in [4:4](../04/04.md) and [6:9](../06/09.md), Nehemiah records here what he prayed at the time of the events he is describing. You can indicate this by introducing these words as a prayer and presenting the prayer as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So I prayed, ‘My God…’” | ||
| 695 | NEH | 6 | 14 | nau4 | figs-idiom | זָכְרָ֧ה…לְטוֹבִיָּ֥ה וּלְסַנְבַלַּ֖ט כְּמַעֲשָׂ֣יו אֵ֑לֶּה | 1 | **His** refers to both Sanballat and Tobiah. In this context, “remember” means to think about someone and consider what action you should take in their regard. Nehemiah is not suggesting that God has forgotten about Tobiah and Sanballat. Alternate translation: “treat Tobiah and Sanballat the way they deserve for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 696 | NEH | 6 | 14 | c1j9 | וְגַ֨ם לְנוֹעַדְיָ֤ה הַנְּבִיאָה֙ וּלְיֶ֣תֶר הַנְּבִיאִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָי֖וּ מְיָֽרְאִ֥ים אוֹתִֽי | 1 | Alternate translation: “Do the same for the female prophet Noadiah and all the other prophets who are trying to make me afraid” | ||
| 697 | NEH | 6 | 14 | g3ch | translate-names | לְנוֹעַדְיָ֤ה | 1 | This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 698 | NEH | 6 | 15 | m52s | figs-activepassive | וַתִּשְׁלַם֙ הַֽחוֹמָ֔ה | 1 | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “We finished rebuilding the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 699 | NEH | 6 | 15 | g17x | translate-hebrewmonths | בְּעֶשְׂרִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֖ה לֶאֱל֑וּל | 1 | Elul is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “on the twenty-fifth day of the month of Elul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) | |
| 700 | NEH | 6 | 15 | c1k1 | translate-ordinal | בְּעֶשְׂרִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֖ה לֶאֱל֑וּל | 1 | Alternate translation: “on day 25 of the month of Elul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 701 | NEH | 6 | 15 | ara3 | translate-numbers | לַחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁנַ֖יִם יֽוֹם | 1 | Alternate translation: “after working on it for 52 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 702 | NEH | 6 | 16 | c1k3 | writing-newevent | וַיְהִ֗י | 1 | Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 703 | NEH | 6 | 16 | c1k5 | figs-synecdoche | כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ כָּל־א֣וֹיְבֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | This means that these enemies learned by some means that work had been completed. Nehemiah figuratively uses hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “when all of our enemies learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 704 | NEH | 6 | 16 | c1k7 | figs-explicit | כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ כָּל־א֣וֹיְבֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | This means specifically, “When all our enemies learned that we had completed the rebuilding in such a short time.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 705 | NEH | 6 | 16 | c1k9 | figs-parallelism | וַיִּֽרְא֗וּ כָּל־הַגּוֹיִם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר סְבִֽיבֹתֵ֔ינוּ וַיִּפְּל֥וּ מְאֹ֖ד בְּעֵינֵיהֶ֑ם | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how intimidated the people in the surrounding countries felt. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “they thought much less of themselves” or “they lost confidence in themselves,” otherwise “they became afraid and felt humiliated” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 706 | NEH | 6 | 16 | t54c | figs-metaphor | וַיִּפְּל֥וּ מְאֹ֖ד בְּעֵינֵיהֶ֑ם | 1 | Here, **fell** is a figurative way of saying “become less.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 707 | NEH | 6 | 16 | c1l1 | figs-metaphor | וַיִּפְּל֥וּ מְאֹ֖ד בְּעֵינֵיהֶ֑ם | 1 | Here, **eyes** stand for “seeing,” and “seeing” figuratively means judgment. This means that these people were no longer so great or powerful in their own estimation. Alternate translation: “they lost confidence in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 708 | NEH | 6 | 16 | py4c | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַיֵּ֣דְע֔וּ כִּ֚י מֵאֵ֣ת אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ נֶעֶשְׂתָ֖ה הַמְּלָאכָ֥ה הַזֹּֽאת | 1 | You can put this right before the statement that the enemies were afraid and thought less of themselves, because it is the reason that explains that result. Alternate translation: “They realized that our God had helped us complete this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 709 | NEH | 6 | 16 | c1l3 | figs-activepassive | מֵאֵ֣ת אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ נֶעֶשְׂתָ֖ה הַמְּלָאכָ֥ה הַזֹּֽאת | 1 | You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “our God had helped us complete this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 710 | NEH | 6 | 17 | c1l5 | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | גַּ֣ם ׀ בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֗ם | 1 | Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce something else that was happening at the same time as the other events he has just described. Alternate translation: “During this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) | |
| 711 | NEH | 6 | 17 | c1l7 | figs-idiom | בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֗ם | 1 | The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 712 | NEH | 6 | 17 | c1l9 | חֹרֵ֤י יְהוּדָה֙ | 1 | See how you translated this term in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “the leading citizens of Judah” | ||
| 713 | NEH | 6 | 17 | zw37 | figs-explicit | מַרְבִּ֞ים…אִגְּרֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | The implication is these citizens were sending information to Tobiah about Nehemiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sent many messengers with letters to Tobiah to give him information about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 714 | NEH | 6 | 17 | rx81 | figs-personification | וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר לְטוֹבִיָּ֖ה בָּא֥וֹת אֲלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | Here Nehemiah speaks of Tobiah’s letters as if they could come on their own to the people he was answering. Alternate translation: “Tobiah sent letters” or “Tobiah sent many messengers with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 715 | NEH | 6 | 17 | c1m1 | figs-explicit | וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר לְטוֹבִיָּ֖ה בָּא֥וֹת אֲלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | The implication is that Tobiah was sending back instructions to his allies. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Tobiah sent many messengers with letters back to them with instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 716 | NEH | 6 | 17 | rcx8 | translate-names | טוֹבִיָּ֑ה | 1 | This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 717 | NEH | 6 | 18 | z2uq | figs-idiom | כִּי־רַבִּ֣ים בִּֽיהוּדָ֗ה בַּעֲלֵ֤י שְׁבוּעָה֙ ל֔וֹ | 1 | This means that many Judeans were “owners of oaths” to Tobiah. That is, they had sworn oaths to be loyal to him. Alternate translation: “Many people in Judah had sworn an oath to be loyal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 718 | NEH | 6 | 18 | c1m3 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּי־רַבִּ֣ים בִּֽיהוּדָ֗ה בַּעֲלֵ֤י שְׁבוּעָה֙ ל֔וֹ | 1 | You can put this information last in the verse because it is a result, and the rest of the verse gives the reason why the people swore these oaths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 719 | NEH | 6 | 18 | c1m5 | figs-explicit | כִּי־חָתָ֥ן ה֖וּא לִשְׁכַנְיָ֣ה בֶן־אָרַ֑ח | 1 | This statement means that Tobiah was married to the daughter of Shecaniah. The implication is that Shecaniah was a powerful and influential member of the community. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Tobiah was married to the daughter of a powerful and influential member of the community, Shecaniah the son of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 720 | NEH | 6 | 18 | rn1q | translate-names | לִשְׁכַנְיָ֣ה בֶן־אָרַ֑ח | 1 | Shecaniah is the name of a man, and Arah is the name of his father. This is probably the same Shecaniah who is mentioned in 3:29. See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 721 | NEH | 6 | 18 | c1m7 | figs-explicit | וִֽיהוֹחָנָ֣ן בְּנ֔וֹ לָקַ֕ח אֶת־בַּת־מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם בֶּ֥ן בֶּֽרֶכְיָֽה | 1 | The implication is that Meshullam was another powerful and influential member of the community. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Tobiah’s son Jehohanan was married to the daughter of another powerful and influential man, Meshullam the son of Berechiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 722 | NEH | 6 | 18 | id1x | translate-names | וִֽיהוֹחָנָ֣ן | 1 | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 723 | NEH | 6 | 18 | c1m9 | בְּנ֔וֹ | 1 | **His** means that Jehohanan was the son of Tobiah. | ||
| 724 | NEH | 6 | 18 | c1n1 | לָקַ֕ח אֶת־בַּת | 1 | Alternate translation: “was married to the daughter of” | ||
| 725 | NEH | 6 | 18 | y3lg | translate-names | מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם בֶּ֥ן בֶּֽרֶכְיָֽה | 1 | Meshullam is the name of a man, and Berechiah is the name of his father. He is mentioned in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [3:30](../03/30.md). See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 726 | NEH | 6 | 19 | mj72 | figs-metaphor | טוֹבֹתָ֗יו הָי֤וּ אֹמְרִים֙ לְפָנַ֔י | 1 | Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “told me personally about Tobiah’s good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 727 | NEH | 6 | 19 | c1n3 | הָי֤וּ | 1 | **They** means the people who were loyal to Tobiah. | ||
| 728 | NEH | 6 | 19 | e3zt | figs-idiom | וּדְבָרַ֕י הָי֥וּ מוֹצִיאִ֖ים ל֑וֹ | 1 | **Taking out** here is an idiom that means these people were “reporting” Nehemiah’s responses to Tobiah. Alternate translation: “and then told him about my responses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 729 | NEH | 7 | intro | qk4v | 0 | # Nehemiah 7 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>The people who returned from Persia were counted according to their families. Nehemiah ensured that those who lived in Jerusalem had a completely Jewish ancestry.<br><br>### Different lists<br>This list is paralleled in [Ezra 2](../../ezr/02/01.md). The lists do contain some differences in numbers. This is probably due to the timing of their counting. They were likely counted at different times. | |||
| 730 | NEH | 7 | 1 | d1a1 | writing-newevent | וַיְהִ֗י | 1 | This expression introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 731 | NEH | 7 | 1 | g3zz | figs-activepassive | כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר נִבְנְתָה֙ הַחוֹמָ֔ה | 1 | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when we had finished the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 732 | NEH | 7 | 1 | fk6l | figs-synecdoche | וָאַעֲמִ֖יד הַדְּלָת֑וֹת | 1 | As in [4:14](../04/14.md) and [6:1,](../06/01.md), Nehemiah is using himself to represent the entire community that he is a part of. Alternate translation: “and we had put the doors in the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 733 | NEH | 7 | 1 | wkp3 | figs-activepassive | וַיִּפָּֽקְד֛וּ הַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֥ים וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים וְהַלְוִיִּֽם | 1 | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Nehemiah may have done this personally, or the people in charge of each of these groups may have done it. Because of the uncertainly, a good approach might be to say “we” to indicate the community. Alternate translation: “we assigned the gatekeepers and singers and Levites to their tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 734 | NEH | 7 | 1 | lk9v | translate-unknown | הַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֥ים | 1 | These were people who were assigned to each gate of Jerusalem. They were responsible for controlling access to the city. They would open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the city administrators. For example, Shemaiah the son of Shecaniah is named in 3:29 as the keeper of the East Gate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 735 | NEH | 7 | 1 | f8ks | translate-unknown | וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים | 1 | This means vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion. Alternate translation: “singers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 736 | NEH | 7 | 2 | d1a2 | וָאֲצַוֶּ֞ה אֶת־חֲנָ֣נִי אָחִ֗י וְאֶת־חֲנַנְיָ֛ה…עַל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “I appointed two men to help me govern Jerusalem, my brother Hanani and Hananiah” | ||
| 737 | NEH | 7 | 2 | wf26 | חֲנָ֣נִי אָחִ֗י | 1 | As in [1:2](../01/02.md), **brother** here most likely indicates that Hanani was Nehemiah’s biological brother. Alternate translation: “my brother Hanani” | ||
| 738 | NEH | 7 | 2 | ykr9 | translate-names | חֲנָ֣נִי | 1 | This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:2](../01/02.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 739 | NEH | 7 | 2 | zy5q | translate-names | חֲנַנְיָ֛ה | 1 | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 740 | NEH | 7 | 2 | iqf3 | שַׂ֥ר הַבִּירָ֖ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “who was in charge of the fortress” | ||
| 741 | NEH | 7 | 2 | he4e | כִּי־הוּא֙ כְּאִ֣ישׁ אֱמֶ֔ת | 1 | **He** means Hananiah. “He was as a faithful man” is a way of saying “he was such as only a faithful man would be.” Alternate translation: “I appointed Hananiah because he was trustworthy” | ||
| 742 | NEH | 7 | 2 | dx6d | figs-idiom | וְיָרֵ֥א אֶת־הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים מֵרַבִּֽים | 1 | Here, **fear** does not mean to be afraid of God, but to show God reverence and respect. Alternate translation: “because he showed God more reverence and respect than most people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 743 | NEH | 7 | 3 | y2jk | figs-activepassive | לֹ֣א יִפָּֽתְח֞וּ שַׁעֲרֵ֤י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Do not order the gates of Jerusalem to be opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 744 | NEH | 7 | 3 | n55g | figs-explicit | לֹ֣א יִפָּֽתְח֞וּ שַׁעֲרֵ֤י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ | 1 | Hanani and Hananiah would not have opened the gates physically themselves. Rather, they would have ordered this to be done. Alternate translation: “Do not order the gates of Jerusalem to be opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 745 | NEH | 7 | 3 | w3hi | figs-metonymy | עַד־חֹ֣ם הַשֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ | 1 | Here Nehemiah probably uses the heat of the sun to represent the light of the sun. His intent is to open the gates some time after the sun rises regardless of how hot the sun shines on any particular day. Alternate translation: “until broad daylight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 746 | NEH | 7 | 3 | ed9m | figs-explicit | עַד־חֹ֣ם הַשֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ | 1 | The implication is that the gatekeepers should not open the gates at sunrise, as would have been customary, because the enemies of the Jews could launch a surprise attack in the dim light before most of the city was up and ready for the day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “until broad daylight. That way we will be able to see anything our enemies are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 747 | NEH | 7 | 3 | b2es | וְעַ֨ד הֵ֥ם עֹמְדִ֛ים יָגִ֥יפוּ הַדְּלָת֖וֹת וֶאֱחֹ֑זוּ | 1 | **They** means the gatekeepers, and “standing” means keeping guard. Alternate translation: “Order the doors to be shut and locked while the gatekeepers are still on guard” | ||
| 748 | NEH | 7 | 3 | mir9 | figs-idiom | וְהַעֲמֵ֗יד מִשְׁמְרוֹת֙ יֹשְׁבֵ֣י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֔ם אִ֚ישׁ בְּמִשְׁמָר֔וֹ וְאִ֖ישׁ נֶ֥גֶד בֵּיתֽוֹ | 1 | In this context, **a man** means **each man.** It is likely that adult males were intended for this dangerous night duty. “A man in his watch” means that each man should take a turn, and “a man in front of his house” means that each man should keep watch in his own neighborhood. Alternate translation: “Have the men who live in Jerusalem take turns keeping watch in their own neighborhoods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 749 | NEH | 7 | 4 | d1a5 | figs-doublet | וְהָעִ֞יר רַחֲבַ֤ת יָדַ֨יִם֙ וּגְדוֹלָ֔ה | 1 | These two short phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses them together to emphasize how large Jerusalem was. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “The city of Jerusalem covered a large area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 750 | NEH | 7 | 4 | d1a7 | figs-idiom | רַחֲבַ֤ת יָדַ֨יִם֙ | 1 | Here, **hand** figuratively means “side.” The image is that if you stood in the city, there would be a lot of it on both sides of you. Alternate translation: “covered a large area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 751 | NEH | 7 | 4 | d1a9 | וְהָעָ֥ם מְעַ֖ט בְּתוֹכָ֑הּ | 1 | Alternate translation: “but not many people lived there” | ||
| 752 | NEH | 7 | 4 | y6y8 | figs-activepassive | וְאֵ֥ין בָּתִּ֖ים בְּנוּיִֽם | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the people had not yet rebuilt the houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 753 | NEH | 7 | 5 | d1b1 | figs-explicit | וַיִּתֵּ֤ן אֱלֹהַי֙ אֶל־לִבִּ֔י | 1 | The implication is that registering the people was a first step toward filling Jerusalem with people again, a process that Nehemiah will describe in chapter 11. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a first step towards filling Jerusalem with people again, God led me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 754 | NEH | 7 | 5 | wjd3 | figs-metaphor | וַיִּתֵּ֤ן אֱלֹהַי֙ אֶל־לִבִּ֔י | 1 | As in [2:12](../02/12.md), Nehemiah’s **heart** figuratively represents his thoughts and will. Alternate translation: “God inspired me” or “led me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 755 | NEH | 7 | 5 | d1b3 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וָאֶקְבְּצָ֞ה | 1 | This word indicates that what Nehemiah did was in response to the situation just described. Alternate translation: “so I gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 756 | NEH | 7 | 5 | d1b5 | translate-unknown | אֶת־הַחֹרִ֧ים וְאֶת־הַסְּגָנִ֛ים | 1 | See how you translated these terms in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “the leading citizens and the city officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 757 | NEH | 7 | 5 | d1b7 | וְאֶת־הָעָ֖ם | 1 | In context, this likely means “the other people living in the city.” | ||
| 758 | NEH | 7 | 5 | pzu6 | figs-activepassive | לְהִתְיַחֵ֑שׂ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and to register them by genealogies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 759 | NEH | 7 | 5 | d1b9 | לְהִתְיַחֵ֑שׂ | 1 | Alternate translation: “to be enrolled according to their family histories” | ||
| 760 | NEH | 7 | 5 | avw2 | translate-unknown | וָֽאֶמְצָ֗א סֵ֤פֶר הַיַּ֨חַשׂ֙ הָעוֹלִ֣ים בָּרִאשׁוֹנָ֔ה | 1 | This means a list of the first group of Jews who had returned from exile, about a hundred years earlier. Alternate translation: “I also found a book containing the records of the first group of people who had returned to Jerusalem from the exile.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 761 | NEH | 7 | 5 | bz2p | figs-activepassive | וָאֶמְצָ֖א כָּת֥וּב בּֽוֹ | 1 | You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I found that those people had written the following in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 762 | NEH | 7 | 6 | ud5m | figs-personification | בְּנֵ֣י הַמְּדִינָ֗ה | 1 | The document speaks here of the province of Judah as if it were the ancestor of all the Jews who lived there. Alternate translation: “the people from the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 763 | NEH | 7 | 6 | vx13 | figs-metonymy | הַמְּדִינָ֗ה | 1 | **The province** means the province of Judah. The document is referring to Judah by something associated with it, its status as a province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 764 | NEH | 7 | 6 | r578 | figs-idiom | הָעֹלִים֙ | 1 | **Went up** means “traveled from Babylon back to Judah,” since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 765 | NEH | 7 | 6 | hb7v | figs-abstractnouns | מִשְּׁבִ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֶגְלָ֔ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֖ר מֶ֣לֶךְ בָּבֶ֑ל | 1 | **Captivity** and **exile** are abstract nouns. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, captured their ancestors and took them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 766 | NEH | 7 | 6 | d1c1 | figs-doublet | מִשְּׁבִ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה | 1 | **Captivity** and **exile** mean basically the same thing. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “after being taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 767 | NEH | 7 | 6 | d1c3 | אִ֥ישׁ לְעִירֽוֹ | 1 | Here, **a man** means “each one” or “each person” Alternate translation: “They went to live in the same towns where their families had lived before.” | ||
| 768 | NEH | 7 | 7 | d1c5 | הַבָּאִ֣ים עִם | 1 | This phrase introduces a list of the men who led this group back to Judah. Alternate translation: “The leaders of this group were” | ||
| 769 | NEH | 7 | 7 | mu5h | translate-names | זְרֻבָּבֶ֗ל יֵשׁ֡וּעַ נְחֶמְיָ֡ה עֲ֠זַרְיָה רַֽעַמְיָ֨ה נַחֲמָ֜נִי מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפֶּ֥רֶת בִּגְוַ֖י נְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה | 1 | Zerubbabel … Jeshua … Nehemiah … Azariah … Raamiah … Nahamani … Mordecai … Bilshan … Mispereth … Bigvai … Nehum … Baanah | These are the names of twelve men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 770 | NEH | 7 | 7 | fz51 | מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | In keeping with the practices of the time, the totals in the list that follows likely include just the men and not also the women and children. While all of these people were from Judah, they were from the Israelite people group. Alternate translation: “This is how many men came back from each Israelite clan and town” | ||
| 771 | NEH | 7 | 8 | r3xa | בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה וְשִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם | 1 | This means, “From the descendants of Parosh, 2,172 returned.” To help make this clear for your readers, you could say something like “returned” throughout verses 8–45, after the name of each group and the number that is given. | ||
| 772 | NEH | 7 | 8 | d1c7 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 773 | NEH | 7 | 8 | l98v | translate-names | פַרְעֹ֔שׁ | 1 | Parosh | Parosh is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 774 | NEH | 7 | 9 | jc4a | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 775 | NEH | 7 | 9 | gy8k | translate-names | שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה | 1 | Shephatiah | Shephatiah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 776 | NEH | 7 | 10 | d1c9 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 777 | NEH | 7 | 10 | nq9e | translate-names | אָרַ֔ח | 1 | Arah | Arah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 778 | NEH | 7 | 11 | my8s | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִבְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ וְיוֹאָ֑ב | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pahath-Moab who were descendants of Jeshua and Joab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 779 | NEH | 7 | 11 | v6jn | translate-names | פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ וְיוֹאָ֑ב | 1 | Pahath-Moab … Jeshua … Joab | Pahath-Moab is the name of a man, and Jeshua and Joab are the names of two of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 780 | NEH | 7 | 12 | d1d1 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 781 | NEH | 7 | 12 | d7wf | translate-names | עֵילָ֔ם | 1 | Elam | Elam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 782 | NEH | 7 | 13 | d1d3 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 783 | NEH | 7 | 13 | sbz7 | translate-names | זַתּ֔וּא | 1 | Zattu | Zattu is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 784 | NEH | 7 | 14 | d1d5 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י זַכָּ֔י | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zakkai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 785 | NEH | 7 | 14 | v5zr | translate-names | זַכָּ֔י | 1 | Zakkai | Zakkai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 786 | NEH | 7 | 15 | a26a | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י בִנּ֔וּי | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Binnui” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 787 | NEH | 7 | 15 | x1bd | translate-names | בִנּ֔וּי | 1 | Binnui | Binnui is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 788 | NEH | 7 | 16 | d1d7 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 789 | NEH | 7 | 16 | ay45 | translate-names | בֵבָ֔י | 1 | Bebai | Bebai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 790 | NEH | 7 | 17 | d1d9 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Azgad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 791 | NEH | 7 | 17 | h84y | translate-names | עַזְגָּ֔ד | 1 | Azgad | Azgad is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 792 | NEH | 7 | 18 | d1e1 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adonikam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 793 | NEH | 7 | 18 | b95k | translate-names | אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם | 1 | Adonikam | Adonikam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 794 | NEH | 7 | 19 | lhq4 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bigvai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 795 | NEH | 7 | 19 | iy74 | translate-names | בִגְוָ֔י | 1 | Bigvai | Bigvai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 796 | NEH | 7 | 20 | d1e3 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 797 | NEH | 7 | 20 | d5wk | translate-names | עָדִ֔ין | 1 | Adin | Adin is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 798 | NEH | 7 | 21 | l797 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר לְחִזְקִיָּ֖ה | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Ater who were descendants of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 799 | NEH | 7 | 21 | mxg1 | translate-names | אָטֵ֥ר | 1 | Ater | Ater is the name of a man, and Hezekiah is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 800 | NEH | 7 | 22 | d1e5 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 801 | NEH | 7 | 22 | r3ee | translate-names | חָשֻׁ֔ם | 1 | Hashum | Hashum is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 802 | NEH | 7 | 23 | yyf7 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bezai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 803 | NEH | 7 | 23 | v6eh | translate-names | בֵצָ֔י | 1 | Bezai | Bezai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 804 | NEH | 7 | 24 | i39d | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔יף | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hariph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 805 | NEH | 7 | 24 | j9rb | translate-names | חָרִ֔יף | 1 | Hariph | Hariph is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 806 | NEH | 7 | 25 | xmr1 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֥י גִבְע֖וֹן | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Gibeon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 807 | NEH | 7 | 25 | sj6p | translate-names | גִבְע֖וֹן | 1 | Gibeon | Gibeon is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 808 | NEH | 7 | 26 | sde6 | translate-names | בֵֽית־לֶ֨חֶם֙ וּנְטֹפָ֔ה | 1 | Bethlehem and Netophah | Bethlehem and Netophah are the names of towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Bethlehem and Netophah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 809 | NEH | 7 | 27 | v2tb | translate-names | עֲנָת֔וֹת | 1 | Anathoth | Anathoth is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Anathoth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 810 | NEH | 7 | 28 | b1sd | translate-names | בֵית־עַזְמָ֖וֶת | 1 | Beth Azmaveth | Beth Azmaveth is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Beth Azmaveth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 811 | NEH | 7 | 29 | y9ek | translate-names | קִרְיַ֤ת יְעָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּבְאֵר֔וֹת | 1 | Kiriath Jearim, Kephirah, and Beeroth | Kiriath Jearim, Kephirah, and Beeroth are the names of towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Kiriath Jearim, Kephirah, and Beeroth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 812 | NEH | 7 | 30 | ncc2 | translate-names | הָֽרָמָה֙ וָגָ֔בַע | 1 | Ramah and Geba | Ramah and Geba are the names of towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Ramah and Geba” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 813 | NEH | 7 | 31 | ty2q | translate-names | מִכְמָ֔ס | 1 | Michmas | Michmas is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Michmas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 814 | NEH | 7 | 32 | b4qw | translate-names | בֵֽית־אֵל֙ וְהָעָ֔י | 1 | Bethel and Ai | Bethel and Ai are the names of towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Bethel and Ai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 815 | NEH | 7 | 33 | dbu1 | translate-names | נְב֛וֹ | 1 | Nebo | Nebo is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from another town called Nebo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 816 | NEH | 7 | 34 | wz53 | translate-names | עֵילָ֣ם אַחֵ֔ר | 1 | Elam is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from another town called Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 817 | NEH | 7 | 34 | d1vy | figs-personification | עֵילָ֣ם | 1 | Elam | The document speaks here of the town of Elam as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from another town called Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
| 818 | NEH | 7 | 35 | d1e7 | figs-personification | בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם | 1 | The document speaks here of the town of Harim as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 819 | NEH | 7 | 35 | s9ek | translate-names | חָרִ֔ם | 1 | Harim | Harim is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 820 | NEH | 7 | 36 | d1e9 | figs-personification | בְּנֵ֣י יְרֵח֔וֹ | 1 | The document speaks here of the city of Jericho as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that city. Alternate translation: “from the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 821 | NEH | 7 | 36 | avk6 | translate-names | יְרֵח֔וֹ | 1 | Jericho | Jericho is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 822 | NEH | 7 | 37 | d1f1 | figs-personification | בְּנֵי־לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְאוֹנ֔וֹ | 1 | The document speaks here of the towns of Lod, Hadid, and Ono as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived in them. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in those towns. Alternate translation: “from towns of Lod, Hadid, and Ono” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 823 | NEH | 7 | 37 | b9f2 | translate-names | לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְאוֹנ֔וֹ | 1 | Lod, Hadid, and Ono | Lod, Hadid, and Ono are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 824 | NEH | 7 | 38 | d1f3 | figs-personification | בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה | 1 | The document speaks here of the town of Senaah as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Senaah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 825 | NEH | 7 | 38 | rla1 | translate-names | סְנָאָ֔ה | 1 | Senaah | Senaah is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 826 | NEH | 7 | 39 | x7hb | הַֽכֹּהֲנִ֑ים | 1 | Alternate translation: “This is how many men returned from each family of priests” | ||
| 827 | NEH | 7 | 39 | xwy8 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 828 | NEH | 7 | 39 | d1f5 | translate-names | יְדַֽעְיָה֙…יֵשׁ֔וּעַ | 1 | Jedaiah is the name of a man, and Jeshua is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 829 | NEH | 7 | 39 | mk8g | figs-metonymy | לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ | 1 | Here, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The document is describing all of the descendants of Jeshua figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 830 | NEH | 7 | 40 | d1f7 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 831 | NEH | 7 | 40 | kd29 | translate-names | אִמֵּ֔ר | 1 | Immer | Immer is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 832 | NEH | 7 | 41 | d1f9 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 833 | NEH | 7 | 41 | xd2z | translate-names | פַשְׁח֔וּר | 1 | Pashhur | Pashhur is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 834 | NEH | 7 | 42 | zi06 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 835 | NEH | 7 | 42 | ias1 | translate-names | חָרִ֔ם | 1 | Harim | Harim is the name of a man. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 836 | NEH | 7 | 43 | h37e | הַלְוִיִּ֑ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of Levi also returned.” | ||
| 837 | NEH | 7 | 43 | d1g3 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵֽי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ לְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִבְנֵ֥י לְהוֹדְוָ֖ה | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 838 | NEH | 7 | 43 | v5s3 | translate-names | יֵשׁ֧וּעַ לְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל…לְהוֹדְוָ֖ה | 1 | Jeshua and Kadmiel are men’s names, and Hodevah is the name of their ancestor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 839 | NEH | 7 | 44 | v68g | translate-unknown | הַֽמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים | 1 | As in [7:1](../07/01.md), this refers to vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion. Alternate translation: “singers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 840 | NEH | 7 | 44 | d1g5 | הַֽמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים | 1 | Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the singers also returned.” | ||
| 841 | NEH | 7 | 44 | d1g7 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 842 | NEH | 7 | 44 | ht7l | translate-names | אָסָ֔ף | 1 | Asaph | Asaph is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 843 | NEH | 7 | 45 | b7ne | הַשֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים | 1 | See how you translated this term in [7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the gatekeepers also returned” | ||
| 844 | NEH | 7 | 45 | h78b | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵֽי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵֽי־טַלְמֹ֣ן בְּנֵֽי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 845 | NEH | 7 | 45 | wy4p | translate-names | שַׁלּ֤וּם…אָטֵר֙…טַלְמֹ֣ן…עַקּ֔וּב…חֲטִיטָ֖א…שֹׁבָ֑י | 1 | Shallum … Ater … Talmon … Akkub … Hatita … Shobai | These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 846 | NEH | 7 | 46 | t2j5 | translate-unknown | הַנְּתִינִ֑ים | 1 | As in [3:26](../03/26.md), the term “Nethinim” describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 847 | NEH | 7 | 46 | cd4k | הַנְּתִינִ֑ים | 1 | Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the temple servants also returned” | ||
| 848 | NEH | 7 | 46 | d6np | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־צִחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשֻׂפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 849 | NEH | 7 | 46 | st75 | translate-names | צִחָ֥א…חֲשֻׂפָ֖א…טַבָּעֽוֹת | 1 | Ziha … Hasupha … Tabbaoth | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 850 | NEH | 7 | 47 | mn22 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־קֵירֹ֥ס בְּנֵי־סִיעָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Sia, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 851 | NEH | 7 | 48 | ln8l | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י שַׁלְמָֽי | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebana, Hagaba, Shalmai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 852 | NEH | 7 | 49 | zpn7 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־חָנָ֥ן בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֖ל בְּנֵי־גָֽחַר | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hanan, Giddel, Gahar,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 853 | NEH | 7 | 50 | s8hz | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־רְאָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־רְצִ֖ין בְּנֵ֥י נְקוֹדָֽא | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Reaiah, Rezin, Nekoda,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 854 | NEH | 7 | 51 | u8ea | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־גַזָּ֥ם בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָסֵֽחַ | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Gazzam, Uzza, Paseah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 855 | NEH | 7 | 52 | i1dd | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־בֵסַ֥י בְּנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפושסים | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Besai, Meunim, Nephushesim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 856 | NEH | 7 | 53 | u7qn | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵֽי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 857 | NEH | 7 | 54 | jat5 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־בַצְלִ֥ית בְּנֵֽי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 858 | NEH | 7 | 55 | w15p | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 859 | NEH | 7 | 56 | i1b4 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 860 | NEH | 7 | 57 | w9sx | translate-unknown | בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה | 1 | By **servants of Solomon**, this document does not mean officials who served in Solomon’s court. Rather, this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They were descendants of the groups that were living in the land of Canaan before the Israelites occupied it. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. You could call these people “the laborers that King Solomon first conscripted.” Alternate translation: “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 861 | NEH | 7 | 57 | ei9x | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 862 | NEH | 7 | 57 | xb5j | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־סוֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־סוֹפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרִידָֽא | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Sotai, Sophereth, Perida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 863 | NEH | 7 | 57 | ma7v | translate-names | סוֹטַ֥י…סוֹפֶ֖רֶת…פְרִידָֽא | 1 | Sotai … Sophereth … Perida | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 864 | NEH | 7 | 58 | y1jl | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥א בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:57](../07/57.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaala, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 865 | NEH | 7 | 59 | vwg5 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמֽוֹן | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:57](../07/57.md), you can just list the names of these four men and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Amon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 866 | NEH | 7 | 60 | a15h | כָּל־הַ֨נְּתִינִ֔ים וּבְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם | 1 | Alternate translation: “Altogether 392 men returned who were descendants of temple servants or of laborers who had worked for the kingdom” | ||
| 867 | NEH | 7 | 61 | bgx3 | figs-idiom | וְאֵ֗לֶּה הָֽעוֹלִים֙ | 1 | As in [7:6](../07/06.md), “went up” means “traveled from Babylon back to Judah,” since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “Some others returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 868 | NEH | 7 | 61 | c7ta | translate-names | מִתֵּ֥ל מֶ֨לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדּ֖וֹן וְאִמֵּ֑ר | 1 | These are the names of five towns in Babylonia. Alternate translation: “who had been living in the towns of Tel Melah, Tel Harsha, Kerub, Addon, and Immer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 869 | NEH | 7 | 61 | d1g9 | וְלֹ֣א יָכְל֗וּ לְהַגִּ֤יד | 1 | Alternate translation: “They had no records to prove” | ||
| 870 | NEH | 7 | 61 | d1h1 | figs-parallelism | בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם אִ֥ם מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם | 1 | These two longer phrases mean similar things. The second phrase explains the meaning of the first for clarity and emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “that their ancestors had been Israelites,” otherwise “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 871 | NEH | 7 | 61 | d1h3 | figs-doublet | בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם | 1 | These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that accurate records would be required to prove a person’s lineage. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “what their lineage was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 872 | NEH | 7 | 61 | d1h5 | figs-metaphor | בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם | 1 | Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended clan. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. (For example, the two expressions are used interchangeably in Exodus 6:14, “These were the heads of their fathers’ houses: The sons of Reuben, the firstborn of Israel, were Hanok, Pallu, Hezron, and Karmi. These were the clan ancestors of Reuben.”) In this expression, the word **house** figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 873 | NEH | 7 | 61 | d1h7 | figs-metaphor | וְזַרְעָ֔ם | 1 | Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. But here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, “whose seed they were.” Alternate translation: “who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 874 | NEH | 7 | 62 | d1h9 | בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵֽי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וְאַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם | 1 | Alternate translation: “Altogether 642 men returned who were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” | ||
| 875 | NEH | 7 | 62 | d1i1 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵֽי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 876 | NEH | 7 | 62 | np4h | translate-names | דְלָיָ֥ה…טוֹבִיָּ֖ה…נְקוֹדָ֑א | 1 | Delaiah … Tobiah … Nekoda | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 877 | NEH | 7 | 63 | d1i3 | וּמִן־הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים | 1 | Alternate translation: “Some of the men who returned from those towns were descendants of the priests” | ||
| 878 | NEH | 7 | 63 | d1i5 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 879 | NEH | 7 | 63 | i59a | translate-names | חֳבַיָּ֖ה…הַקּ֑וֹץ…בַרְזִלַּ֗י | 1 | Habaiah … Hakkoz … Barzillai | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
| 880 | NEH | 7 | 63 | d1i7 | translate-names | בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ | 1 | Barzillai is the name of a man, and Gileadite means that he was from the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 881 | NEH | 7 | 63 | d1i9 | אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “Barzillai married a woman who was one of the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” | ||
| 882 | NEH | 7 | 63 | iyy1 | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ | 1 | **Daughters** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 883 | NEH | 7 | 63 | bl4n | וַיִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽם | 1 | Alternate translation: “and he took the name of her clan as his own name” | ||
| 884 | NEH | 7 | 64 | m2qd | אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛ם הַמִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְלֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑א | 1 | Alternate translation: “They were not able to find any mention of their names in the lists of people who were descendants of the priests” | ||
| 885 | NEH | 7 | 64 | n9vy | וַיְגֹֽאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה | 1 | Alternate translation: “So they were not allowed to serve as priests.” | ||
| 886 | NEH | 7 | 65 | av51 | translate-unknown | הַתִּרְשָׁ֨תָא֙ | 1 | This was the formal Persian title of the governor. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the title and then explain it. Alternate translation: “The Tirshatha, that is, the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 887 | NEH | 7 | 65 | j9fe | translate-unknown | וַיֹּ֤אמֶר הַתִּרְשָׁ֨תָא֙ לָהֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִקֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁ֑ים | 1 | In this case, **the holy of holies** does not refer to the inmost part of the Temple. Rather, it refers to the most sacred part of the food offerings, which was reserved for the priests. Alternate translation: “told them that they would not be allowed to eat the most sacred food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 888 | NEH | 7 | 65 | qnn2 | figs-metaphor | עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד הַכֹּהֵ֖ן לְאוּרִ֥ים וְתוּמִּֽים | 1 | Here, **stand** is a figurative way of saying that a person has assumed the duties of their office. The priest means specifically the high priest, since he had the objects described. Alternate translation: “Until the high priest was once again on duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 889 | NEH | 7 | 65 | cij9 | translate-unknown | לְאוּרִ֥ים וְתוּמִּֽים | 1 | This was a pair of objects that the high priest kept in the breastpiece of his robe. It is unknown exactly what type of objects they were, but they were used to answer yes-or-no questions and to decide between two alternatives. If the priest, without looking, pulled out the Urim, that meant one answer, while if he pulled out the Thummim, that meant the other answer. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could describe these objects by their function rather than by their names. Alternate translation: “and could use the sacred objects to decide their cases.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 890 | NEH | 7 | 66 | t4xj | כָּל־הַקָּהָ֖ל כְּאֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת וְשִׁשִּֽׁים | 1 | Alternate translation: “The total number of men who returned was 42,360” | ||
| 891 | NEH | 7 | 67 | se3x | מִ֠לְּבַד עַבְדֵיהֶ֤ם וְאַמְהֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ אֵ֔לֶּה שִׁבְעַ֣ת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֑ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “not counting their 7,337 male and female servants” | ||
| 892 | NEH | 7 | 67 | d1j1 | translate-unknown | וְלָהֶ֗ם מְשֹֽׁרֲרִים֙ וּמְשֹׁ֣רֲר֔וֹת מָאתַ֖יִם וְאַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה | 1 | This is a different group from “the ones who sang” in [7:44](../07/44.md). Those were Levites who sang in connection with Israel’s worship. The group here is a class of servants who were employed to provide music for public and private events. Alternate translation: “and the 245 male and female singers they employed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 893 | NEH | 7 | 68 | d1j3 | סוּסֵיהֶ֕ם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֑ה פִּרְדֵיהֶ֕ם מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה | 1 | Alternate translation: “The group also brought back with them 736 horses, 245 mules” | ||
| 894 | NEH | 7 | 69 | d72q | גְּמַלִּ֕ים אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֑ה ס חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְעֶשְׂרִֽים | 1 | Alternate translation: “435 camels, and 6,720 donkeys.” | ||
| 895 | NEH | 7 | 70 | zio7 | figs-ellipsis | רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֔וֹת | 1 | This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” The full expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” is used in verse 61. See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpfull. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 896 | NEH | 7 | 70 | gdj2 | figs-metaphor | רָאשֵׁ֣י | 1 | **Head** here is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “the leaders of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 897 | NEH | 7 | 70 | le3g | translate-unknown | נָתַ֣ן לָאוֹצָ֗ר | 1 | Even though in the book of Nehemiah **the work** typically means the work of rebuilding the wall of Jerusalem, in this document it refers to the work of re-establishing the temple. That was the project that Zerubbabel and the group that returned under his leadership worked on. Alternate translation: “gave gifts towards the costs of re-establishing the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 898 | NEH | 7 | 70 | b1s5 | הַתִּרְשָׁ֜תָא נָתַ֣ן לָאוֹצָ֗ר זָהָ֞ב דַּרְכְּמֹנִ֥ים אֶ֨לֶף֙ מִזְרָק֣וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֔ים כָּתְנוֹת֙ כֹּֽהֲנִ֔ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת | 1 | Alternate translation: “The Tirshatha, that is, the governor, donated to the temple treasury 1,000 gold coins, 50 bowls to be used in the temple, and 530 garments for the priests to wear” | ||
| 899 | NEH | 7 | 70 | c7ug | translate-unknown | הַתִּרְשָׁ֜תָא | 1 | As in [7:65](../07/65.md), this was the formal Persian title of the governor. Alternate translation: “The Tirshatha, that is, the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 900 | NEH | 7 | 70 | wf3a | translate-bmoney | זָהָ֞ב דַּרְכְּמֹנִ֥ים אֶ֨לֶף֙ | 1 | In ancient times, a gold daric weighed about 8 or 8.5 grams or about a quarter of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate over time, since those values can change from year to year. Instead, you could say something general like “1,000 gold coins,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) | |
| 901 | NEH | 7 | 70 | bu8p | translate-unknown | מִזְרָק֣וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֔ים | 1 | These were large, flat bowls that were used in the temple to collect the blood of sacrifices. When the Law called for some of this blood to be sprinkled on the altar, in the air, or on a person or a garment, that would be done from one of these bowls. Alternate translation: “50 bowls to be used in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 902 | NEH | 7 | 70 | bu22 | translate-unknown | כָּתְנוֹת֙ כֹּֽהֲנִ֔ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת | 1 | These were the special garments that priests would wear while performing their duties in the temple. Alternate translation: “530 garments for the priests to wear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 903 | NEH | 7 | 71 | znc4 | figs-ellipsis | וּמֵֽרָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֗וֹת נָֽתְנוּ֙ לְאוֹצַ֣ר הַמְּלָאכָ֔ה | 1 | As in [7:70](../07/70.md), **the heads of the fathers** seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” See how you translated that expression in [7:61](../07/61.md), and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “Some of the clan leaders donated to the temple treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 904 | NEH | 7 | 71 | g529 | figs-metaphor | וּמֵֽרָאשֵׁ֣י | 1 | **Head** here is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 905 | NEH | 7 | 71 | kzg2 | translate-bmoney | זָהָ֕ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֣י רִבּ֑וֹת | 1 | See the note about **darics** in verse [7:70](../07/70.md). Alternate translation: “20,000 gold coins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) | |
| 906 | NEH | 7 | 71 | jxn7 | translate-bmoney | וְכֶ֕סֶף מָנִ֖ים אַלְפַּ֥יִם וּמָאתָֽיִם | 1 | In ancient times, a silver mina weighed about half a kilogram or about 1.25 pounds. However, as in the case of darics, it would probably be best to say something general like “2,200 silver bars,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term and give the equivalent weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) | |
| 907 | NEH | 7 | 72 | zg2v | translate-bmoney | וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר נָתְנוּ֮ שְׁאֵרִ֣ית הָעָם֒ זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י רִבּ֔וֹא וְכֶ֖סֶף מָנִ֣ים אַלְפָּ֑יִם וְכָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּֽהֲנִ֖ים שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וְשִׁבְעָֽה | 1 | See the notes in [7:70](../07/70.md) and [7:71](../07/71.md) about “darics,” “minas,” and “tunics.” Alternate translation: “The rest of the people donated 20,000 gold coins, 2,000 silver bars, and 67 garments for the priests to wear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) | |
| 908 | NEH | 7 | 73 | jaj3 | grammar-connect-time-sequential | וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ | 1 | At the end of [7:72](../07/72.md), Nehemiah stops quoting from the document about the first group of people who returned to Judah. The story now goes on to tell what happened next. You could introduce this verse with a word or phrase that indicates this. Alternate translation: “And so … dwelt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 909 | NEH | 7 | 73 | e7np | translate-unknown | הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֡ם וְהַשּׁוֹעֲרִים֩ וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֨ים וּמִן־הָעָ֧ם וְהַנְּתִינִ֛ים וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | Five of the groups in this list are also named in the document about the people who returned from exile: the priests (verses 39–43), the Levites (verse 43), the gatekeepers (verse 45), the singers (verse 44), and the temple servants (verses 46–56). You can use those same names for these groups here. It is not immediately clear who “some from the people” are, and why they are not included in “all Israel.” You could just say “many ordinary people.” However, there is very similar list in [10:28](../10/28.md) that names these same five groups and also describes people who dedicated themselves to following the law of God. That would unfortunately not have included all of Israel at this point, so that may be the distinction that is in view here. Alternate translation: “the priests, the Levites, the gatekeepers, the singers, the temple servants, some people who dedicated themselves to follow the law, and the rest of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 910 | NEH | 7 | 73 | a2ub | figs-explicit | וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ…בְּעָרֵיהֶ֑ם וַיִּגַּע֙ הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם | 1 | The rebuilding of the wall was completed that year near the end of Elul, the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The implication is that everyone who had come to Jerusalem to work on the wall was then allowed to return home. Within about a week, by the beginning of the seventh month, they were all back home. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “So … returned to their homes, because the rebuilding of the wall had been completed. By the beginning of the next month, they were all back home.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 911 | NEH | 7 | 73 | n26r | translate-ordinal | הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י | 1 | Alternate translation: “month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 912 | NEH | 8 | intro | w38v | 0 | # Nehemiah 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reading of the law<br><br>During the exile, the Hebrew language was no longer spoken. Only the priests and Levites still understood it. Ezra read the book of the law to the people in Hebrew and the Levites walked among the crowd translating it into Aramaic for the people to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Festival of Shelters<br><br>After they heard Ezra read the law of Moses, the people obeyed it by making temporary shelters for themselves with tree branches. They did this to remember that their ancestors slept in shelters when they came out of slavery in Egypt. | |||
| 913 | NEH | 8 | 1 | q5ih | figs-hyperbole | כָל־הָעָם֙ | 1 | The word **all** is a generalization that indicates that everyone who was able and available came to Jerusalem for this occasion. By “the people,” Nehemiah means the groups he described in the previous verse who had come back to live in Judah and Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 914 | NEH | 8 | 1 | e1a1 | figs-explicit | וַיֵּאָסְפ֤וּ…כְּאִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד | 1 | Verses 8 and 9 explain that the people had gathered for a festival, and [8:2](../08/02.md) states that this was the first day of the seventh month, which means that the people had gathered in Jerusalem for the Festival of Trumpets. In the Law of Moses, Yahweh had commanded the people to observe this celebration on this date. If it would be helpful to your readers to know why the people came together on this day, you could say that specifically. Alternate translation: “gathered in Jerusalem in a huge crowd for a special celebration known as the Festival of Trumpets.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 915 | NEH | 8 | 1 | e1a3 | figs-idiom | כְּאִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד | 1 | **As one man** is an idiom that means “as if they were a single person,” that is, all in once place at the same time. Alternate translation: “gathered in a huge crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 916 | NEH | 8 | 1 | e1a5 | translate-unknown | אֶל־הָ֣רְח֔וֹב | 1 | This means a “plaza” or “square” in the city where there were no buildings and so where public events like this could be held. Alternate translation: “in the square” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 917 | NEH | 8 | 1 | f6t8 | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַמָּ֑יִם | 1 | Here, **face** figuratively means the front of an object. Alternate translation: “in front of the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 918 | NEH | 8 | 1 | e1a7 | translate-names | שַֽׁעַר־הַמָּ֑יִם | 1 | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [3:26](../03/26.md). Alternate translation: “the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 919 | NEH | 8 | 1 | e1a9 | figs-explicit | וַיֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ לְעֶזְרָ֣א הַסֹּפֵ֔ר לְהָבִ֗יא אֶת־סֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה | 1 | **They** means the crowd, though they likely made this request to Ezra through their leaders. The implication is that they wanted him not just to bring the book forward, but to read to them from it out loud (as [8:3](../08/03.md) indicates he did). This was because they wanted to learn what was in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The crowd had asked Ezra the scribe to read to them from a scroll that contained the Law of Moses because they wanted to know what it commanded.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 920 | NEH | 8 | 1 | e1b1 | figs-explicit | וַיֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ לְעֶזְרָ֣א | 1 | Since the rest of the chapter describes arrangements that the leaders must have made in advance, the crowd, once it gathered, did not start shouting spontaneously for Ezra to come forward and read. Rather, they had made this request in advance. Alternate translation: “And the crowd had asked Ezra” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 921 | NEH | 8 | 1 | e1b3 | writing-participants | לְעֶזְרָ֣א הַסֹּפֵ֔ר | 1 | This introduces Ezra as a new character in the story. The expression “the scribe” identifies him as a teacher who had carefully studied the Law of Moses. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named Ezra, who was a teacher of the Law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
| 922 | NEH | 8 | 1 | e1b5 | figs-explicit | לְעֶזְרָ֣א הַסֹּפֵ֔ר | 1 | The biblical book of Ezra indicates that this man returned to Jerusalem from exile in Babylon 13 years before Nehemiah did. He led many reforms in the community. But in this book, Nehemiah does not say whether Ezra had remained in the city all that time, or whether he had gone back to Babylon and had recently returned to Jerusalem again. Even if your language, in telling a story, ordinarily accounts for how a person came to be on the scene, it might be best not to try to address that question here in your translation. Even though Nehemiah seems to expect that his readers will know where Ezra had been, Nehemiah does not say specifically where he was, and so the answer is unknown. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 923 | NEH | 8 | 1 | fdh4 | translate-unknown | אֶת־סֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה | 1 | This **book** was most likely a scroll, and it most likely contained what is now known as the Torah or the “five books of Moses.” Alternate translation: “a scroll that contained the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 924 | NEH | 8 | 1 | e1b7 | אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | Alternate translation: “These were the commandments that Yahweh had told Israel to follow” | ||
| 925 | NEH | 8 | 2 | e1b9 | figs-explicit | עֶזְרָ֣א הַ֠כֹּהֵן | 1 | This information serves to introduce Ezra further. In addition to being a teacher and learned student of the Law of Moses, he was also a priest whose duties would have included offering sacrifices in the temple and helping people make sure they were following the law in everyday matters. It might be helpful to your readers to explain that here because it shows why Ezra would have been such an effective teacher for everyone on this occasion. Alternate translation: “Ezra was also a priest who served in the temple and helped people follow the law” (See: Introduction of New and Old Participants and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 926 | NEH | 8 | 2 | e1c1 | figs-metonymy | וַיָּבִ֣יא…אֶֽת־הַתּוֹרָ֞ה לִפְנֵ֤י הַקָּהָל֙ | 1 | Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a group. Alternate translation: “He read the law out loud in front of the whole crowd.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 927 | NEH | 8 | 2 | j8yl | figs-idiom | מֵאִ֣ישׁ וְעַד־אִשָּׁ֔ה וְכֹ֖ל מֵבִ֣ין לִשְׁמֹ֑עַ | 1 | **All who were understanding to hear** is an idiom that means “everyone who could hear with understanding,” that is, “who understood what they were hearing.” This phrase likely refers to children and it would mean “children who were old enough to understand.” Alternate translation: “for the men, the women, and the children who were old enough to understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 928 | NEH | 8 | 2 | e89a | figs-explicit | בְּי֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי | 1 | Since Nehemiah does not say otherwise, the implication is that this happened in the same year that the wall was rebuilt. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He did this on the first day of the seventh month of that same year.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 929 | NEH | 8 | 2 | id7q | translate-hebrewmonths | בְּי֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי | 1 | Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) | |
| 930 | NEH | 8 | 3 | pkz7 | וַיִּקְרָא־בוֹ֩ | 1 | Here, **it** means the book of the Law of Moses. | ||
| 931 | NEH | 8 | 3 | iv9y | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֨י הָרְח֜וֹב אֲשֶׁ֣ר ׀ לִפְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַמַּ֗יִם | 1 | Here, **face** figuratively means the front of both places, the square and the gate. Alternate translation: “from the front of the square that is in front of the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 932 | NEH | 8 | 3 | e1c3 | translate-names | שַֽׁעַר־הַמַּ֗יִם | 1 | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [3:26](../03/26.md) and [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 933 | NEH | 8 | 3 | e1c5 | translate-unknown | מִן־הָאוֹר֙ עַד־מַחֲצִ֣ית הַיּ֔וֹם | 1 | **The light** means sunrise, that is, the time of morning when the sun itself becomes visible above the horizon. “The middle of the day” means noon. Alternate translation: “from sunrise until noon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 934 | NEH | 8 | 3 | e1c7 | figs-merism | מִן־הָאוֹר֙ עַד־מַחֲצִ֣ית הַיּ֔וֹם | 1 | Verse [8:7](../08/07.md) explains that other teachers circulated within the crowd to answer questions that people had about what Ezra was reading. It is unlikely that they did this while he was still talking. Instead, he probably paused from time to time to allow this. So this expression is actually referring to a whole time period by describing its beginning and ending, but it does not mean that the activity took place without interruption the whole time. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “throughout the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 935 | NEH | 8 | 3 | e1c9 | נֶ֛גֶד הָאֲנָשִׁ֥ים וְהַנָּשִׁ֖ים וְהַמְּבִינִ֑ים | 1 | This is the same group that was described in [8:2](../08/02.md). Many of the phrases here in verse 3 echo similar phrases in verse 2. The repetition emphasizes the importance and solemnity of this occasion. However, you do not need to repeat this phrase a second time in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. | ||
| 936 | NEH | 8 | 3 | e1d1 | figs-synecdoche | וְאָזְנֵ֥י כָל־הָעָ֖ם | 1 | Here, Nehemiah uses the **ears** of the people to represent the people themselves, in the act of listening. Alternate translation: “all the people listened carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 937 | NEH | 8 | 4 | e1d3 | figs-explicit | עַֽל־מִגְדַּל־עֵץ֮ | 1 | As [8:5](../08/05.md) explains, this was a raised platform that allowed the large crowd to see and hear Ezra as he read. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly here. Alternate translation: “a raised wooden platform” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 938 | NEH | 8 | 4 | e1d5 | figs-explicit | אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשׂ֣וּ לַדָּבָר֒ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say who built this platform, and what the purpose was. Alternate translation: “that the people had built so that they could see and hear Ezra as he read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 939 | NEH | 8 | 4 | e1d7 | figs-metonymy | אֶצְל֡וֹ…עַל־יְמִינ֑וֹ | 1 | Here, **hand** is a metonym that means “side.” Alternate translation: “next to him, on his right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 940 | NEH | 8 | 4 | lk8k | translate-names | מַתִּתְיָ֡ה וְשֶׁ֡מַע וַ֠עֲנָיָה וְאוּרִיָּ֧ה וְחִלְקִיָּ֛ה וּמַעֲשֵׂיָ֖ה | 1 | These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 941 | NEH | 8 | 4 | e1d9 | וּמִשְּׂמֹאל֗וֹ | 1 | Alternate translation: “and next to him, on his left side” | ||
| 942 | NEH | 8 | 4 | e1e1 | translate-names | פְּ֠דָיָה וּמִֽישָׁאֵ֧ל וּמַלְכִּיָּ֛ה וְחָשֻׁ֥ם וְחַשְׁבַּדָּ֖נָה זְכַרְיָ֥ה מְשֻׁלָּֽם | 1 | These are the names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 943 | NEH | 8 | 5 | t5lf | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַיִּפְתַּ֨ח עֶזְרָ֤א הַסֵּ֨פֶר֙ לְעֵינֵ֣י כָל־הָעָ֔ם כִּֽי־מֵעַ֥ל כָּל־הָעָ֖ם | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that is described in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Ezra was up on the platform above the people, so they were able to see him when he opened the book.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 944 | NEH | 8 | 5 | yv2u | figs-synecdoche | לְעֵינֵ֣י כָל־הָעָ֔ם | 1 | Here, Nehemiah uses the **eyes** of the people to represent the people themselves, in the act of observing. Alternate translation: “where all the people could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 945 | NEH | 8 | 5 | wqg8 | translate-symaction | עָֽמְד֥וּ כָל־הָעָֽם | 1 | The people stood up as a symbolic way of showing respect for Yahweh and his law. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people stood up to show their respect for Yahweh and his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 946 | NEH | 8 | 5 | ln1z | כָל־הָעָֽם | 1 | In this verse, **all** is not a generalization as it is in verse 1. Rather, it means **all the people who were there.** Alternate translation: “the people” | ||
| 947 | NEH | 8 | 6 | x9v8 | figs-explicit | וַיְבָ֣רֶךְ עֶזְרָ֔א אֶת־יְהוָ֥ה הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים הַגָּד֑וֹל | 1 | This means that before Ezra read from the law, he prayed out loud. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before he read from the law, Ezra prayed to Yahweh, the great God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 948 | NEH | 8 | 6 | e1e3 | figs-events | וַיַּֽעֲנ֨וּ כָל־הָעָ֜ם אָמֵ֤ן ׀ אָמֵן֙ | 1 | Since the people lifted their hands to show that they were joining Nehemiah in prayer, they would have done this before they said “Amen” at the end of his prayer. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could describe the events in that order. Alternate translation: “The people lifted their hands to show that they were praying with Ezra, and when he finished praying, they shouted, ‘Amen! Amen!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) | |
| 949 | NEH | 8 | 6 | e1e5 | figs-idiom | אָמֵ֤ן ׀ אָמֵן֙ | 1 | As in [5:13](../05/13.md), **Amen** is a Hebrew word that means, “Truly, it is so.” The word expresses agreement with what someone has just said. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express that meaning with a phrase such as, “We agree!” Or you could use the Hebrew term and explain what it means in this context: “Amen! Yahweh is truly great!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 950 | NEH | 8 | 6 | e1e7 | translate-symaction | בְּמֹ֣עַל יְדֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | In ancient Israel, lifted hands were the posture of prayer. By this gesture, the people showed that they were joining Nehemiah in prayer before he read from the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 951 | NEH | 8 | 6 | e1e9 | figs-synecdoche | וַיִּקְּד֧וּ וַיִּשְׁתַּחֲוֻּ֛ לַיהוָ֖ה אַפַּ֥יִם אָֽרְצָה | 1 | **Nostrils** here represent the nose, and the nose represents all of the face. Alternate translation: “they knelt down and then lay down with their faces on the ground to worship Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 952 | NEH | 8 | 7 | e1f1 | translate-names | וְיֵשׁ֡וּעַ וּבָנִ֡י וְשֵׁרֵ֥בְיָ֣ה ׀ יָמִ֡ין עַקּ֡וּב שַׁבְּתַ֣י ׀ הֽוֹדִיָּ֡ה מַעֲשֵׂיָ֡ה קְלִיטָ֣א עֲזַרְיָה֩ יוֹזָבָ֨ד חָנָ֤ן פְּלָאיָה֙ | 1 | These are the names of thirteen men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 953 | NEH | 8 | 7 | e1f3 | וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם | 1 | This expression could mean something like, “yes, the Levites,” indicating that all of these men were Levites. That means that they were descendants of Levi and had a special assignment, helping the priests. Alternate translation: “who were Levites.” | ||
| 954 | NEH | 8 | 7 | e1f5 | figs-explicit | מְבִינִ֥ים אֶת־הָעָ֖ם לַתּוֹרָ֑ה וְהָעָ֖ם עַל־עָמְדָֽם | 1 | The implication is that Ezra paused regularly throughout the morning to allow this. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “explained the meaning of the Law to the people as they stood in their places in the crowd. Ezra paused regularly to allow this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 955 | NEH | 8 | 8 | s5er | וַֽיִּקְרְא֥וּ בַסֵּ֛פֶר בְּתוֹרַ֥ת הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים מְפֹרָ֑שׁ | 1 | This probably indicates that each of the Levites who circulated among the crowd likely had his own written copy of the Law of Moses and used that to teach the people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Each of these Levites had his own the scroll of the law of God and read aloud from it” | ||
| 956 | NEH | 8 | 8 | e1f7 | מְפֹרָ֑שׁ | 1 | The exact meaning of this Hebrew term is unknown. This expression could mean that the Levites read loudly and clearly so that the groups they were talking to within the crowd could hear and understand them. It could also mean that they went over one section at a time with the people, after Ezra had read that section to everyone. It might also imply that the people could not understand the language in which the book of the Law was written, so the Levites needed to interpret it into the language that the people could understand. However, none of these possibilities are certain. Alternate translation: “clearly” or “one section at a time” | ||
| 957 | NEH | 8 | 8 | e1f9 | figs-doublet | בַסֵּ֛פֶר בְּתוֹרַ֥ת הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. You do not need to repeat both of them in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “from the Law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 958 | NEH | 8 | 8 | e1g1 | translate-unknown | וְשׂ֣וֹם שֶׂ֔כֶל | 1 | The exact meaning of this phrase in Hebrew is unknown. Most likely, it means either: (1) that the Levites were interpreting from one language into another, because the people could not understand the language in which the book of the Law was written, or (2) that the Levites were explaining the meaning of the Law to the people because it was difficult to understand. Alternate translateion: “and they explained what it meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 959 | NEH | 8 | 8 | vsq9 | figs-abstractnouns | שֶׂ֔כֶל | 1 | **Interpretation** is an abstract noun that refers to the meaning of the Law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind it with a phrase that uses a verb such as “mean.” Alternate translation: “what it meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 960 | NEH | 8 | 8 | e1g3 | וַיָּבִ֖ינוּ בַּמִּקְרָֽא | 1 | Here **they** refers to the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “That way the people in the crowd could understand what Ezra was reading” | ||
| 961 | NEH | 8 | 9 | e1g5 | translate-unknown | נְחֶמְיָ֣ה ה֣וּא הַתִּרְשָׁ֡תָא | 1 | As in [7:65](../07/65.md) and [7:70](../07/70.md), **Tirshatha** is the formal Persian title of the governor. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could simply say “governor,” or you could state the title and then explain it. Alternate translation: “Nehemiah the governor” or “Nehemiah the Tirshatha (that is, the governor)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 962 | NEH | 8 | 9 | e1g7 | writing-participants | נְחֶמְיָ֣ה ה֣וּא הַתִּרְשָׁ֡תָא | 1 | This is the first time that Nehemiah appears as a character while someone else is telling the story. Previously in the book, he has been the one telling the story, and so he has referred to himself as “I.” To give him more of an introduction here, you could say something like, “Nehemiah, who was the governor” or “Nehemiah, who was the Tirshatha (that is, the governor).” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
| 963 | NEH | 8 | 9 | e1g9 | figs-distinguish | וְעֶזְרָ֣א הַכֹּהֵ֣ן ׀ הַסֹּפֵ֡ר | 1 | Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a priest and a scribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) | |
| 964 | NEH | 8 | 9 | e1h1 | וְהַלְוִיִּם֩ הַמְּבִינִ֨ים אֶת־הָעָ֜ם | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [8:7](../08/07.md). Alternate translation: “The Levites who were explaining the meaning of the Law to the people.” | ||
| 965 | NEH | 8 | 9 | e1h3 | figs-explicit | הַיּ֤וֹם קָדֹֽשׁ־הוּא֙ לַיהוָ֣ה | 1 | As a note to verse [8:1](../08/01.md) explains, this particular holiday was the Festival of Trumpets. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is a holy day, set apart to worship Yahweh. It is the Festival of Trumpets.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 966 | NEH | 8 | 9 | e1h5 | figs-doublet | הַיּ֤וֹם קָדֹֽשׁ־הוּא֙ לַיהוָ֣ה | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. The leaders were reminding the people that this was one of the festival days that Yahweh had told them to set apart as special times of worship and celebration. If your readers would misunderstand this you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “This is a special day for worshiping Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 967 | NEH | 8 | 9 | e1h7 | grammar-connect-logic-result | אַל־תִּֽתְאַבְּל֖וּ וְאַל־תִּבְכּ֑וּ | 1 | The leaders are saying that since this is a day for celebration, it is not appropriate for the people to be weeping. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can show this connection by beginning this sentence with a word such as “so.” Alternate translation: “So do not mourn or cry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 968 | NEH | 8 | 9 | e1h9 | figs-doublet | אַל־תִּֽתְאַבְּל֖וּ וְאַל־תִּבְכּ֑וּ | 1 | **Mourn** and **weep** mean the same thing. The leaders use both words together to emphasize that the people should be cheerful, not sad, on a festival day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these words in a single expression. Alternate translation: “So you should not be crying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 969 | NEH | 8 | 9 | e1i1 | grammar-connect-logic-result | בוֹכִים֙ כָּל־הָעָ֔ם כְּשָׁמְעָ֖ם אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַתּוֹרָֽה | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that are described in the rest of the verse. Alternate translation: “The people in the crowd began to weep when they heard what was in the Law of Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 970 | NEH | 8 | 9 | e1i3 | figs-explicit | בוֹכִים֙ כָּל־הָעָ֔ם כְּשָׁמְעָ֖ם אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַתּוֹרָֽה | 1 | The implication is that the people began to weep because they recognized that they had not been obeying what God had commanded them in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people in the crowd began to weep when they heard what was in the Law of Moses, because they recognized that they had not been obeying what it commanded.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 971 | NEH | 8 | 9 | wky3 | figs-hyperbole | כָּל־הָעָ֔ם | 1 | This is a generalization that indicates there was great weeping among the people. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 972 | NEH | 8 | 10 | e1i5 | figs-explicit | וַיֹּ֣אמֶר לָהֶ֡ם | 1 | The story does not specify who said this. However, it is probably either Nehemiah or Ezra, since they are named at the beginning of the previous verse. And since what follow are instructions for how to observe a religious occasion, it is most likely Ezra. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could suggest that. Alternate translation: “Ezra told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 973 | NEH | 8 | 10 | e1i7 | figs-metaphor | לְכוּ֩ אִכְל֨וּ מַשְׁמַנִּ֜ים וּשְׁת֣וּ מַֽמְתַקִּ֗ים | 1 | This could mean, “Go home” and do this, since the people would likely have their holiday meals at home. Or it could figuratively mean, “Go ahead” and do this, even though you are feeling sad. Alternate translation: “Go home and celebrate with a good meal” or “Go ahead, celebrate with a good meal.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 974 | NEH | 8 | 10 | smq2 | figs-metonymy | אִכְל֨וּ מַשְׁמַנִּ֜ים וּשְׁת֣וּ מַֽמְתַקִּ֗ים | 1 | **The fat** and **the sweet** are figurative ways of referring to food and drink that is particularly tasty and shared in celebrations. The speaker is describing this food and drink by things associated with it, the fatness and the sweetness. Alternate translation: “Celebrate with a good meal.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 975 | NEH | 8 | 10 | e1i9 | figs-doublet | אִכְל֨וּ מַשְׁמַנִּ֜ים וּשְׁת֣וּ מַֽמְתַקִּ֗ים | 1 | Eating and drinking are used together here to convey a single idea, celebrating. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Celebrate with a good meal.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 976 | NEH | 8 | 10 | e1j1 | figs-activepassive | וְשִׁלְח֤וּ מָנוֹת֙ לְאֵ֣ין נָכ֣וֹן ל֔וֹ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Share some of your meal with those who have not prepared anything for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 977 | NEH | 8 | 10 | e1j3 | figs-explicit | וְשִׁלְח֤וּ מָנוֹת֙ לְאֵ֣ין נָכ֣וֹן ל֔וֹ | 1 | This may actually refer to the poor and indicate that they would not be able to afford rich food and drink. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “share some of your meal with the poor, who cannot afford rich food and drink.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 978 | NEH | 8 | 10 | e1j5 | figs-doublet | כִּֽי־קָד֥וֹשׁ הַיּ֖וֹם לַאֲדֹנֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. As in [8:9](../08/09.md), together they mean, “This is a special day for worshiping our Lord.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases like that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 979 | NEH | 8 | 10 | e1j7 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּֽי־קָד֥וֹשׁ הַיּ֖וֹם לַאֲדֹנֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could move this phrase to the beginning of the quotation because it gives the reason for the resulting actions that are described in the rest of the quotation. You could also connect this phrase to the ones that would then follow with a word like “so,” to show the connection. Alternate translation: “Today is a holy day set apart to worship our Lord. So…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 980 | NEH | 8 | 10 | ach1 | figs-activepassive | וְאַל־תֵּ֣עָצֵ֔בוּ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this same idea with an active form, and you can say what is causing the action. Alternate translation: “You have recognized that you have not obeyed the Law of Moses, but do not let that make you sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 981 | NEH | 8 | 10 | e1j9 | figs-explicit | כִּֽי־חֶדְוַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה הִ֥יא מָֽעֻזְּכֶֽם | 1 | The implication is that if a person is truly sorry for disobeying, Yahweh does not want that person to fear punishment or to grieve for the way they have offended. Instead, Yahweh wants them to be encouraged that they can live in a new way and to be happy about that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh wants you to be happy and encouraged about living in a new way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 982 | NEH | 8 | 10 | sni7 | figs-abstractnouns | חֶדְוַ֥ת…מָֽעֻזְּכֶֽם | 1 | for the joy of Yahweh is your strength | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns **joy** and **strength** with adjectives. Alternate translation: “happy … encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
| 983 | NEH | 8 | 11 | e1k1 | figs-hyperbole | מַחְשִׁ֤ים לְכָל־הָעָם֙ | 1 | These are two overstatements that emphasize how encouraging the Levites were trying to be. **All the people** does not mean everyone in the crowd, but those who were crying. **Be silent** does not mean “say nothing” or “make no noise,” but “stop crying.” (Certainly the Levites hoped that these people would soon be talking and laughing with others at celebration meals.) Alternate translation: “encouraged the people who were weeping to stop crying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 984 | NEH | 8 | 11 | e1k3 | grammar-connect-logic-result | הַ֔סּוּ כִּ֥י הַיּ֖וֹם קָדֹ֑שׁ וְאַל־תֵּעָצֵֽבוּ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put your translation of “for today is holy” first since it gives the reason for the resulting actions in the other two phrases. You could also show the connection by using a word such as “so.” Alternate translation: “This is a day of celebration, so stop crying now, and do not be sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 985 | NEH | 8 | 11 | sxx6 | הַ֔סּוּ | 1 | This is a word that signals to a person that they should be quiet. If your language has a similar expression, you can use it in your translation. You could also give the meaning in this context, If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “Shhh” or “Stop crying now” | ||
| 986 | NEH | 8 | 11 | fjz6 | figs-activepassive | וְאַל־תֵּעָצֵֽבוּ | 1 | Do not be grieved | If you expressed the idea behind this phrase with an active form in [8:10](../08/10.md) and you said there what was causing the action, you would not need to repeat that information here. Alternate translation: “do not be sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 987 | NEH | 8 | 12 | e1k5 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַיֵּלְכ֨וּ כָל־הָעָ֜ם לֶאֱכֹ֤ל וְלִשְׁתּוֹת֙ וּלְשַׁלַּ֣ח מָנ֔וֹת וְלַעֲשׂ֖וֹת שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put the last phrase at the beginning of the sentence since it gives the reason for the rest of the actions. Alternate translation: “So the people celebrated by eating and drinking and sharing with the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 988 | NEH | 8 | 12 | e1k7 | figs-explicit | לֶאֱכֹ֤ל וְלִשְׁתּוֹת֙ | 1 | The implication is that they enjoyed the special food and drink described in [8:10](.//08/10.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating rich foods and drinking sweet drinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 989 | NEH | 8 | 12 | e1k9 | figs-doublet | לֶאֱכֹ֤ל וְלִשְׁתּוֹת֙ | 1 | Eating and drinking are used together here to convey a single idea, celebrating. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “celebrating with festive meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 990 | NEH | 8 | 12 | e1l3 | figs-explicit | וּלְשַׁלַּ֣ח מָנ֔וֹת | 1 | The implication is that they sent these portions to the poor, who would not have been able to afford rich food and drink, as described in [8:10](../08/10.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sharing with the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 991 | NEH | 8 | 12 | z1gc | figs-abstractnouns | וְלַעֲשׂ֖וֹת שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה | 1 | The abstract noun **rejoicing** can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “and to rejoice greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 992 | NEH | 8 | 12 | e1l5 | figs-explicit | כִּ֤י הֵבִ֨ינוּ֙ בַּדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹדִ֖יעוּ לָהֶֽם | 1 | The implication is that the leaders helped the people recognize that being able to understand Yahweh’s law should be a source of joy and encouragement to them. They should not be sad or discouraged because they had disobeyed in the past, because now they would know how to obey. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because now that they were able to understand God’s law, they would be able to obey it in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 993 | NEH | 8 | 12 | e1l7 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּ֤י הֵבִ֨ינוּ֙ בַּדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹדִ֖יעוּ לָהֶֽם | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this phrase at the beginning of the verse since it gives the reason for the rest of the actions that the verse describes. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “the people realized that they would be able to obey God’s law in the future because now they were able to understand it. So…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 994 | NEH | 8 | 12 | e1l9 | figs-activepassive | הֵבִ֨ינוּ֙ בַּדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹדִ֖יעוּ לָהֶֽם | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “they understood God’s law when Ezra and the Levites explained it to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 995 | NEH | 8 | 13 | uj5j | translate-ordinal | וּבַיּ֣וֹם הַשֵּׁנִ֡י | 1 | On the second day | Alternate translations: “On day 2” or “On the next day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
| 996 | NEH | 8 | 13 | e1m1 | figs-activepassive | נֶאֶסְפוּ֩…אֶל | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “gathered to meet with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 997 | NEH | 8 | 13 | e1m3 | figs-ellipsis | רָאשֵׁ֨י הָאָב֜וֹת לְכָל־הָעָ֗ם | 1 | As in [7:70](../07/70.md), this seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” The full expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” is used in [7:61](../07/61.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some clan leaders from throughout Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 998 | NEH | 8 | 13 | e1m5 | figs-metaphor | רָאשֵׁ֨י | 1 | **Head** here is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 999 | NEH | 8 | 13 | e1m7 | figs-distinguish | עֶזְרָ֖א הַסֹּפֵ֑ר | 1 | Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a scribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) | |
| 1000 | NEH | 8 | 13 | e1m9 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וּלְהַשְׂכִּ֖יל אֶל־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַתּוֹרָֽה | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this phrase at the beginning of the verse, since it gives the reason for the rest of the actions that the verse describes. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “the people realized that they needed to understand God’s law much better. So…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1001 | NEH | 8 | 13 | e1n1 | figs-explicit | וּלְהַשְׂכִּ֖יל אֶל־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַתּוֹרָֽה | 1 | The implication is that while the people realized this, they also realized it would not be practical for large crowds to gather in Jerusalem every day so that all the people could receive Ezra’s teaching at once. Instead, they asked the family and religious leaders in Judah to meet with Ezra and learn from him so that they could then pass the teachings along. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people realized that they needed to understand God’s law much better, so they asked their family and religious leaders to meet with Ezra and learn more things from him that they could then pass along.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1002 | NEH | 8 | 14 | e1n3 | figs-idiom | וַֽיִּמְצְא֖וּ כָּת֣וּב בַּתּוֹרָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה | 1 | **Found** does not mean that these leaders were looking for something, but that they learned this as they were studying with Ezra. Alternate translation: “they learned that in the Law, Yahweh had commanded through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1003 | NEH | 8 | 14 | e1n5 | figs-explicit | וַֽיִּמְצְא֖וּ כָּת֣וּב בַּתּוֹרָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה | 1 | Because it was already the seventh month, it seems likely that Ezra showed this passage to the leaders intentionally because it was something they could and should obey immediately. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Ezra showed them something that Yahweh had commanded through Moses that they could do right away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1004 | NEH | 8 | 14 | e1n7 | figs-metaphor | בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה | 1 | Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1005 | NEH | 8 | 14 | e1n9 | אֲשֶׁר֩ יֵשְׁב֨וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל בַּסֻּכּ֛וֹת בֶּחָ֖ג בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי | 1 | This refers to the commandment establishing the Festival of Tabernacles. The purpose of this festival was to remind the Israelites that their ancestors had lived in temporary shelters when they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel should live in temporary shelters during the Festival of Tabernacles to remind them that their ancestors lived in shelters when they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan” | ||
| 1006 | NEH | 8 | 14 | e1o1 | figs-metaphor | בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל | 1 | **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants.** In this context it includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1007 | NEH | 8 | 14 | ur1h | יֵשְׁב֨וּ…בַּסֻּכּ֛וֹת | 1 | As [8:15](../08/15.md) explains, these **huts** or temporary shelters were to be made from leafy tree branches. The people were supposed to live in these shelters as their home for a week. This was a way of remembering and celebrating the way Yahweh had protected their ancestors when they had only temporary shelters to live in. Alternate translation: “stay in temporary shelters” | ||
| 1008 | NEH | 8 | 14 | e1o3 | translate-unknown | בֶּחָ֖ג בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי | 1 | This means the Festival of Tabernacles, which Yahweh commanded the people to celebrate in the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1009 | NEH | 8 | 14 | efg4 | translate-ordinal | בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי | 1 | This means the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 1010 | NEH | 8 | 15 | rq6z | figs-parallelism | וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר יַשְׁמִ֗יעוּ וְיַעֲבִ֨ירוּ ק֥וֹל | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. They describe how the family and religious leaders were supposed to send a message to everyone in Judah. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “they should publicly proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1011 | NEH | 8 | 15 | es8r | figs-merism | בְּכָל־עָרֵיהֶם֮ וּבִירוּשָׁלִַ֣ם | 1 | Here the story describes the whole population of the province of Judah by referring to its smaller cities and towns and to its large capital city of Jerusalem. The expression includes everything in between these two extremes. Alternate translation: “to everyone in Judah,” otherwise “both in Jerusalem and in all the towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 1012 | NEH | 8 | 15 | e1o5 | צְא֣וּ הָהָ֗ר וְהָבִ֨יאוּ֙ עֲלֵי־זַ֨יִת֙ וַעֲלֵי־עֵ֣ץ שֶׁ֔מֶן וַעֲלֵ֤י הֲדַס֙ וַעֲלֵ֣י תְמָרִ֔ים וַעֲלֵ֖י עֵ֣ץ עָבֹ֑ת לַעֲשֹׂ֥ת סֻכֹּ֖ת כַּכָּתֽוּב | 1 | This is the content of the message that the leaders sent out to the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “The Law of Moses commands us to go out into the hill country and get branches from olive, wild olive, myrtle, palm, and other leafy trees to make shelters” | ||
| 1013 | NEH | 8 | 15 | f9c2 | figs-synecdoche | הָהָ֗ר | 1 | The phrase can refer either to a single mountain or to a range of mountains and hills, which seems to be the meaning here. In this case one mountain would be used figuratively to represent the entire range. Alternate translation: “into the hill country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 1014 | NEH | 8 | 15 | jb2s | figs-activepassive | כַּכָּתֽוּב | 1 | as it is written | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “as the Law of Moses commands us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
| 1015 | NEH | 8 | 16 | e1o7 | figs-ellipsis | וַיֵּצְא֣וּ הָעָם֮ וַיָּבִיאוּ֒ | 1 | Here the story is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is clear from the context. Alternate translation: “the people went out and got branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1016 | NEH | 8 | 16 | dl2y | figs-idiom | וַיַּעֲשׂוּ֩ לָהֶ֨ם סֻכּ֜וֹת אִ֤ישׁ עַל־גַּגּוֹ֙ | 1 | In this context, **a man** is an idiom that means “each person” and likely “each family.” It does not mean only an adult male. Alternate translation: “and each family built shelters on their roofs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1017 | NEH | 8 | 16 | e1o9 | figs-explicit | עַל־גַּגּוֹ֙ | 1 | In this culture, roofs were flat and were reached by stairs that led up to them from outside the house. So a shelter could stand on the flat roof and the family could use it as a temporary home. Alternate translation: “on their flat roofs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1018 | NEH | 8 | 16 | e1p1 | figs-explicit | וּבְחַצְרֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | In this culture, houses were built around an open courtyard. So a shelter could be set up there, within the walls of the house. Alternate translation: “and in the courtyards within the walls of their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1019 | NEH | 8 | 16 | krx4 | figs-metaphor | וּבְחַצְר֖וֹת בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים | 1 | As in [6:10](../06/10.md), here the book speaks of the temple figuratively as the “house of God,” as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “and in the temple courtyards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1020 | NEH | 8 | 16 | b74m | figs-ellipsis | וּבִרְחוֹב֙ שַׁ֣עַר הַמַּ֔יִם | 1 | and in the open area of the gate of water | Here the story is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is clear from the context, since this same location is described in [8:1](../08/01.md) and [8:3](../08/03.md). Alternate translation: “and in the square in front of the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
| 1021 | NEH | 8 | 16 | e1p3 | translate-names | שַׁ֣עַר הַמַּ֔יִם | 1 | This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [3:26](../03/26.md), [8:1](../08/01.md), and [8:3](../08/03.md). Alternate translation: “the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1022 | NEH | 8 | 16 | e1p5 | figs-ellipsis | וּבִרְח֖וֹב שַׁ֥עַר אֶפְרָֽיִם | 1 | Here the story is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is clear from the context. Alternate translation: “and in the square in front of the Ephraim Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1023 | NEH | 8 | 16 | e1p7 | translate-names | שַׁ֥עַר אֶפְרָֽיִם | 1 | This is the name of another one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Ephraim Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1024 | NEH | 8 | 17 | e1p9 | figs-parallelism | כָֽל־הַ֠קָּהָל הַשָּׁבִ֨ים מִן־הַשְּׁבִ֥י | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. They refer to the people of Judah who had returned to their homeland from the exile. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “all the people of Judah who had returned home from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1025 | NEH | 8 | 17 | n31n | figs-metaphor | הַ֠קָּהָל | 1 | The Old Testament often uses this expression to refer figuratively to the main body of the people of Israel. The expression envisions the way God called them out of Egypt and brought them together as a nation. At this point in their history, this main body was the people who had returned to Judah from exile. Alternate translation: “all the people of Judah who had returned home from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1026 | NEH | 8 | 17 | e1q1 | לֹֽא־עָשׂ֡וּ מִימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן כֵּן֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַה֑וּא | 1 | Alternate translation: “the people of Israel had never before celebrated the Feast of Tabernacles by living in shelters, going all the way back to the time of Joshua the son of Nun” | ||
| 1027 | NEH | 8 | 17 | e1q3 | figs-explicit | מִימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן…עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַה֑וּא | 1 | Since it was Joshua who led the people of Israel into the land of Canaan, his time was the earliest time when they could have celebrated the Feast of Tabernacles to commemorate the journey from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the time that Joshua the son of Nun had first led them into this land until the present day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1028 | NEH | 8 | 17 | e1q5 | figs-merism | מִימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן…עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַה֑וּא | 1 | Here the story is describing an entire time period by speaking of its beginning and ending in order to include everything in between. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “for the entire time they had lived in this land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 1029 | NEH | 8 | 17 | e1q7 | figs-idiom | מִימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן | 1 | The term **day** is used figuratively here to refer to a period of time. Alternate translation: “from the time of Joshua the son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1030 | NEH | 8 | 17 | e32u | translate-names | יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן | 1 | Joshua is the name of a man, and Nun is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1031 | NEH | 8 | 17 | cey3 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” In this context it includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1032 | NEH | 8 | 17 | wyd6 | figs-abstractnouns | וַתְּהִ֥י שִׂמְחָ֖ה גְּדוֹלָ֥ה מְאֹֽד | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **rejoicing** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the people were very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1033 | NEH | 8 | 18 | sfx7 | figs-explicit | וַ֠יִּקְרָא בְּסֵ֨פֶר תּוֹרַ֤ת הָאֱלֹהִים֙ | 1 | **He** means Ezra, as stated explicitly in [8:3](../08/03.md) and [8:13](../-8/13.md). The implication is that Ezra continued to read to the family and religious leaders who had asked him to keep teaching them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Each day throughout the festival, Ezra continued to read to the leaders from the Law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1034 | NEH | 8 | 18 | g9rl | figs-idiom | י֣וֹם ׀ בְּי֔וֹם | 1 | This is an idiom that means **each day** or **every single day.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1035 | NEH | 8 | 18 | j9aj | figs-merism | מִן־הַיּוֹם֙ הָֽרִאשׁ֔וֹן עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הָאַחֲר֑וֹן | 1 | The story is describing the entire festival by speaking of two extreme parts of it, its first day and its last day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “throughout the entire festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 1036 | NEH | 8 | 18 | c1cp | figs-explicit | וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־חָג֙ שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֔ים וּבַיּ֧וֹם הַשְּׁמִינִ֛י עֲצֶ֖רֶת כַּמִּשְׁפָּֽט | 1 | **They** means the people of Judah. The **ordinance** refers to the command in the Law of Moses to end the Festival of Tabernacles by gathering all of the Israelites together for a closing ceremony after seven days. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles for seven days, and on the eighth day they held a closing ceremony together, as the Law of Moses commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1037 | NEH | 8 | 18 | er1u | translate-ordinal | וּבַיּ֧וֹם הַשְּׁמִינִ֛י | 1 | Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 1038 | NEH | 9 | intro | sj1h | 0 | # Nehemiah 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter and the next one form a single section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer to God<br><br>The people prayed and thanked God for his care for them and the blessings he gave to them. They also confessed their sin of disobeying him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Learning from their ancestor’s mistakes<br>This chapter teaches that the Jews learned from the mistakes of their ancestors. They became determined to worship Yahweh alone, to not intermarry with other peoples, and to worship Yahweh as the law of Moses instructed them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Recalling the great power of God<br>It was common to recall the great things God did for Israel. This is a reminder to Israel of God’s power. It is intended to bring the people to repentance and proper worship of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) | |||
| 1039 | NEH | 9 | 1 | w8w8 | translate-hebrewmonths | וּבְיוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְאַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַזֶּ֗ה | 1 | **This month** means the seventh month of that year according to the Hebrew calendar, as specified in [8:2](../08/02.md) and [8:14](../08/14.md). The Law of Moses said to observe the Festival of Tabernacles from the fifteenth through the twenty-second days of that month. The implication is that after that joyful celebration, the people were given one full day to rest and prepare for the gathering that this chapter describes. It had a different and more solemn purpose. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “On the twenty-fourth day of the seventh month of that year, two days after the joyful Festival of Tabernacles had ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) | |
| 1040 | NEH | 9 | 1 | f1a1 | translate-ordinal | וּבְיוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְאַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַזֶּ֗ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “On day 24 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 1041 | NEH | 9 | 1 | lm7m | figs-activepassive | נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1042 | NEH | 9 | 1 | f1a3 | figs-explicit | נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ | 1 | The implication is that people from all the cities and towns the province of Judah gathered together again in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people from all over Judah gathered together again in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1043 | NEH | 9 | 1 | f1a5 | figs-metaphor | בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ | 1 | **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” In this context it includes both men and women, and it refers specifically to the Israelites who were now living in Judah. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “people from all over Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1044 | NEH | 9 | 1 | irv4 | translate-symaction | וּבְשַׂקִּ֔ים וַאֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | The people did these things to show symbolically how sorry they were for their sins. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people refrained from eating, wore rough clothing, and put dust on their heads to show that they were sorry for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 1045 | NEH | 9 | 1 | f1a7 | figs-synecdoche | וַאֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | **Them** in this sentence refers to the people, but it does not mean that they covered themselves entirely in dust. The story is using the whole person to refer figuratively to one part of the person, the head, which is where people in this culture put dust to express sorrow. Alternate translation: “the people … put dust on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 1046 | NEH | 9 | 2 | f1a9 | figs-explicit | וַיִּבָּֽדְלוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל מִכֹּ֖ל בְּנֵ֣י נֵכָ֑ר | 1 | The Israelites were conducting this ceremony as a special act of repentance for how they and their ancestors had disobeyed God. They were acknowledging how they had failed to fulfill the special assignment God had given them of modeling the blessings of living according to his ways, so it would not have been appropriate for people from other nations to take part in the ceremony. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel did not allow anyone from any other nation to take part in this ceremony because it was going to be a time of repentance for how they and their ancestors had disobeyed Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1047 | NEH | 9 | 2 | xbs1 | figs-metaphor | זֶ֣רַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning **offspring.** It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. So the term refers figuratively to a person’s descendants. Here it means the descendants of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1048 | NEH | 9 | 2 | qx58 | figs-metaphor | מִכֹּ֖ל בְּנֵ֣י נֵכָ֑ר | 1 | **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “all people from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1049 | NEH | 9 | 2 | vhc6 | figs-metaphor | וַיַּעַמְד֗וּ וַיִּתְוַדּוּ֙ עַל־חַטֹּ֣אתֵיהֶ֔ם וַעֲוֺנ֖וֹת אֲבֹתֵיהֶֽם | 1 | Here, **stood** probably does not mean “standing up,” since the next verse says that they “rose up,” which probably means that they got up from kneeling. As they were showing sorrow for their sins, they would likely have knelt to worship God, as in [8:6](../08/06.md). So **stood** probably means instead that they remained in place, by implication for some time, and made a thorough confession. Alternate translation: “they remained in place as they confessed all the wrong things that they and their ancestors had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1050 | NEH | 9 | 2 | f1b1 | figs-metaphor | אֲבֹתֵיהֶֽם | 1 | **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1051 | NEH | 9 | 3 | q5p1 | translate-symaction | וַיָּק֨וּמוּ֙ עַל־עָמְדָ֔ם | 1 | **Rose up** here likely means **stood up.** As in [8:5](../08/05.md), the people would have stood up to show respect as they listened to the reading from the Law of Moses. Alternate translation: “Then the people stood up where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 1052 | NEH | 9 | 3 | f1b3 | וַֽיִּקְרְא֗וּ בְּסֵ֨פֶר | 1 | The people themselves did not read from the book. **They** here likely means Ezra and the Levites, who read similarly to the crowd that gathered on the occasion described in 8:1–12. Alternate translation: “as their leaders read to them” | ||
| 1053 | NEH | 9 | 3 | qe6e | translate-unknown | בְּסֵ֨פֶר תּוֹרַ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֖ם | 1 | This is another of the various ways that this story describes a book containing the Law of Moses. Alternate translation: “from the Law of Moses” or “from the law that Yahweh had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1054 | NEH | 9 | 3 | je9t | translate-unknown | רְבִעִ֣ית הַיּ֑וֹם וּרְבִעִית֙ | 1 | In this culture the day and the night were each divided into four equal parts of three hours each. So this means that the people listened to a reading of the Law for three hours, and then they spent the next three hours in prayer and confession. Alternate translation: “for three hours, and then for another three hours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1055 | NEH | 9 | 4 | bc94 | figs-explicit | וַיָּ֜קָם עַֽל־מַֽעֲלֵ֣ה הַלְוִיִּ֗ם יֵשׁ֨וּעַ וּבָנִ֜י קַדְמִיאֵ֧ל שְׁבַנְיָ֛ה בֻּנִּ֥י שֵׁרֵבְיָ֖ה בָּנִ֣י כְנָ֑נִי | 1 | The name of the stairs suggests that the men listed were Levites. That is, they were descendants of Levi who had the special assignment of helping the priests. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could suggest this in your translation. Alternate translation: “Eight Levites named Jeshua, Bani, Kadmiel, Shebaniah, Bunni, Sherebiah, Bani, and Kenani climbed up the stairs leading to the platform” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1056 | NEH | 9 | 4 | f1b5 | translate-unknown | וַיָּ֜קָם עַֽל־מַֽעֲלֵ֣ה הַלְוִיִּ֗ם | 1 | In context, the **stairs of the Levites** seem to be stairs that led up to the platform that was built for the occasion described in chapter 8, or to another platform or platforms similar to it that allowed religious leaders to be seen and heard during large gatherings. The stairs likely had this name because they enabled the Levites to move back and forth from up on the platform to down among the people. Here, they also serve as a raised platform of their own on which the Levites can stand and be seen and heard. Alternate translation: “climbed up onto the stairs to the platform” or “the stairs that had been built for the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1057 | NEH | 9 | 4 | f1b7 | figs-idiom | וַיָּ֜קָם עַֽל | 1 | **Rose up** in this context seems to mean that these men climbed up onto the stairs and stood on them. Alternate translation: “climbed up onto” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1058 | NEH | 9 | 4 | f1b9 | grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | וַיָּ֜קָם | 1 | It seems that in this verse the story is describing something that happened during the second three-hour period, at the same time as the people were praying and confessing. You could indicate this with an introductory phrase. Alternate translation: “While the people were doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) | |
| 1059 | NEH | 9 | 4 | zl5j | translate-names | יֵשׁ֨וּעַ וּבָנִ֜י קַדְמִיאֵ֧ל שְׁבַנְיָ֛ה בֻּנִּ֥י שֵׁרֵבְיָ֖ה בָּנִ֣י כְנָ֑נִי | 1 | These are the names of eight men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1060 | NEH | 9 | 4 | u4pu | figs-explicit | וַֽיִּזְעֲקוּ֙ בְּק֣וֹל גָּד֔וֹל אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵיהֶֽם | 1 | The implication is that they did this to offer public prayers of confession on behalf of the people, and perhaps also to guide the people to pray themselves on particular topics. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They prayed to Yahweh their God on behalf of the people, speaking loudly so that everyone could hear them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1061 | NEH | 9 | 5 | j96x | הַלְוִיִּ֡ם | 1 | This phrase indicates that the eight men listed were Levites. If you said in your translation that the eight men listed in [8:4](../08/04.md) were also Levites, here you could say, “Eight more Levites named.” | ||
| 1062 | NEH | 9 | 5 | yk5b | translate-names | יֵשׁ֣וּעַ וְ֠קַדְמִיאֵל בָּנִ֨י חֲשַׁבְנְיָ֜ה שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֤ה הֽוֹדִיָּה֙ שְׁבַנְיָ֣ה פְתַֽחְיָ֔ה | 1 | These are the names of eight men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1063 | NEH | 9 | 5 | m3eu | translate-symaction | ק֗וּמוּ | 1 | Here, **rise up** seems to mean “get up from a kneeling posture.” This would have symbolized that a new part of the ceremony was beginning. The people were to move from sorrowful confession to a resolute and joyful rededication of their community to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 1064 | NEH | 9 | 5 | f1c1 | figs-idiom | בָּרֲכוּ֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם מִן־הָעוֹלָ֖ם עַד־הָעוֹלָ֑ם | 1 | The Levites speak these words to the people. They are not telling the people to praise God during all the time from eternity past to eternity future. Rather, they are using an idiom, “from eternity to eternity,” to mean that Yahweh is the God who has always existed and will always exist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put it in those terms. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh, your God, who has always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1065 | NEH | 9 | 5 | tve4 | figs-aside | וִיבָֽרְכוּ֙ שֵׁ֣ם כְּבוֹדֶ֔ךָ | 1 | In this sentence, the Levite who is speaking turns abruptly from addressing the people to addressing God. (**Your** in the previous sentence meant the people, while **your** here refers to God.) This is somewhat like the places earlier in the book where Nehemiah stops addressing his readers and speaks directly to God in prayer. However, here the people are meant to hear and do what is being described. So If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express these as words that continue to be directed to the people, as in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Praise his glorious name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) | |
| 1066 | NEH | 9 | 5 | f1c3 | figs-metonymy | וִיבָֽרְכוּ֙ שֵׁ֣ם כְּבוֹדֶ֔ךָ | 1 | As in [1:9](../01/09.md), **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. This is described by something associated with it, how well known someone’s name is and how people react to hearing it. God’s reputation, in turn, is based on what he has done and what this reveals about who he is, and so his “name” would also represent that. Alternate translation: “praise you for who you are and what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1067 | NEH | 9 | 5 | f1c5 | figs-metaphor | וּמְרוֹמַ֥ם עַל־כָּל־בְּרָכָ֖ה וּתְהִלָּֽה | 1 | Here God’s name is described in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or lifted up above blessing and praise. This means figuratively that all of the things that people could do to honor and praise God could never be sufficient to acknowledge how much honor and praise he actually deserves. Alternate translation: “we can never bless you and praise you as much as you deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1068 | NEH | 9 | 5 | f1c7 | figs-abstractnouns | עַל־כָּל־בְּרָכָ֖ה וּתְהִלָּֽה | 1 | **Blessing** and **praise** are abstract nouns that refer to the act of openly honoring someone for their character and actions. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind these words with the verb forms of these words. Alternate translation: “we can never bless you and praise you as much as you deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1069 | NEH | 9 | 5 | f1c9 | figs-doublet | עַל־כָּל־בְּרָכָ֖ה וּתְהִלָּֽה | 1 | In this context, **blessing** and **praise** mean basically the same thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these words. Alternate translation: “we can never acknowledge you sufficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1070 | NEH | 9 | 6 | f1d1 | figs-explicit | אַתָּה־ה֣וּא יְהוָה֮ לְבַדֶּךָ֒ | 1 | At the end of the previous verse, the Levites started speaking to God, but they still meant for the people to hear their words and do what they said. Now the Levites are addressing God directly in prayer. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could indicate this with an introductory phrase. Alternate translation: “Then these Levites prayed to God and said, ‘Yahweh, you are the only true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1071 | NEH | 9 | 6 | f1d3 | figs-idiom | אַתָּה־ה֣וּא יְהוָה֮ לְבַדֶּךָ֒ | 1 | This means **you alone are the one** or **you are the only one.** Alternate translation: “You, Yahweh, are the only true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1072 | NEH | 9 | 6 | f1d5 | translate-unknown | הַשָּׁמַיִם֩ שְׁמֵ֨י הַשָּׁמַ֜יִם | 1 | In the ancient Hebrew cosmology, the first phrase likely referred to the sky, which was envisioned as a solid dome above the earth (see the note to [1:9](../01/09.md)). The second phrase likely referred to the realm beyond the sky, which was understood to be the dwelling place of God. Alternate translation: “the sky and everything beyond it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1073 | NEH | 9 | 6 | k5l3 | figs-metaphor | וְכָל־צְבָאָ֗ם | 1 | **Host** means army. The “host of heaven” is likely a figurative expression for the stars, which seem like a large army in the sky. However, this phrase might refer to heavenly beings which dwell in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “and all the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1074 | NEH | 9 | 6 | f1d7 | וְאַתָּ֖ה מְחַיֶּ֣ה אֶת־כֻּלָּ֑ם | 1 | **Them** means everything living on the land and in the seas. Alternate translation: “You give life to all of these creatures” or “you are the one who created all of these living things” | ||
| 1075 | NEH | 9 | 6 | f1d9 | figs-metaphor | וּצְבָ֥א הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם לְךָ֥ מִשְׁתַּחֲוִֽים | 1 | Earlier in the sentence, the **host of heaven** was a figurative way of describing the stars as if they were an army. Now here, the stars themselves figuratively represent the angels of heaven. Alternate translation: “all the angels bow down and worship you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1076 | NEH | 9 | 7 | id6f | אַתָּה־הוּא֙ יְהוָ֣ה הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּחַ֨רְתָּ֙ בְּאַבְרָ֔ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “You, Yahweh, are the God who chose Abram” | ||
| 1077 | NEH | 9 | 7 | f1e1 | figs-explicit | בָּחַ֨רְתָּ֙ בְּאַבְרָ֔ם | 1 | Abram was the ancestor of the Israelites. God chose to make him and his descendants a community that would model for the whole world the blessings of living according to his ways. The Levites mention this first because it is the very beginning of the Israelites’ history as God’s chosen people. They will describe the rest of this history, up to their present day, in the rest of their prayer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this. Alternate translation: “chose Abram to be the ancestor of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1078 | NEH | 9 | 7 | f1e3 | translate-names | בְּאַבְרָ֔ם | 1 | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1079 | NEH | 9 | 7 | us45 | figs-explicit | וְהוֹצֵאת֖וֹ מֵא֣וּר כַּשְׂדִּ֑ים | 1 | Throughout their prayer, the Levites assume that the people listening will understand the significance of the details they mention for the Israelites’ history as God’s chosen people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why God brought Abram out of this city. Alternate translation: “He was living among the Chaldean people in the city of Ur, but you told him to leave there and go to a land that you would give to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1080 | NEH | 9 | 7 | f1e5 | translate-names | מֵא֣וּר כַּשְׂדִּ֑ים | 1 | This is the name of a city and a people group. Alternate translation: “the city of Ur, where the Chaldean people lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1081 | NEH | 9 | 7 | f1e7 | figs-explicit | וְשַׂ֥מְתָּ שְּׁמ֖וֹ אַבְרָהָֽם | 1 | Once again the Levites assume that their listeners will understand the significance of this detail. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why God changed Abram’s name to Abraham. Alternate translation: “You changed his name to Abraham, ‘father of a multitude,’ because he would be like a father to many nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1082 | NEH | 9 | 8 | f1e9 | figs-metaphor | וּמָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָבוֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְפָנֶיךָ֒ | 1 | Also, you found his heart faithful before your face | Here, **found** is an idiom for someone discovering something to be true. It does not mean that God was looking for something he had lost. Alternate translation: “You recognized that he was completely loyal to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
| 1083 | NEH | 9 | 8 | f1f1 | figs-metaphor | וּמָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָבוֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְפָנֶיךָ֒ | 1 | Here, Abraham’s **heart** figuratively represents his thoughts and will, that is, his inner being. Alternate translation: “You recognized that he was completely loyal to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1084 | NEH | 9 | 8 | ej7e | figs-metaphor | וּמָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָבוֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְפָנֶיךָ֒ | 1 | Here, **face** is a metaphor for a person’s perception, referring figuratively to God’s perception of Abraham. Alternate translation: “You recognized that he was completely loyal to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1085 | NEH | 9 | 8 | f1f3 | figs-idiom | וְכָר֨וֹת עִמּ֜וֹ הַבְּרִ֗ית | 1 | To **cut** a covenant is a Hebrew idiom for making a solemn agreement with a person. The expression comes from the way animals were cut into pieces during covenant ceremonies to show what the parties wanted God to do to anyone who broke the agreement. But the meaning here is idiomatic. It is not a direct reference to such a ceremony, but only to the making of the covenant. Alternate translation: “you made an agreement with him” or “you made a promise to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1086 | NEH | 9 | 8 | f1f5 | figs-metaphor | לָתֵ֡ת אֶת־אֶרֶץ֩…לָתֵ֣ת לְזַרְע֑וֹ | 1 | **Seed** is a metaphor meaning **offspring.** Alternate translation: “to give his descendants the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1087 | NEH | 9 | 8 | vbx8 | translate-names | הַכְּנַעֲנִ֨י הַחִתִּ֜י הָאֱמֹרִ֧י וְהַפְּרִזִּ֛י וְהַיְבוּסִ֥י וְהַגִּרְגָּשִׁ֖י | 1 | These are the names of six people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1088 | NEH | 9 | 8 | f1f7 | figs-personification | וַתָּ֨קֶם֙ אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֔יךָ | 1 | As in [5:13](../05/13.md), **words** means the promises that God made to Abraham, and **stand** means stay in place rather than go away. The Levites are speaking of God’s promises figuratively as if they were a living thing that could move around or not. Alternate translation: “you have kept all of your promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 1089 | NEH | 9 | 8 | f1f9 | כִּ֥י צַדִּ֖יק אָֽתָּה | 1 | Alternate translation: “because you always do what is right” | ||
| 1090 | NEH | 9 | 9 | p3f4 | figs-merism | וַתֵּ֛רֶא אֶת־עֳנִ֥י אֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם וְאֶת־זַעֲקָתָ֥ם שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַל־יַם־סֽוּף | 1 | Here the Levites are describing how, centuries later, God rescued their ancestors, Abraham’s descendants, from slavery in Egypt. In this verse they describe that entire experience generally by reference to its first episode and its final episode, to include everything in between. (In [9:10](../09/10.md) and [9:11](../09/11.md) they will add further specific details.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could describe the entire experience in a single phrase here. (However, you could also explain these episodes separately. See the next two notes.) Alternate translation: “You rescued our fathers from slavery in Egypt by defeating Pharaoh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 1091 | NEH | 9 | 9 | vp1y | figs-abstractnouns | וַתֵּ֛רֶא אֶת־עֳנִ֥י אֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם | 1 | **Affliction** is an abstract noun that refers to the way the Israelites suffered when Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, forced them to serve him as slaves. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “you saw how badly our ancestors were suffering as slaves in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1092 | NEH | 9 | 9 | f1g1 | figs-explicit | וַתֵּ֛רֶא אֶת־עֳנִ֥י אֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם | 1 | The implication is that God not only saw how the Israelites were suffering, but also was moved to action out of compassion for them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you saw how badly our ancestors were suffering as slaves in Egypt, and so you delivered them from slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1093 | NEH | 9 | 9 | f1g3 | figs-metaphor | אֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ | 1 | **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1094 | NEH | 9 | 9 | j256 | figs-explicit | וְאֶת־זַעֲקָתָ֥ם שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַל־יַם־סֽוּף | 1 | The Levites continue to rehearse the details of Israelite history without explaining their significance because they assume their listeners will already understand this. This is a reference to something that happened after God had freed their ancestors from slavery and they had left Egypt. Pharaoh regretted letting them go and pursued them with his army. Helplessly trapped against the shores of the Red Sea as Pharaoh’s army approached, the Israelites cried out to God for rescue. Alternate translation: “you answered their prayer when they cried to you for help from the shores of the Red Sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1095 | NEH | 9 | 9 | f1g5 | figs-idiom | וְאֶת־זַעֲקָתָ֥ם שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ | 1 | **Heard** is an idiom that means that God both heard and answered the Israelites’ prayer in the way described in [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “you answered their prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1096 | NEH | 9 | 9 | f1g7 | translate-names | יַם־סֽוּף | 1 | This is the name of a body of water near Egypt. Alternate translation: “the Red Sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1097 | NEH | 9 | 10 | ge61 | figs-explicit | וַ֠תִּתֵּן אֹתֹ֨ת וּמֹֽפְתִ֜ים בְּפַרְעֹ֤ה וּבְכָל־עֲבָדָיו֙ וּבְכָל־עַ֣ם אַרְצ֔וֹ | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why God did this. Alternate translation: “You did amazing things that were signs to Pharaoh, his officials, and the people of Egypt that you are the one true God and that they should not have enslaved your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1098 | NEH | 9 | 10 | s54a | figs-doublet | וַ֠תִּתֵּן אֹתֹ֨ת וּמֹֽפְתִ֜ים | 1 | **Signs** and **wonders** are words that mean similar things. They both describe powerful things that God did. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these words. Alternate translation: “you did miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1099 | NEH | 9 | 10 | i7c3 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּ֣י יָדַ֔עְתָּ כִּ֥י הֵזִ֖ידוּ עֲלֵיהֶ֑ם | 1 | **They** means Pharaoh, his officials, and the people of Egypt. **Them** means the Israelites. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this sentence first in the verse since it gives the reason for the results that are described in the rest of the verse. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this sentence. Alternate translation: “You knew that Pharaoh, his officials, and the people of Egypt were oppressing our ancestors, and so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1100 | NEH | 9 | 10 | m6zr | figs-metonymy | וַתַּֽעַשׂ־לְךָ֥ שֵׁ֖ם כְּהַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | As in [9:5](../09/05.md), **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Alternate translation: “When you did this, you won the reputation that you sill have today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1101 | NEH | 9 | 11 | n7jm | figs-explicit | וְהַיָּם֙ בָּקַ֣עְתָּ לִפְנֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | In [9:10](../09/10.md) the Levites provided more specific details about how God delivered the Israelites from slavery in Egypt. In this verse they focus on the details of the final episode in the deliverance experience. Still, they assume that their readers will be familiar with these details and understand their significance. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain these details more fully. Alternate translation: “When the Israelites left Egypt, Pharaoh pursued them with his army, and they were trapped by the shores of the Red Sea. But you opened up the sea in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1102 | NEH | 9 | 11 | d1kp | translate-unknown | וְהַיָּם֙ | 1 | As in [9:9](../09/09.md), this refers to the Red Sea, a body of water near Egypt. Alternate translation: “the Red Sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1103 | NEH | 9 | 11 | f1g9 | figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | Here, **face** figuratively refers the front of a group. Alternate translation: “in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1104 | NEH | 9 | 11 | f1h1 | וַיַּֽעַבְר֥וּ בְתוֹךְ־הַיָּ֖ם בַּיַּבָּשָׁ֑ה | 1 | **They** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “so that they were able escape through the Red Sea by walking on dry ground” | ||
| 1105 | NEH | 9 | 11 | f1h3 | figs-metaphor | וְֽאֶת־רֹ֨דְפֵיהֶ֜ם הִשְׁלַ֧כְתָּ בִמְצוֹלֹ֛ת | 1 | This is a figurative way of describing how that God made the waters of the Red Sea come back over the Egyptian army so that all of its soldiers were drowned. It was as if God had thrown them into deep water. Alternate translation: “but you made the waters come back and drown the army that was chasing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1106 | NEH | 9 | 11 | f1h5 | translate-unknown | רֹ֨דְפֵיהֶ֜ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “the soldiers of the Egyptian army, who were chasing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1107 | NEH | 9 | 11 | l5ar | figs-simile | כְּמוֹ־אֶ֖בֶן בְּמַ֥יִם עַזִּֽים | 1 | In this image, the Levites describe God throwing the Egyptians into the sea the way a person would throw a stone into water. The picture is that, just as a stone would disappear completely under the water, the Egyptian soldiers did the same. Alternate translation: “They disappeared completely, the way a stone would that was thrown into deep water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 1108 | NEH | 9 | 12 | n4i2 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וּבְעַמּ֣וּד עָנָ֔ן הִנְחִיתָ֖ם יוֹמָ֑ם וּבְעַמּ֥וּד אֵשׁ֙ לַ֔יְלָה לְהָאִ֣יר לָהֶ֔ם אֶת־הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֵֽלְכוּ־בָֽהּ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that is described in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “To show the people the way that they should go, you sent a pillar of cloud to go ahead of them during the day and a pillar of fire to light up the way at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1109 | NEH | 9 | 12 | m7vx | figs-explicit | וּבְעַמּ֣וּד עָנָ֔ן הִנְחִיתָ֖ם יוֹמָ֑ם וּבְעַמּ֥וּד אֵשׁ֙ לַ֔יְלָה לְהָאִ֣יר לָהֶ֔ם אֶת־הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֵֽלְכוּ־בָֽהּ | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why did this. Alternate translation: “To get from Egypt to the land you had promised them, the Israelites had to cross a trackless desert. To show them what way they should go, you went ahead of them in a pillar of cloud during the day and a pillar of fire by night. The pillar of fire lit up the way ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1110 | NEH | 9 | 13 | z2ds | figs-idiom | וְעַ֤ל הַר־סִינַי֙ יָרַ֔דְתָּ וְדַבֵּ֥ר עִמָּהֶ֖ם | 1 | **Came down** is a way of saying that God appeared to the people. Since God spoke to them from heaven, he did not actually come down from heaven to earth. So this is a figurative expression. Alternate translation: “you appeared to the people of Israel at Mount Sinai, where you spoke to them from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1111 | NEH | 9 | 13 | f1h7 | translate-names | הַר־סִינַי֙ | 1 | This is the name of a mountain. Alternate translation: “Mount Sinai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1112 | NEH | 9 | 13 | zut5 | figs-doublet | מִשְׁפָּטִ֤ים יְשָׁרִים֙ וְתוֹר֣וֹת אֱמֶ֔ת חֻקִּ֥ים וּמִצְוֺ֖ת טוֹבִֽים | 1 | **Just judgments** and **laws of truth** mean similar things. The expressions **good statutes** and **commandments** also mean something similar to each other and to the first two expressions. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine all of these phrases into one comprehensive phrase. Alternate translation: “many trustworthy instructions about how to live in the right way,” otherwise “instructions and rules that are just and reliable, and laws and commands that are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1113 | NEH | 9 | 13 | f1h9 | מִשְׁפָּטִ֤ים | 1 | This term refers to Yahweh giving the Israelites instructions in the law. It may or may not include a sense of Yahweh passing sentence as a judge. Alternate translation: “instructions” | ||
| 1114 | NEH | 9 | 14 | w3q6 | figs-explicit | וְאֶת־שַׁבַּ֥ת קָדְשְׁךָ֖ הוֹדַ֣עַתָ לָהֶ֑ם | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain what the Sabbath was. Alternate translation: “You commanded them to set apart the seventh day of the week as the Sabbath, a special day for rest and worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1115 | NEH | 9 | 14 | f1i1 | translate-names | שַׁבַּ֥ת | 1 | This is the name of a religious observance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1116 | NEH | 9 | 14 | h9f4 | figs-doublet | וּמִצְו֤וֹת וְחֻקִּים֙ וְתוֹרָ֔ה צִוִּ֣יתָ לָהֶ֔ם | 1 | **Commandments**, **statutes**, and **law** mean similar things. Together they are a comprehensive description of the Law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “You told them to obey everything you had commanded,” otherwise “you gave them commands and rules and laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1117 | NEH | 9 | 14 | f1i3 | figs-metaphor | בְּיַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֥ה | 1 | Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “you gave them to Moses to give to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1118 | NEH | 9 | 14 | f1i5 | figs-metaphor | עַבְדֶּֽךָ | 1 | The Old Testament often describes Moses by the title “servant of Yahweh.” While Moses was also God’s servant in a more literal sense, this title is a figurative expression that indicates that God used Moses to give his law to his people, the way a master would have a servant deliver a message. Alternate translation: “your special messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1119 | NEH | 9 | 15 | f1i7 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְ֠לֶחֶם מִשָּׁמַ֜יִם נָתַ֤תָּה לָהֶם֙ לִרְעָבָ֔ם | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the first phrase gives the reason for the resulting action that is described in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “because they were hungry, you provided a special food for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1120 | NEH | 9 | 15 | f1i9 | figs-explicit | וְ֠לֶחֶם מִשָּׁמַ֜יִם נָתַ֤תָּה לָהֶם֙ לִרְעָבָ֔ם | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why the people were hungry. Alternate translation: “because they were hungry in the desert where no crops could grow, you provided a special food for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1121 | NEH | 9 | 15 | f1j1 | translate-unknown | וְ֠לֶחֶם מִשָּׁמַ֜יִם | 1 | This is a figurative way of describing the special food that God provided for the Israelites in the desert. Because it had not grown from the ground, it was as if God had sent it from heaven. The Israelites gave this food the name “manna.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could call it by this name after providing a non-figurative description. Alternate translation: “and a special food, manna.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1122 | NEH | 9 | 15 | f1j3 | figs-synecdoche | וְ֠לֶחֶם מִשָּׁמַ֜יִם | 1 | This expression used bread to refer figuratively to food in general. It describes all food by the name of one kind of food, bread. Alternate translation: “special food” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 1123 | NEH | 9 | 15 | f1j5 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וּמַ֗יִם מִסֶּ֛לַע הוֹצֵ֥אתָ לָהֶ֖ם לִצְמָאָ֑ם | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the first phrase gives the reason for the resulting action that is described in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “because they were thirsty, you made water flow out of a rock for them to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1124 | NEH | 9 | 15 | f1j7 | figs-explicit | וּמַ֗יִם מִסֶּ֛לַע הוֹצֵ֥אתָ לָהֶ֖ם לִצְמָאָ֑ם | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why the people were thirsty. Alternate translation: “because they were thirsty in the desert where there was no water, you made water flow out of a rock for them to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1125 | NEH | 9 | 15 | f1j9 | וַתֹּ֣אמֶר לָהֶ֗ם לָבוֹא֙ לָרֶ֣שֶׁת | 1 | Alternate translation: “you commanded them to enter and occupy” | ||
| 1126 | NEH | 9 | 15 | f1k1 | translate-symaction | הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נָשָׂ֥אתָ אֶת־יָדְךָ֖ לָתֵ֥ת לָהֶֽם | 1 | In this culture, a person would raise their hand when they swore an oath. Here the Levites are describing the action of swearing an oath figuratively by referring to the gesture associated with that action, raising a hand. Alternate translation: “the land that you swore to give them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 1127 | NEH | 9 | 15 | f1k3 | figs-explicit | הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נָשָׂ֥אתָ אֶת־יָדְךָ֖ לָתֵ֥ת לָהֶֽם | 1 | The Levites assume that their listeners will understand that this means the land of Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the land of Canaan, which you swore to give them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1128 | NEH | 9 | 16 | g6tt | וְהֵ֥ם וַאֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ הֵזִ֑ידוּ | 1 | **They** could mean the Israelites at the time of Moses, and **our fathers** could mean the Israelites after the time of Moses. However, the next verse says that the people who showed this pride and stubbornness disobeyed God’s command to enter Canaan and instead chose a leader to take them back to Egypt. So this expression could also mean “they, yes, our fathers.” Alternate translation: “they, our own ancestors, were arrogant” | ||
| 1129 | NEH | 9 | 16 | m753 | figs-metaphor | וַאֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ | 1 | **Fathers** here figuratively means **ancestors.** Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1130 | NEH | 9 | 16 | t1he | figs-parallelism | וַיַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־עָרְפָּ֔ם וְלֹ֥א שָׁמְע֖וּ | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. The Levites are using the repetition to acknowledge how serious it was that their own ancestors disobeyed God’s command. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “they stubbornly refused to obey,” otherwise “they were proud and stubborn, so they refused to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1131 | NEH | 9 | 16 | v9ib | figs-metaphor | וַיַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־עָרְפָּ֔ם | 1 | This is a figurative way of saying that the people stubbornly refused to obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1132 | NEH | 9 | 16 | f1k5 | figs-idiom | וְלֹ֥א שָׁמְע֖וּ אֶל־מִצְוֺתֶֽיךָ | 1 | **Listen** in this context is an idiom that means not just to hear a commandment, but to obey it. Alternate translation: “They refused to obey what you commanded them to do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1133 | NEH | 9 | 17 | f1k7 | וַיְמָאֲנ֣וּ לִשְׁמֹ֗עַ | 1 | Alternate translation: “And they would not obey” | ||
| 1134 | NEH | 9 | 17 | f1k9 | figs-explicit | וַיְמָאֲנ֣וּ לִשְׁמֹ֗עַ | 1 | This is a reference to the command that is described in [9:15](../09/15.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they would not obey your command to enter and occupy the land of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1135 | NEH | 9 | 17 | f1l1 | figs-explicit | וְלֹא־זָכְר֤וּ נִפְלְאֹתֶ֨יךָ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֣יתָ עִמָּהֶ֔ם | 1 | The implication is that if they had done this, they would not have been afraid to go into Canaan and fight to take possession of it. They would have realized that the same God who defeated Pharaoh to deliver them from slavery could also defeat the nations living in Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They did not remember the miracles that you had done to deliver them from Egypt, and so they were afraid that the nations that lived in Canaan would defeat them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1136 | NEH | 9 | 17 | f1l3 | figs-metaphor | וַיַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־עָרְפָּ֔ם | 1 | As in [9:16](../09/16.md), this is a metaphor meaning that the people stubbornly refused to obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1137 | NEH | 9 | 17 | gd2b | figs-explicit | וַיִּתְּנוּ־רֹ֛אשׁ לָשׁ֥וּב לְעַבְדֻתָ֖ם בְּמִרְיָ֑ם | 1 | The Israelites would know that this referred to their ancestors wanting to return to Egypt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they disobeyed God and appointed a leader to take them back to Egypt, where they had been slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1138 | NEH | 9 | 17 | f1l5 | figs-metaphor | רֹ֛אשׁ | 1 | **Head** here is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1139 | NEH | 9 | 17 | f1l7 | figs-abstractnouns | לָשׁ֥וּב לְעַבְדֻתָ֖ם | 1 | **Servitude** is an abstract noun that refers to the condition of slavery that the Israelites experienced in Egypt. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this word with a concrete noun such as “slave.” Alternate translation: “back to Egypt where they had been slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1140 | NEH | 9 | 17 | f1l9 | figs-abstractnouns | אֱל֨וֹהַּ סְלִיח֜וֹת | 1 | **Forgiveness** is an abstract noun that represents a readiness not to hold a person’s offenses against them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “forgive.” Alternate translation: “a God who is always ready to forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1141 | NEH | 9 | 17 | f1m1 | figs-doublet | חַנּ֧וּן וְרַח֛וּם | 1 | **Gracious** and **compassionate** mean similar things. The Levites use them together to emphasize how merciful God is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “genuinely merciful,” otherwise “who acts kindly and mercifully toward us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1142 | NEH | 9 | 17 | f1m3 | figs-metaphor | אֶֽרֶךְ־אַפַּ֥יִם | 1 | This is a figurative way of saying that a person does not lose their temper easily or quickly. Alternate translation: “very patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1143 | NEH | 9 | 17 | f1m5 | figs-abstractnouns | וְרַב־חֶ֖סֶד | 1 | **Faithfulness** is an abstract noun that describes the quality of a person who will dependably keep their word and fulfill their responsibilities. **Covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to God keeping all the promises he made to the people of Israel. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this word with an expression such as “keep promises.” Alternate translation: “you always keep the promises you make to your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1144 | NEH | 9 | 17 | c986 | figs-metaphor | וְרַב־חֶ֖סֶד | 1 | Here the Levites speak of this quality of Yahweh as if it were an abundant food crop that he could share with people. Alternate translation: “who loves his people very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1145 | NEH | 9 | 17 | ncd6 | figs-explicit | וְלֹ֥א עֲזַבְתָּֽם | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could elaborate on what this means. Alternate translation: “so you did not abandon them there in the desert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1146 | NEH | 9 | 18 | hw32 | figs-explicit | אַ֗ף כִּֽי־עָשׂ֤וּ לָהֶם֙ עֵ֣גֶל מַסֵּכָ֔ה וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ זֶ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶעֶלְךָ֖ מִמִּצְרָ֑יִם | 1 | The Levites continue to recount details of Israelite history and assume that their listeners will understand the significance of these details. This was a particularly grievous act of disobedience, which is why the Levites say “even when.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance in your translation. Alternate translation: “Even when the Israelites made an idol in the shape of a calf and gave it credit for delivering them from slavery in Egypt, right at Mount Sinai where you were giving Moses the Ten Commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1147 | NEH | 9 | 18 | ind6 | translate-unknown | וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֔וּ נֶאָצ֖וֹת גְּדֹלֽוֹת | 1 | **Blasphemy** means to worship or honor something other than God as divine. The Old Testament stresses repeatedly that this is offensive and insulting to God. Alternate translation: “When they did this, they insulted you horribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1148 | NEH | 9 | 19 | eqh4 | וְאַתָּה֙ בְּרַחֲמֶ֣יךָ הָֽרַבִּ֔ים לֹ֥א עֲזַבְתָּ֖ם בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר | 1 | Alternate translation: “Even so, because you are always merciful, you did not abandon them in the desert” | ||
| 1149 | NEH | 9 | 19 | x6bf | grammar-connect-logic-result | אֶת־עַמּ֣וּד הֶ֠עָנָן לֹא־סָ֨ר מֵעֲלֵיהֶ֤ם בְּיוֹמָם֙ לְהַנְחֹתָ֣ם בְּהַדֶּ֔רֶךְ וְאֶת־עַמּ֨וּד הָאֵ֤שׁ בְּלַ֨יְלָה֙ לְהָאִ֣יר לָהֶ֔ם וְאֶת־הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֵֽלְכוּ־בָֽהּ | 1 | See how you translated the similar sentence in [10:12](../10/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that is described in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “To show the people the way that they should go, the pillar of cloud continued to go ahead of them during the day, and the pillar of fire continued to light up the way ahead at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1150 | NEH | 9 | 20 | buh1 | וְרוּחֲךָ֨ הַטּוֹבָ֔ה | 1 | This seems to be a reference to God in person. If your language uses capitalization or some other convention to indicate that a word is referring to God, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “your good Spirit” | ||
| 1151 | NEH | 9 | 20 | e7m4 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וּמַנְךָ֙ לֹא־מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִפִּיהֶ֔ם וּמַ֛יִם נָתַ֥תָּה לָהֶ֖ם לִצְמָאָֽם | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of the phrases in each clause since in both cases the first phrase gives the reason for the result that is described in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Because they were hungry, you continued to feed them with manna, and because they were thirsty, you gave them water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1152 | NEH | 9 | 20 | f1m7 | translate-unknown | וּמַנְךָ֙ | 1 | This was the special food that Yahweh provided for the Israelites in the desert. See the note in [9:15](../09/15.md). Alternate translation: “special food” or “that special food, manna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1153 | NEH | 9 | 20 | qka1 | לֹא־מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִפִּיהֶ֔ם | 1 | Here the Levites describe being nourished by food by referring figuratively to something associated with it, the mouth that eats the food. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could describe this more generally. Alternate translation: “you continued to feed them” | ||
| 1154 | NEH | 9 | 20 | gyd6 | figs-litotes | לֹא־מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִפִּיהֶ֔ם | 1 | This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “you generously gave them manna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) | |
| 1155 | NEH | 9 | 21 | f1m9 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְאַרְבָּעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֛ה כִּלְכַּלְתָּ֥ם בַּמִּדְבָּ֖ר לֹ֣א חָסֵ֑רוּ | 1 | The first phrase is implicitly giving a reason for the result that is described in the second phrase. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make that explicit. “Because you took care of them for forty years in the desert, they did not lack anything all that time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1156 | NEH | 9 | 21 | f1n1 | figs-explicit | וְרַגְלֵיהֶ֖ם לֹ֥א בָצֵֽקוּ | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why the feet of the Israelites would otherwise have swollen as they traveled through the desert. Alternate translation: “their feet did not swell up, even though they were walking all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1157 | NEH | 9 | 22 | f462 | וַתִּתֵּ֨ן לָהֶ֤ם מַמְלָכוֹת֙ וַעֲמָמִ֔ים | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly how Yahweh did this. Alternate translation: “You helped our ancestors to defeat stronger armies so that they could conquer kingdoms and the people who lived in them” | ||
| 1158 | NEH | 9 | 22 | xc6v | figs-doublet | וַתִּתֵּ֨ן לָהֶ֤ם מַמְלָכוֹת֙ וַעֲמָמִ֔ים | 1 | **Kingdoms** and **peoples** mean similar things. They are two different ways of describing the groups that the Israelites defeated. The repetition emphasizes how remarkable it was for Yahweh to enable the Israelites to defeat these stronger opponents. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “you enabled them to defeat the nations that were living there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1159 | NEH | 9 | 22 | kgg1 | figs-metaphor | וַֽתַּחְלְקֵ֖ם לְפֵאָ֑ה | 1 | Here the land of Canaan is described figuratively as if it were a regular shape that had defined corners. Alternate translation: “you enabled them to possess every part of the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1160 | NEH | 9 | 22 | zt5p | figs-parallelism | אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ סִיח֗וֹן וְאֶת־אֶ֨רֶץ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן | 1 | These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used for clarity. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the land over which King Sihon ruled from the city of Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1161 | NEH | 9 | 22 | f1n3 | וְאֶת־אֶ֖רֶץ ע֥וֹג מֶֽלֶךְ־הַבָּשָֽׁן | 1 | Alternate translation: “Bashan, the land where King Og ruled” | ||
| 1162 | NEH | 9 | 22 | xf4v | translate-names | סִיח֗וֹן…ע֥וֹג | 1 | These are the names of two kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1163 | NEH | 9 | 22 | bkk3 | translate-names | חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן…הַבָּשָֽׁן | 1 | These are names of the places where these two kings ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1164 | NEH | 9 | 23 | w96j | figs-simile | וּבְנֵיהֶ֣ם הִרְבִּ֔יתָ כְּכֹכְבֵ֖י הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם | 1 | **Their** refers to the Israelites. This is a comparison, a figure of speech that says the number of children the Israelites had was like the number of stars in the sky. Alternate translation: “You enabled them to have as many children as there are stars in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 1165 | NEH | 9 | 23 | t5pb | figs-hyperbole | וּבְנֵיהֶ֣ם הִרְבִּ֔יתָ כְּכֹכְבֵ֖י הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם | 1 | This is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You enabled them to have a very large number of children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 1166 | NEH | 9 | 23 | f1n5 | figs-metaphor | וּבְנֵיהֶ֣ם | 1 | **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” In this context it includes both boys and girls. Alternate translation: “and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1167 | NEH | 9 | 23 | f1n7 | figs-explicit | וַתְּבִיאֵם֙ אֶל־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־אָמַ֥רְתָּ לַאֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם לָב֥וֹא לָרָֽשֶׁת | 1 | This is the same **land** described in verse 15, the land of Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You brought them back to the land of Canaan, the land that you had commanded the previous generation to enter and occupy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1168 | NEH | 9 | 23 | f1n9 | figs-gendernotations | לַאֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם | 1 | While **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors” throughout much of this prayer, in this case the word is intended more literally. It means the previous generation of Israelites, who had disobeyed when God told them the first time to occupy the land. But since both men and women were involved in the disobedience, you could use a term that would not limit the meaning to men, If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “to the previous generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 1169 | NEH | 9 | 24 | f1o1 | figs-parallelism | וַיָּבֹ֤אוּ הַבָּנִים֙ וַיִּֽירְשׁ֣וּ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ וַתַּכְנַ֨ע לִפְנֵיהֶ֜ם אֶת־יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ הַכְּנַ֣עֲנִ֔ים | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. The Israelites of the next generation possessing the land is equivalent to Yahweh defeating its inhabitants when the Israelites fought against them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “You enabled the next generation of Israelites to defeat the people who were living in the land of Canaan so that they could occupy the land themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1170 | NEH | 9 | 24 | qpd4 | figs-gendernotations | הַבָּנִים֙ | 1 | This means literally the children of the generation that refused to enter the land. But since both men and women were involved in occupying the land, you could use a term that would not limit the meaning to men, If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “the next generation of Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 1171 | NEH | 9 | 24 | it8a | figs-metonymy | וַתַּכְנַ֨ע לִפְנֵיהֶ֜ם אֶת־יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ | 1 | Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a group, in this case the Israelite army that was fighting against the Canaanites. Alternate translation: “when the Israelites opposed them in battle, you defeated the people who were living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1172 | NEH | 9 | 24 | l77q | figs-doublet | יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ הַכְּנַ֣עֲנִ֔ים | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used for clarity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “the Canaanites who lived there,” otherwise “the people who lived here in this land, the descendants of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1173 | NEH | 9 | 24 | vz5v | figs-explicit | וַֽתִּתְּנֵ֖ם בְּיָדָ֑ם וְאֶת־מַלְכֵיהֶם֙ וְאֶת־עַֽמְמֵ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת בָּהֶ֖ם כִּרְצוֹנָֽם | 1 | The Levites continue to recount details of Israelite history and assume that their listeners will understand the significance of these details. This sentence means, “You gave the Canaanites into the hands of the Israelites, that is, you gave their kings and the Canaanite people into the hands of the Israelites.” The implication is that once the Israelites had defeated the armies that the kings were leading, they could then do anything they wanted with the people who were living in the land. In other words, Yahweh gave the kings “into their hands” by defeating them, and as a result, the people were “in their hands” to do with whatever they wanted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You enabled them to defeat the armies that the Canaanite kings were leading, and then they could do whatever they wanted with the people of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1174 | NEH | 9 | 24 | v454 | figs-metaphor | וַֽתִּתְּנֵ֖ם בְּיָדָ֑ם | 1 | Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. To give something into a person’s hand is to give that person control over that thing. Alternate translation: “enabled the Israelites to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1175 | NEH | 9 | 25 | yzu6 | וַֽיִּלְכְּד֞וּ עָרִ֣ים בְּצֻרוֹת֮ וַאֲדָמָ֣ה שְׁמֵנָה֒ | 1 | **They** means the Israelites who were entering Canaan. | ||
| 1176 | NEH | 9 | 25 | gs7a | figs-metonymy | וַאֲדָמָ֣ה שְׁמֵנָה֒ | 1 | This means land that can produce abundantly and make its inhabitants fat (as described later in this verse). The rich character of the soil is being described figuratively by something associated with it, the well-fed character of the people it sustains. Alternate translation: “fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1177 | NEH | 9 | 25 | ac3r | וַיִּֽירְשׁ֡וּ | 1 | This means that, from people who had already built or planted them, they took possession of the things on the list that follows. Alternate translation: “they took possession of” | ||
| 1178 | NEH | 9 | 25 | y6gx | figs-activepassive | בֹּר֨וֹת חֲצוּבִ֜ים | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. (This verse is not saying that the Israelites did three things, captured cities, possessed houses, and dug cisterns.) Alternate translation: “cisterns that someone else had already dug” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1179 | NEH | 9 | 25 | ke4u | translate-unknown | בֹּר֨וֹת | 1 | Cisterns are underground reservoirs where people store water. In this area they were typically hewn out of the underlying rock. Alternate translation: “water storage areas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1180 | NEH | 9 | 25 | f1o3 | translate-unknown | וְעֵ֥ץ מַאֲכָ֖ל | 1 | This means trees that grow things that are good to eat. In this area, these would have included both fruit and nut trees. Alternate translation: “and fruit and nut trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1181 | NEH | 9 | 25 | s544 | figs-metaphor | וַֽיִּשְׂבְּעוּ֙ | 1 | It is clear from the context that this was likely true literally, but this statement could also be a figurative way of saying that just as a person who has more than enough to eat stops being concerned, so the Israelites became complacent and stopped thinking about Yahweh. Alternate translation: “and they became complacent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1182 | NEH | 9 | 26 | t19v | figs-doublet | וַיַּמְר֨וּ וַֽיִּמְרְד֜וּ בָּ֗ךְ | 1 | **Disobeyed** and **rebelled** mean similar things. The Levites use them together to emphasize how serious an offense it was for the Israelites to turn against Yahweh after he had blessed them so greatly. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these words. Alternate translation: “they turned against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1183 | NEH | 9 | 26 | q9sz | figs-metaphor | וַיַּשְׁלִ֤כוּ אֶת־תּוֹרָֽתְךָ֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י גַוָּ֔ם | 1 | The Levites are saying that figuratively the Israelites treated the law as if it were a worthless item that a person would toss away. Alternate translation: “They considered your law worthless and paid no attention to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1184 | NEH | 9 | 26 | vbj5 | הֵעִ֥ידוּ בָ֖ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “warned them about all the wrong things they were doing” | ||
| 1185 | NEH | 9 | 26 | rr76 | translate-unknown | וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֔וּ נֶאָצ֖וֹת גְּדוֹלֹֽת | 1 | As in [9:18](../09/18.md), **blasphemy** means to worship as divine or give honor to something other than God. This is likely a reference to the way the Israelites started worshiping other gods. (That is why the prophets needed to try to “bring them back” to Yahweh.) Alternate translation: “they worshiped other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1186 | NEH | 9 | 27 | v5lz | figs-metaphor | וַֽתִּתְּנֵם֙ בְּיַ֣ד צָֽרֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed their enemies to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1187 | NEH | 9 | 27 | k998 | וַיָּצֵ֖רוּ לָהֶ֑ם | 1 | **They** means the enemies, and **them** means the Israelites. Alternate translation: “The enemies of the Israelites made them suffer” | ||
| 1188 | NEH | 9 | 27 | tz5a | וּֽכְרַחֲמֶ֣יךָ הָֽרַבִּ֗ים | 1 | Alternate translation: “because of your great mercy” or “because you are very merciful” | ||
| 1189 | NEH | 9 | 27 | z213 | translate-unknown | תִּתֵּ֤ן לָהֶם֙ מֽוֹשִׁיעִ֔ים | 1 | This is a reference to the time in Israelite history when God sent the judges to lead the Israelite tribes in fighting back against their enemies. Alternate translation: “you sent the judges to rescue them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1190 | NEH | 9 | 27 | ku2m | figs-metaphor | וְיוֹשִׁיע֖וּם מִיַּ֥ד צָרֵיהֶֽם | 1 | Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “they rescued them from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1191 | NEH | 9 | 28 | u77m | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וּכְנ֣וֹחַ לָהֶ֔ם יָשׁ֕וּבוּ לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת רַ֖ע לְפָנֶ֑יךָ | 1 | This sentence draws a contrast between how the Israelites should have responded when God delivered them and how they actually responded. You could begin the sentence with a word like “but” or “however” or “nevertheless” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 1192 | NEH | 9 | 28 | ds4w | figs-abstractnouns | וּכְנ֣וֹחַ לָהֶ֔ם | 1 | **Rest** is an abstract noun that indicates that the Israelites had relief from suffering and that there was no more war in the land after they defeated their enemies. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the same idea with a different phrase. Alternate translation: “after they had defeated their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1193 | NEH | 9 | 28 | s2tc | figs-metaphor | יָשׁ֕וּבוּ לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת רַ֖ע לְפָנֶ֑יךָ | 1 | Here, **face** seems to refer figuratively to a person’s opinion or judgment, by association with the way they use the eyes in their face to see things and the way their facial expression shows what they think of those things. So this would mean that the Israelites did things that Yahweh considered to be wrong. Alternate translation: “they went back to doing things that you consider wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1194 | NEH | 9 | 28 | ml8w | figs-metaphor | וַתַּֽעַזְבֵ֞ם בְּיַ֤ד אֹֽיְבֵיהֶם֙ וַיִּרְדּ֣וּ בָהֶ֔ם | 1 | Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed their enemies to defeat them, and they ruled over them harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1195 | NEH | 9 | 28 | puz2 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַתַּֽעַזְבֵ֞ם | 1 | This phrase indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “and so you left them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1196 | NEH | 9 | 28 | t9wx | figs-doublet | וַיָּשׁ֨וּבוּ֙ וַיִּזְעָק֔וּךָ | 1 | **They** means the Israelites. **Returned** and **cried out** mean similar things. Both terms describe how the Israelites realized that they should have remained loyal to Yahweh and that they desperately needed his help. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use one expression for both terms. Alternate translation: “The Israelites asked you again to help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1197 | NEH | 9 | 28 | y9f7 | כְּֽרַחֲמֶ֖יךָ | 1 | Alternate translation: “because of your mercy” or “because you are merciful” | ||
| 1198 | NEH | 9 | 29 | pm9h | figs-metonymy | וַתָּ֨עַד בָּהֶ֜ם | 1 | Yahweh did not personally tell the Israelites all the wrong things they were doing. Rather, as [9:26](../09/26.md) explains by using the same expression, Yahweh sent prophets to do this. The Levites are describing the prophets figuratively by association with Yahweh, whose message they were bringing. Alternate translation: “you sent prophets to warn the Israelites about all the wrong things they were doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1199 | NEH | 9 | 29 | un5i | figs-metonymy | לַהֲשִׁיבָ֣ם אֶל־תּוֹרָתֶ֗ךָ | 1 | The prophets were actually trying to make the people loyal to Yahweh himself once again by calling them to obey Yahweh’s law. The Levites are describing Yahweh by reference to something associated with him, his law. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make them loyal to you once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1200 | NEH | 9 | 29 | e4dt | figs-idiom | וְלֹא־שָׁמְע֤וּ לְמִצְוֺתֶ֨יךָ֙ | 1 | As in [9:16](../09/16.md), **listen** in this context is an idiom that means not just to hear a command, but to obey it. If your language has a word for “listen” that also means “obey,” you could use it here. Alternate translation: “did not heed your commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1201 | NEH | 9 | 29 | una2 | figs-metonymy | וּבְמִשְׁפָּטֶ֣יךָ חָֽטְאוּ־בָ֔ם | 1 | The people were actually sinning against Yahweh himself. The Levites are describing Yahweh by reference to something associated with him, his “judgments,” meaning the instructions in his law. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they sinned against you by disobeying your instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1202 | NEH | 9 | 29 | gh1m | וּבְמִשְׁפָּטֶ֣יךָ | 1 | As in [9:13](../09/13.md), this term refers to Yahweh giving the Israelites instructions in the law. It may or may not include a sense of Yahweh passing sentence as a judge. Alternate translation: “And concerning your instructions” | ||
| 1203 | NEH | 9 | 29 | x7ep | figs-metaphor | אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה אָדָ֖ם וְחָיָ֣ה בָהֶ֑ם | 1 | **Live** here does not mean physically live or die. Rather, “live” figuratively means to be spiritually alive in relationship with God and to be happy and blessed as a result. The difference between being alive in this way and being separated from God is like the difference between being alive and being dead. Alternate translation: “If a person follows your law, then he is spiritually alive and happy and blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1204 | NEH | 9 | 29 | k1ew | figs-metaphor | וַיִּתְּנ֤וּ כָתֵף֙ סוֹרֶ֔רֶת וְעָרְפָּ֥ם הִקְשׁ֖וּ | 1 | These are images of an ox refusing to allow its owner to put a yoke on its shoulders. Here they are a metaphor that represents the people being stubborn. Alternate translation: “They became stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1205 | NEH | 9 | 29 | n3zk | figs-idiom | וְלֹ֥א שָׁמֵֽעוּ | 1 | Like **listen** earlier in this verse, “hear” in this context is an idiom that means not just to hear a command, but to obey it. If your language has a word for “hear” that also means “obey,” you could use it here. Alternate translation: “did not heed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1206 | NEH | 9 | 30 | sj6k | וַתִּמְשֹׁ֤ךְ עֲלֵיהֶם֙ שָׁנִ֣ים רַבּ֔וֹת | 1 | Alternate translation: “you put up with them for a long time” | ||
| 1207 | NEH | 9 | 30 | gf8r | figs-metonymy | שָׁנִ֣ים רַבּ֔וֹת | 1 | This is a figurative expression for “a long time.” The Levites are describing time figuratively by referring to something associated with it, the years in which time is measured. Alternate translation: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1208 | NEH | 9 | 30 | hbe9 | וַתָּ֨עַד בָּ֧ם בְּרוּחֲךָ֛ בְּיַד־נְבִיאֶ֖יךָ | 1 | As in [9:20](../09/20.md), **spirit** here seems to be a reference to God in person. If your language uses capitalization or some other convention to indicate that a word is referring to God, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “you spoke through the prophets by your Spirit to warn the Israelites about all the wrong things they were doing” | ||
| 1209 | NEH | 9 | 30 | f3le | figs-metaphor | בְּיַד־נְבִיאֶ֖יךָ | 1 | This is a figurative way of saying that God had the prophets deliver his message to the Israelites the way a servant would carry a message in his hand. Alternate translation: “through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1210 | NEH | 9 | 30 | k9y7 | figs-metonymy | וְלֹ֣א הֶאֱזִ֑ינוּ | 1 | The Levites are describing the act of listening figuratively here by reference to something associated with it, the ear that hears. Alternate translation: “but they refused to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1211 | NEH | 9 | 30 | n169 | figs-idiom | וְלֹ֣א הֶאֱזִ֑ינוּ | 1 | Listening in this context means not just to hear but to obey. Alternate translation: “but they refused to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1212 | NEH | 9 | 30 | tqa5 | figs-metaphor | וַֽתִּתְּנֵ֔ם בְּיַ֖ד עַמֵּ֥י הָאֲרָצֹֽת | 1 | Here, **hand** represents power and control. See how you translated this expression in verse 27, where it occurs twice. Alternate translation: “you allowed the neighboring peoples to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1213 | NEH | 9 | 30 | ym8i | grammar-connect-logic-result | וַֽתִּתְּנֵ֔ם | 1 | This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result, you gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1214 | NEH | 9 | 31 | neh8 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וּֽבְרַחֲמֶ֧יךָ | 1 | This sentence draws a contrast between what God could have done to the people, based on what they deserved, and what God actually did in his mercy. You could begin the sentence with a word like “but” or “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1215 | NEH | 9 | 31 | j1rz | וּֽבְרַחֲמֶ֧יךָ הָרַבִּ֛ים | 1 | As in [9:27](../09/27.md), alternate translation: “because you are very merciful” | ||
| 1216 | NEH | 9 | 31 | cl3n | figs-parallelism | לֹֽא־עֲשִׂיתָ֥ם כָּלָ֖ה וְלֹ֣א עֲזַבְתָּ֑ם | 1 | These two phrases do not describe separate things. They mean something similar. They describe what the people deserved for refusing to obey Yahweh. The first phrase describes what the people would have experienced in their lives. They would have been completely destroyed. The second phrase describes what they would have experienced in their relationship with Yahweh. He would have given up on them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “You did not abandon them to complete destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1217 | NEH | 9 | 31 | l7xw | וְלֹ֣א עֲזַבְתָּ֑ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “you did not give up on them” | ||
| 1218 | NEH | 9 | 31 | xk1s | figs-doublet | חַנּ֥וּן וְרַח֖וּם | 1 | **Gracious** and **merciful** mean similar things. The Levites use them together to emphasize that God did not punish the Israelites the way they deserved. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “very merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1219 | NEH | 9 | 32 | m4l9 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְעַתָּ֣ה | 1 | This phrase indicates that the Levites believe that what they are about to ask for should be the results of what they have just described. Specifically, because he is merciful, God helped the Israelites in the past even though they did not deserve it. And so the Levites are praying for God to be merciful and help the Israelites now even though they do not deserve it. Alternate translation: “and that is why we are praying this now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1220 | NEH | 9 | 32 | d4hq | figs-doublet | הָאֵ֨ל הַגָּד֜וֹל הַגִּבּ֣וֹר וְהַנּוֹרָא֮ | 1 | As in [1:5](../01/05.md), **great** and **fearsome** mean similar things. “Mighty” also means something similar. The Levites use all of these words together to emphasize how much respect God deserves. You do not need to repeat all three words in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also bring that out in your translation. “Great” and “mighty” refer to how powerful God is objectively. “Fearsome” reflects how people should respond to God’s greatness subjectively. They should “fear” God. This does not mean that they should be afraid of him, but that they should show him respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “the God who deserves total respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.) | |
| 1221 | NEH | 9 | 32 | r379 | figs-parallelism | שׁוֹמֵ֣ר הַבְּרִ֣ית וְהַחֶסֶד֒ | 1 | As in [1:5](../01/05.md), **covenant** and **covenant faithfulness** mean similar things. The Levites said the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how certain it is that God will keep his promises. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could bring that out in your translation even if you combine the phrases. The “covenant” is God’s promise to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob and their descendants. “Covenant faithfulness” is a character quality of God. He is inwardly disposed to keep all of his promises, and he always does so faithfully. So you could say something like, “you always keep your promises faithfully because of who you are.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1222 | NEH | 9 | 32 | j5fk | figs-metaphor | אַל־יִמְעַ֣ט לְפָנֶ֡יךָ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַתְּלָאָ֣ה | 1 | Here the Levites speak figuratively of something being small to mean that it is insignificant and not worthy of being noticed and addressed. Alternate translation: “do not regard our sufferings as insignificant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1223 | NEH | 9 | 32 | ta8y | figs-metonymy | אַל־יִמְעַ֣ט לְפָנֶ֡יךָ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַתְּלָאָ֣ה | 1 | As in [9:28](../09/28.md), **face** refers figuratively to a person’s opinion or judgment, by association with the way they use the eyes in their face to see things and the way their facial expression shows what they think of those things. So the Levites would be praying that God would not regard their suffering as insignificant. Alternate translation: “do not regard our sufferings as insignificant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1224 | NEH | 9 | 32 | f7a5 | figs-personification | הַתְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־מְ֠צָאַתְנוּ | 1 | Here the Levites speak of the suffering that the Israelites have experienced as if it were a living thing that has looked for them and found them in order to cause them harm. Alternate translation: “the sufferings we have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 1225 | NEH | 9 | 32 | q7fm | figs-abstractnouns | הַתְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־מְ֠צָאַתְנוּ | 1 | **Hardship** is an abstract noun that refers to the suffering that the Israelites have experienced as a result of being conquered and dominated by foreign nations. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “how much we have suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1226 | NEH | 9 | 32 | u6i9 | figs-metaphor | וְלַאֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ | 1 | **Fathers** here figuratively means **ancestors.** Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1227 | NEH | 9 | 32 | pl1f | figs-explicit | מִימֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י אַשּׁ֔וּר עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | The implication is that the Levites are talking about the suffering that the Israelites have experienced specifically because foreign nations have conquered them, beginning with the Assyrians who first conquered the northern part of Israel. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the time Israel was first conquered by the Assyrian kings until now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1228 | NEH | 9 | 32 | r5ha | figs-merism | מִימֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י אַשּׁ֔וּר עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | This is a figure of speech in which the Levites are describing an entire time period by reference to its beginning and end, in order to include everything in between. Alternate translation: “the entire time we have been under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 1229 | NEH | 9 | 33 | ctq5 | וְאַתָּ֣ה צַדִּ֔יק עַ֖ל כָּל־הַבָּ֣א עָלֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | Here the word **righteous** refers to God’s actions as being a reflection of his righteous character. Alternate translation: “we acknowledge you have done the right thing in allowing all this to happen to us” | ||
| 1230 | NEH | 9 | 33 | ac1s | figs-personification | כָּל־הַבָּ֣א עָלֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | Here the Levites speak of the suffering that the Israelites have experienced as if it were a living thing that has come up to them in order to cause them harm. Alternate translation: “everything we have suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 1231 | NEH | 9 | 33 | z3i5 | grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּֽי־אֱמֶ֥ת עָשִׂ֖יתָ וַאֲנַ֥חְנוּ הִרְשָֽׁעְנוּ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could place this sentence before the previous one since it gives the reason for the results that are described in that other sentence. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this sentence. Alternate translation: “You have always done what you said you would do, and you have never abandoned us. But we have done many wrong things. And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1232 | NEH | 9 | 34 | w8h1 | figs-metaphor | וַאֲבֹתֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1233 | NEH | 9 | 34 | fh22 | figs-parallelism | לֹ֥א עָשׂ֖וּ תּוֹרָתֶ֑ךָ וְלֹ֤א הִקְשִׁ֨יבוּ֙ אֶל־מִצְוֺתֶ֔יךָ וּלְעֵ֣דְוֺתֶ֔יךָ | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. The Levites use the repetition to confess how completely the people have disobeyed what God told them to do. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “have completely disobeyed everything you told them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1234 | NEH | 9 | 34 | z9gd | figs-idiom | וְלֹ֤א הִקְשִׁ֨יבוּ֙ אֶל | 1 | Not paying attention to a command, like not listening to it, is a figurative way of saying not obeying it. Alternate translation: “have disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1235 | NEH | 9 | 34 | x4lc | figs-doublet | מִצְוֺתֶ֔יךָ וּלְעֵ֣דְוֺתֶ֔יךָ | 1 | These two terms mean similar things. You do not need to repeat both of them in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything you told them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1236 | NEH | 9 | 34 | z9wl | וּלְעֵ֣דְוֺתֶ֔יךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַעִידֹ֖תָ בָּהֶֽם | 1 | As in [9:26](../09/26.md), [9:29](../09/29.md), and [9:30](../09/30), this expression means to warn someone about what they are doing. So here it is referring to “the warnings that you gave them to warn them.” You do not need to repeat the idea of “warn” twice in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the many warnings you gave them” | ||
| 1237 | NEH | 9 | 35 | af8m | figs-explicit | וְהֵ֣ם בְּמַלְכוּתָם֩…לֹ֣א עֲבָד֑וּךָ | 1 | **Them** means the people and their leaders, as listed in [9:32](../09/32/.md) and [9:34](../09/34.md). **Serve** is another way of saying “obey.” The implied meaning is that the Israelites did not obey Yahweh even when they had a kingdom of their own, before other nations conquered them. Alternate translation: “They did not obey you even while they had a kingdom of their own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1238 | NEH | 9 | 35 | nxv9 | figs-abstractnouns | וּבְטוּבְךָ֨ הָרָ֜ב אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֣תָּ לָהֶ֗ם | 1 | **Goodness** is an abstract noun that refers to all the good things that God gave to the Israelites. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “good.” Alternate translation: “even while they enjoyed the good things you gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1239 | NEH | 9 | 35 | ibf9 | figs-doublet | וּבְאֶ֨רֶץ הָרְחָבָ֧ה וְהַשְּׁמֵנָ֛ה | 1 | These two terms mean similar things. They both indicate that the land God gave to the Israelites was good for growing crops. There was a lot of room in it, and the soil was good. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “the fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1240 | NEH | 9 | 35 | h9n5 | figs-metonymy | וּבְאֶ֨רֶץ…וְהַשְּׁמֵנָ֛ה | 1 | As in [9:25](../09/25.md), “fat” means land that can produce abundantly and feed its inhabitants well. The rich character of the soil is being described figuratively by something associated with it, the well-fed character of the people it sustains. Alternate translation: “fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1241 | NEH | 9 | 35 | z2vd | figs-metaphor | אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥תָּ לִפְנֵיהֶ֖ם | 1 | Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a person. This expression is saying that God “put this land right in front of” the Israelites, emphasizing that God enabled them to defeat their enemies to get it. It was a gift from God, not something that the Israelites got for themselves. Alternate translation: “that you freely gave to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1242 | NEH | 9 | 35 | gdm7 | figs-metaphor | וְֽלֹא־שָׁ֔בוּ מִמַּֽעַלְלֵיהֶ֖ם הָרָעִֽים | 1 | Here, **turning away from** something is a figurative expression that means giving it up. Alternate translation: “they would not stop doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1243 | NEH | 9 | 36 | q7xj | הִנֵּ֛ה | 1 | **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use some emphatic term or expression in your language that would have this same effect. | ||
| 1244 | NEH | 9 | 36 | qh7f | figs-idiom | הַיּ֖וֹם | 1 | This does not necessarily mean on this particular day, but rather at this time. Alternate translation: “This is how things are now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1245 | NEH | 9 | 36 | qai2 | figs-metaphor | לַאֲבֹתֵ֗ינוּ | 1 | **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1246 | NEH | 9 | 36 | xzc8 | figs-doublet | אֶת־פִּרְיָהּ֙ וְאֶת־טוּבָ֔הּ | 1 | These two expressions mean similar things. They both refer to the crops that grow in the land the Israelites were promised. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these expressions. Alternate translation: “all the good things that grow here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1247 | NEH | 9 | 36 | bdr6 | figs-synecdoche | פִּרְיָהּ֙ | 1 | This means all the crops of the land, not just the fruit that grew on the trees. The Levites are using one particular food to refer figuratively to all food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 1248 | NEH | 9 | 36 | g6hs | figs-abstractnouns | טוּבָ֔הּ | 1 | **Goodness** is an abstract noun that refers to the tasty and nourishing food that grows in the land. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind it with a different phrase. Alternate translation: “the good things that grow here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1249 | NEH | 9 | 36 | lw6u | הִנֵּ֛ה | 1 | **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use some emphatic term or expression in your language that would have this same effect. | ||
| 1250 | NEH | 9 | 37 | d5cr | figs-abstractnouns | וּתְבוּאָתָ֣הּ מַרְבָּ֗ה | 1 | **Produce** (pró-duce) is an abstract noun that refers to the crops that grow in the land. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “produce” (pro-dúce). Alternate translation: “all that this land produces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1251 | NEH | 9 | 37 | q3dz | figs-explicit | לַמְּלָכִ֛ים אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥תָּה עָלֵ֖ינוּ בְּחַטֹּאותֵ֑ינוּ | 1 | The implication is that foreign kings now rule over the Israelites because Yahweh is punishing the Israelites for disobeying him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the kings who now rule over us because you are punishing us for disobeying you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1252 | NEH | 9 | 37 | x15l | figs-parallelism | לַמְּלָכִ֛ים אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥תָּה עָלֵ֖ינוּ…וְעַ֣ל גְּ֠וִיֹּתֵינוּ מֹשְׁלִ֤ים וּבִבְהֶמְתֵּ֨נוּ֙ | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. In each phrase, the Levites are describing how foreign kings now rule over the Israelites. The second phrase intensifies the first by specifying that the Israelites serve these kings as slaves, and that the Israelites do not even own the animals they work with. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “You have allowed foreign kings to rule over us as slaves who own nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1253 | NEH | 9 | 37 | huw8 | כִּרְצוֹנָ֔ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “as they see fit” | ||
| 1254 | NEH | 9 | 38 | g7s3 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וּבְכָל־זֹ֕את | 1 | This phrase indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the actions that the people are taking in response to everything that the Levites have just said. That is, they are doing this because they and their ancestors had disobeyed and Yahweh had punished them. Alternate translation: “In light of all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1255 | NEH | 9 | 38 | t4ag | אֲנַ֛חְנוּ כֹּרְתִ֥ים אֲמָנָ֖ה | 1 | The word **faithful** here does not mean that the covenant will act in a certain way, but that the people themselves are promising to be faithful to this covenant. Alternate translation: “we are making a covenant that we promise to keep” | ||
| 1256 | NEH | 9 | 38 | xee9 | figs-idiom | אֲנַ֛חְנוּ כֹּרְתִ֥ים | 1 | As in [9:8](../09/08.md), to “cut” a covenant is a Hebrew idiom for making a solemn agreement with a person. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “we are making a covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1257 | NEH | 9 | 38 | l6qa | figs-explicit | וְכֹתְבִ֑ים וְעַל֙ הֶֽחָת֔וּם שָׂרֵ֥ינוּ לְוִיֵּ֖נוּ כֹּהֲנֵֽינוּ | 1 | The implication is that the Israelites had scribes write this covenant on a scroll, the leaders wrote their names on it representing all the people, and then the Israelites sealed the document to make it official and to preserve it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We are writing this covenant on a scroll. The community leaders, the Levites, and the priests will sign it. And then we will seal it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1258 | NEH | 9 | 38 | wj7b | שָׂרֵ֥ינוּ | 1 | This means the community leaders. From the document itself, it appears that these included both Nehemiah as the governor (10:1) and various tribal and extended-family leaders (10:14–27). | ||
| 1259 | NEH | 10 | intro | m17y | 0 | # Nehemiah 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the passage beginning in chapter 9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vow<br><br>By signing this document, the people vowed or agreed to obey God, not to buy things on the Sabbath, and to pay their temple tax. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) | |||
| 1260 | NEH | 10 | 1 | ijh7 | וְעַ֖ל הַחֲתוּמִ֑ים | 1 | Alternate translation: “These are the names that the leaders signed on the scroll before it was sealed.” | ||
| 1261 | NEH | 10 | 1 | jc8x | translate-unknown | נְחֶמְיָ֧ה הַתִּרְשָׁ֛תָא בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֖ה | 1 | As in [7:65](../07/65.md) and [7:70](../07/70.md), this was the formal Persian title of the governor. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the title and then explain it. Alternate translation: “Nehemiah son of Hakiliah, the Tirshatha (that is, the governor)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1262 | NEH | 10 | 1 | j4ny | translate-names | נְחֶמְיָ֧ה…בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֖ה וְצִדְקִיָּֽה | 1 | As in [1:1](../01/01.md), Nehemiah is the name of a man, and Hakaliah is the name of his father. Zedekiah is also the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1263 | NEH | 10 | 1 | mu7u | figs-explicit | וְצִדְקִיָּֽה | 1 | This could mean the same man who is called “Zadok the scribe” in [13:13](../13/13.md). That man seems to have been the official secretary for Nehemiah. Other documents from this time suggest that the name of the scribe would have come second in a list like this, right after the government official in charge. Alternate translation: “Zedekiah the scribe” or “Zedekiah the secretary.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1264 | NEH | 10 | 2 | r4sg | translate-names | שְׂרָיָ֥ה עֲזַרְיָ֖ה יִרְמְיָֽה | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1265 | NEH | 10 | 3 | b2lc | translate-names | פַּשְׁח֥וּר אֲמַרְיָ֖ה מַלְכִּיָּֽה | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1266 | NEH | 10 | 4 | uqt4 | translate-names | חַטּ֥וּשׁ שְׁבַנְיָ֖ה מַלּֽוּךְ | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1267 | NEH | 10 | 5 | qbj9 | translate-names | חָרִ֥ם מְרֵמ֖וֹת עֹֽבַדְיָֽה | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1268 | NEH | 10 | 6 | del4 | translate-names | דָּנִיֵּ֥אל גִּנְּת֖וֹן בָּרֽוּךְ | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1269 | NEH | 10 | 7 | yd6r | translate-names | מְשֻׁלָּ֥ם אֲבִיָּ֖ה מִיָּמִֽן | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1270 | NEH | 10 | 8 | mt1s | translate-names | מַֽעַזְיָ֥ה בִלְגַּ֖י שְׁמַֽעְיָ֑ה | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1271 | NEH | 10 | 8 | iv3c | אֵ֖לֶּה הַכֹּהֲנִֽים | 1 | Alternate translation: “These are the names of the priests who signed the covenant.” | ||
| 1272 | NEH | 10 | 8 | ppp7 | grammar-connect-logic-result | אֵ֖לֶּה הַכֹּהֲנִֽים | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could place this sentence at the beginning of verse 2 since it introduces the list of priests. That way the list of priests would be like the list of Levites in verses 9–13 and the list of leaders in verses 14–27. Both of those lists have an introductory phrase like this at the beginning. Alternate translation: “These are the names of the priests who signed the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1273 | NEH | 10 | 9 | b29e | וְֽהַלְוִיִּ֑ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “These are the names of the Levites who signed the covenant.” | ||
| 1274 | NEH | 10 | 9 | i6e3 | figs-explicit | וְֽהַלְוִיִּ֑ם | 1 | From the contexts in which the names of these men appear elsewhere in the book of Nehemiah, it seems that they were leaders of the Levites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “These are the names of the Levites who signed the covenant. First, their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1275 | NEH | 10 | 9 | si66 | translate-names | וְיֵשׁ֨וּעַ֙ בֶּן־אֲזַנְיָ֔ה | 1 | Jeshua is the name of a man, and Azaniah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1276 | NEH | 10 | 9 | pi28 | translate-names | בִּנּ֕וּי…חֵנָדָ֖ד | 1 | Binnui and Henadad are both names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1277 | NEH | 10 | 9 | j952 | figs-metaphor | בִּנּ֕וּי מִבְּנֵ֥י חֵנָדָ֖ד | 1 | **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants** Alternate translation: “Binnui, one of the descendants of Henadad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1278 | NEH | 10 | 9 | km8e | translate-names | קַדְמִיאֵֽל | 1 | Kadmiel is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1279 | NEH | 10 | 10 | yg6h | figs-metaphor | וַאֲחֵיהֶ֑ם | 1 | Here, **brother** likely refers figuratively to the rest of the Levites who signed the covenant as fellow Levites of the three leaders. Alternate translation: “Next, their fellow Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1280 | NEH | 10 | 10 | cfy7 | translate-names | שְׁבַנְיָ֧ה הֽוֹדִיָּ֛ה קְלִיטָ֖א פְּלָאיָ֥ה חָנָֽן | 1 | These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1281 | NEH | 10 | 11 | x5wd | translate-names | מִיכָ֥א רְח֖וֹב חֲשַׁבְיָֽה | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1282 | NEH | 10 | 12 | vuf7 | translate-names | זַכּ֥וּר שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֖ה שְׁבַנְיָֽה | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1283 | NEH | 10 | 13 | t4nx | translate-names | הוֹדִיָּ֥ה בָנִ֖י בְּנִֽינוּ | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1284 | NEH | 10 | 14 | uar6 | רָאשֵׁ֖י הָעָ֑ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “These are the names of the community leaders who signed the covenant” | ||
| 1285 | NEH | 10 | 14 | c75b | figs-metaphor | רָאשֵׁ֖י הָעָ֑ם | 1 | Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “community leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1286 | NEH | 10 | 14 | d729 | translate-names | פַּרְעֹשׁ֙ פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב עֵילָ֥ם זַתּ֖וּא בָּנִֽי | 1 | These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1287 | NEH | 10 | 15 | nkt2 | translate-names | בֻּנִּ֥י עַזְגָּ֖ד בֵּבָֽי | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1288 | NEH | 10 | 16 | dda2 | translate-names | אֲדֹנִיָּ֥ה בִגְוַ֖י עָדִֽין | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1289 | NEH | 10 | 17 | ybp4 | translate-names | אָטֵ֥ר חִזְקִיָּ֖ה עַזּֽוּר | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1290 | NEH | 10 | 18 | ssa2 | translate-names | הוֹדִיָּ֥ה חָשֻׁ֖ם בֵּצָֽי | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1291 | NEH | 10 | 19 | rbs7 | translate-names | חָרִ֥יף עֲנָת֖וֹת נֵיבָֽי | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1292 | NEH | 10 | 20 | xbs6 | translate-names | מַגְפִּיעָ֥שׁ מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם חֵזִֽיר | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1293 | NEH | 10 | 21 | bjm2 | translate-names | מְשֵׁיזַבְאֵ֥ל צָד֖וֹק יַדּֽוּעַ | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1294 | NEH | 10 | 22 | rm3j | translate-names | פְּלַטְיָ֥ה חָנָ֖ן עֲנָיָֽה | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1295 | NEH | 10 | 23 | kcs6 | translate-names | הוֹשֵׁ֥עַ חֲנַנְיָ֖ה חַשּֽׁוּב | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1296 | NEH | 10 | 24 | p99a | translate-names | הַלּוֹחֵ֥שׁ פִּלְחָ֖א שׁוֹבֵֽק | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1297 | NEH | 10 | 25 | t6u9 | translate-names | רְח֥וּם חֲשַׁבְנָ֖ה מַעֲשֵׂיָֽה | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1298 | NEH | 10 | 26 | ab18 | translate-names | וַאֲחִיָּ֥ה חָנָ֖ן עָנָֽן | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1299 | NEH | 10 | 27 | w9x4 | translate-names | מַלּ֥וּךְ חָרִ֖ם בַּעֲנָֽה | 1 | These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1300 | NEH | 10 | 28 | g1a1 | figs-explicit | וּשְׁאָ֣ר הָעָ֡ם | 1 | This means everyone else in the groups that are listed next, even if they did not sign the covenant personally. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And everyone else in the following groups, whether or not they signed their name on the scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1301 | NEH | 10 | 28 | w2rt | translate-unknown | הַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֨ים | 1 | This means the people who were responsible to open and close the gates that controlled access to the city and the temple. See how you translated this term in 7:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1302 | NEH | 10 | 28 | f1n8 | translate-unknown | הַמְשֹׁרְרִ֜ים | 1 | As in [7:1](../07/01.md), this means vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion. Alternate translation: “the singers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1303 | NEH | 10 | 28 | g1a3 | translate-unknown | הַנְּתִינִ֗ים | 1 | As in [3:26](../03/26.md), the term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1304 | NEH | 10 | 28 | qej9 | figs-explicit | וְֽכָל־הַנִּבְדָּ֞ל מֵעַמֵּ֤י הָאֲרָצוֹת֙ אֶל־תּוֹרַ֣ת הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים | 1 | This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to people from other nations who had converted and become Jews. Alternate translation: “people from other nations who had become Jews and would now obey the law of God” (2) It might not be a reference to a distinct group, but rather a description of something that was true of everyone from any of the previously named groups who agreed to the covenant. As in [9:2](../09/02.md), it would be a description of how the Israelites needed to reject the influence and practices of other people groups in order to follow the law of God faithfully. Alternate translation: “that is, everyone who resolved to reject foreign influences and obey the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]].) | |
| 1305 | NEH | 10 | 28 | g1a5 | figs-metaphor | הַנִּבְדָּ֞ל מֵעַמֵּ֤י הָאֲרָצוֹת֙ | 1 | **Separate** is a figurative way of describing the act of rejecting an influence, as if this were a physical separation. In [9:2](../09/02.md) the separation actually was physical (only Israelites could attend that assembly), but here it would be figurative. Alternate translation: “resolved to reject foreign influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1306 | NEH | 10 | 28 | g1a7 | figs-idiom | בְּנֵיהֶ֣ם וּבְנֹתֵיהֶ֑ם כֹּ֖ל יוֹדֵ֥עַ מֵבִֽין | 1 | Like the similar phrases in [8:2](../08/02.md) and [8:3](../08/03.md), this is likely an idiom that refers to children who could understand what the covenant was about. Alternate translation: “their children who were old enough to understand the covenant” or “all who were old enough to understand what promising to obey God meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1307 | NEH | 10 | 29 | l6ns | figs-metaphor | מַחֲזִיקִ֣ים עַל | 1 | Here, **clinging to** is a figurative way of describing people who did not actually sign the scroll, as their leaders did, but who agreed with them and joined in the same purpose. Alternate translation: “agreed with” or “joined in the same purpose with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1308 | NEH | 10 | 29 | x6i9 | figs-metaphor | אֲחֵיהֶם֮ | 1 | Here, **brother** likely means figuratively that the leaders who signed the scroll were fellow Jews of the rest of the people. Alternate translation: “their fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1309 | NEH | 10 | 29 | k971 | אַדִּירֵיהֶם֒ | 1 | See how you translated this term in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “the leading citizens” | ||
| 1310 | NEH | 10 | 29 | p6ry | figs-metonymy | וּבָאִ֞ים בְּאָלָ֣ה וּבִשְׁבוּעָ֗ה | 1 | Here the story describes the covenant figuratively by two things associated with it. As part of the covenant, the people swore an oath to keep its terms, and they also said that anyone who broke its terms should be cursed. (That is, God should punish them.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning behind this figure. Alternate translation: “they made a serious agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1311 | NEH | 10 | 29 | ny6b | figs-metaphor | וּבָאִ֞ים בְּאָלָ֣ה וּבִשְׁבוּעָ֗ה | 1 | **Entering** is a figurative way of saying that the people became parties to this agreement with God. The expression speaks as if the covenant were something that the people could physically go inside of, in order to become a part of it. Alternate translation: “they became parties to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1312 | NEH | 10 | 29 | g1a9 | figs-idiom | לָלֶ֨כֶת֙ בְּתוֹרַ֣ת הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים | 1 | As in [5:9](../05/09.md), **walk** is an idiom that describes a person’s conduct in life. Alternate translation: “to live their lives in obedience to the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1313 | NEH | 10 | 29 | t8sp | figs-activepassive | אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִתְּנָ֔ה בְּיַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֣ה | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which Moses gave to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1314 | NEH | 10 | 29 | g1b1 | figs-metaphor | בְּיַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֣ה | 1 | Here, as in [9:14](../09/14.md), **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “Moses gave to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1315 | NEH | 10 | 29 | g1b3 | figs-metaphor | מֹשֶׁ֣ה עֶֽבֶד־הָֽאֱלֹהִ֑ים | 1 | As in [9:14](../09/14.md), Moses is called the **servant** of God. While Moses was also God’s servant in a more literal sense, this title is a figurative expression in the Old Testament that indicates that God used Moses to give his Law to his people the way a master would have a servant deliver a message. Alternate translation: “your special messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1316 | NEH | 10 | 29 | g1b5 | figs-doublet | וְלִשְׁמ֣וֹר וְלַעֲשׂ֗וֹת | 1 | **Keep** and **do** mean similar things. The repetition emphasizes the people’s resolve to keep God’s law. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “carefully follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1317 | NEH | 10 | 29 | m39f | figs-doublet | כָּל־מִצְוֺת֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֲדֹנֵ֔ינוּ וּמִשְׁפָּטָ֖יו וְחֻקָּֽיו | 1 | As in [1:7](../01/07.md), **commandments**, **judgments**, and **statutes** mean basically the same thing. They refer to provisions in the Law of Moses. Here again the repetition emphasizes the people’s resolve to obey everything in God’s law. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “everything Yahweh our Lord has commanded,” otherwise “the commands, rules, and laws of Yahweh our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.) | |
| 1318 | NEH | 10 | 30 | s4sx | figs-parallelism | וַאֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹא־נִתֵּ֥ן בְּנֹתֵ֖ינוּ לְעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֑רֶץ וְאֶת־בְּנֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם לֹ֥א נִקַּ֖ח לְבָנֵֽינוּ | 1 | These two phrases mean similar things. They both indicate that the Jews are promising here not to let their children marry people from the other groups living in the area. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “We promise that we will not allow any one of our children to marry someone from another people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1319 | NEH | 10 | 30 | lx8c | figs-exclusive | נִתֵּ֥ן | 1 | Here and through to the end of this chapter, the pronoun “we” includes Nehemiah and the Jewish people, but not the readers of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 1320 | NEH | 10 | 30 | iqq1 | figs-explicit | לְעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֑רֶץ | 1 | This refers to other people groups who live in the land and who do not worship Yahweh. The implication is that intermarriage with these groups would lead the Israelites to compromise their loyalty to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the people of this land who do not worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1321 | NEH | 10 | 31 | g1b7 | grammar-connect-logic-result | וְעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֡רֶץ הַֽמְבִיאִים֩ אֶת־הַמַּקָּח֨וֹת וְכָל־שֶׁ֜בֶר בְּי֤וֹם הַשַּׁבָּת֙ לִמְכּ֔וֹר לֹא־נִקַּ֥ח מֵהֶ֛ם בַּשַּׁבָּ֖ת | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that is described in the first phrase. Alternate translation: “If people from other groups bring goods or grain to sell on the Sabbath, we will not buy any from them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1322 | NEH | 10 | 31 | g1b9 | figs-explicit | בַּשַּׁבָּ֖ת | 1 | The implication is that the Israelites are promising not to buy anything because the Sabbath is a day for rest and worship, not for buying and selling. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the Sabbath, we will not buy any from them, because Yahweh has told us not to buy or sell on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1323 | NEH | 10 | 31 | g1c1 | וּבְי֣וֹם קֹ֑דֶשׁ | 1 | Alternate translation: “on a festival day” or “during a festival” | ||
| 1324 | NEH | 10 | 31 | g1c3 | figs-ellipsis | וְנִטֹּ֛שׁ אֶת־הַשָּׁנָ֥ה הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית | 1 | Here the covenant leaves out one or more words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. **Leave alone** means “leave our fields alone,” that is, do not plant or harvest any crops, and **the seventh year** means “in the seventh year.” Alternate translation: “we will not grow anything in our fields every seventh year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1325 | NEH | 10 | 31 | bh3h | figs-explicit | וְנִטֹּ֛שׁ אֶת־הַשָּׁנָ֥ה הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית | 1 | **The seventh year** refers to the commandment in the Law of Moses to allow fields to rest one year out of every seven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We will leave our fields alone and not work them during the seventh year, because the law commands us not to grow any crops then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1326 | NEH | 10 | 31 | ek18 | translate-ordinal | אֶת־הַשָּׁנָ֥ה הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית | 1 | Alternate translation: “year seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 1327 | NEH | 10 | 31 | hf7z | וְנִטֹּ֛שׁ…וּמַשָּׁ֥א כָל־יָֽד | 1 | This could mean one of several things. (1) As in [5:7–12](../05/07.md), it could be a promise not to charge any interest on loans to fellow Israelites. (2) It could mean that during the seventh year, no loan payments would be collected. (3) It could mean that during the seventh year, all debts would be cancelled. Alternate translation: “we will not charge interest on loans to our fellow Israelites” or “during the seventh year, we will not collect loan payments” or “during the seventh year, we will cancel all the debts of our fellow Israelites.” | ||
| 1328 | NEH | 10 | 31 | ur3t | figs-metonymy | וּמַשָּׁ֥א כָל־יָֽד | 1 | Here, **hand** seems to refer figuratively to a debt by reference to something associated with it, the way debts were formalized by the borrower grasping the hand of the lender. Alternate translation: “interest on any debt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1329 | NEH | 10 | 32 | h9gt | figs-personification | וְהֶעֱמַ֤דְנוּ עָלֵ֨ינוּ֙ מִצְוֺ֔ת | 1 | As in [5:13](../05/13.md), the covenant speaks figuratively of the commitments the people are making as if they were living things that could **stand**, that is, stay in place rather than go away. The people are saying that they will make sure this commitment does not “go away.” Alternate translation: “we are making a firm commitment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 1330 | NEH | 10 | 32 | ljm2 | figs-idiom | לָתֵ֥ת עָלֵ֛ינוּ | 1 | Alternate translation: “each one of us will contribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1331 | NEH | 10 | 32 | ad47 | translate-bmoney | שְׁלִשִׁ֥ית הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל | 1 | In ancient times, a silver shekel weighed about 11 grams or about a third of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate over time since those values can change from year to year. Instead, you could give the equivalent weight or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. Alternate translation: “a third of a shekel each year” or “four grams of silver each year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) | |
| 1332 | NEH | 10 | 32 | g1c5 | translate-fraction | שְׁלִשִׁ֥ית הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל | 1 | A **third** means one part out of three equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) | |
| 1333 | NEH | 10 | 32 | pw6w | figs-abstractnouns | לַעֲבֹדַ֖ת בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ | 1 | The abstract noun **service** describes all the things needed for worship in the temple, as listed in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything that is needed for worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1334 | NEH | 10 | 32 | g1c7 | figs-metaphor | בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ | 1 | As in [6:10](../06/10.md) and [8:16](../08/16.md), here the covenant speaks of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1335 | NEH | 10 | 33 | ehf4 | translate-unknown | לְלֶ֣חֶם הַֽמַּעֲרֶ֡כֶת | 1 | This refers to the 12 unleavened cakes made of fine flour that the law required to be set out freshly every Sabbath day in two rows of six on the table in the Holy Place. This is sometimes called the “showbread.” Alternate translation: “the bread that is set out in rows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1336 | NEH | 10 | 33 | xu3y | translate-unknown | וּמִנְחַ֣ת הַתָּמִ֣יד וּלְעוֹלַ֣ת הַ֠תָּמִיד | 1 | This likely refers to a grain offering and an animal offering that were burned on the temple altar each day. Alternate translation: “the daily grain and animal offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1337 | NEH | 10 | 33 | g1c9 | figs-metonymy | הַשַּׁבָּת֨וֹת הֶחֳדָשִׁ֜ים לַמּוֹעֲדִ֗ים | 1 | This actually refers to the offerings that would be made at these times. The offerings are being described figuratively by something associated with them, the occasions on which they are offered. Alternate translation: “offerings made on the Sabbath, on the new moon festival, and during other festivals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1338 | NEH | 10 | 33 | g1d1 | translate-unknown | וְלַקֳּדָשִׁים֙ | 1 | This likely refers to offerings that would be dedicated and offered to God on behalf of the people on other occasions. Alternate translation: “and offerings needed for any other occasion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1339 | NEH | 10 | 33 | g1d3 | figs-metaphor | וְלַ֣חַטָּא֔וֹת לְכַפֵּ֖ר עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | As Nehemiah does in [4:5](.//04/05.md), the covenant speaks here of sins as if they were an object that could be physically hidden. Alternate translation: “offerings made to ask God to forgive the sins of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1340 | NEH | 10 | 33 | g1d5 | translate-unknown | וְכֹ֖ל מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ | 1 | This seems to refer to the ongoing work of cleaning, maintaining, and repairing all of the furnishings and equipment used in the temple worship. Alternate translation: “and anything else needed to maintain worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1341 | NEH | 10 | 33 | g1d7 | figs-metaphor | בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ | 1 | Here again the covenant speaks of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1342 | NEH | 10 | 34 | s6yz | וְהַגּוֹרָל֨וֹת הִפַּ֜לְנוּ עַל־קֻרְבַּ֣ן הָעֵצִ֗ים הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים הַלְוִיִּם֮ וְהָעָם֒ לְ֠הָבִיא לְבֵ֨ית אֱלֹהֵ֧ינוּ לְבֵית־אֲבֹתֵ֛ינוּ | 1 | Alternate translation: “We agree to determine by lot what time each year the various extended families among the priests, the Levites, and the people will be responsible for bringing an offering of wood to the temple.” | ||
| 1343 | NEH | 10 | 34 | l42k | translate-unknown | וְהַגּוֹרָל֨וֹת הִפַּ֜לְנוּ | 1 | A **lot** was a physical object that was used in various ways to make a selection among different possibilities. Use the term in your language that would best describe such an object for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1344 | NEH | 10 | 34 | ph9q | figs-metaphor | לְבֵ֨ית אֱלֹהֵ֧ינוּ | 1 | Here again the covenant speaks of the temple figuratively as the “house of God,” as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1345 | NEH | 10 | 34 | g1d9 | figs-ellipsis | לְבֵית־אֲבֹתֵ֛ינוּ | 1 | This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “our father’s houses.” The full expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” is used in [7:61](../07/61.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “taking turns by clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1346 | NEH | 10 | 34 | g1e1 | figs-idiom | שָׁנָ֣ה בְשָׁנָ֑ה | 1 | This is an idiom that means “each year” or “every year.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1347 | NEH | 10 | 34 | g1e3 | figs-abstractnouns | לְבַעֵ֗ר | 1 | **Burning** is an abstract noun that describes how the wood these families agreed to bring to the temple would be used for fuel for the sacrifices offered on the altar. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “burn.” You could also say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “for the Levites to burn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1348 | NEH | 10 | 34 | g1e5 | figs-activepassive | כַּכָּת֖וּב בַּתּוֹרָֽה | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as the law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1349 | NEH | 10 | 35 | vp1p | figs-metonymy | בִּכּוּרֵ֣י אַדְמָתֵ֗נוּ | 1 | Here the covenant speaks figuratively of the soil of the land as if it were a tree that would bear fruit. Alternate translation: “the first crops that grow in our fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1350 | NEH | 10 | 35 | g1e7 | figs-idiom | שָׁנָ֣ה בְשָׁנָ֑ה | 1 | This is an idiom that means **each year** or **every year.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1351 | NEH | 10 | 35 | g1e9 | figs-metaphor | לְבֵ֖ית יְהוָֽה | 1 | The covenant continues to speak of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Here the expression is modified slightly and it says **Yahweh** instead of **our God.** Alternate translation: “to the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1352 | NEH | 10 | 36 | g1f1 | figs-explicit | וְאֶת־בְּכֹר֤וֹת בָּנֵ֨ינוּ֙ וּבְהֶמְתֵּ֔ינוּ…וְאֶת־בְּכוֹרֵ֨י בְקָרֵ֜ינוּ וְצֹאנֵ֗ינוּ לְהָבִיא֙ לְבֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | **Firstborn** means specifically the firstborn male offspring in every case, as the law specifies. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that the law required the Israelites to bring the firstborn males from their families to the temple for a different reason than the reason for which it required them to bring the firstborn males from among their domesticated animals. Alternate translation: “We promise to bring our firstborn sons to the temple to dedicate them to God, and we promise to bring the first male offspring of all of our animals to the temple so that the priests can offer them to God as sacrifices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1353 | NEH | 10 | 36 | g1f3 | figs-activepassive | כַּכָּת֖וּב בַּתּוֹרָ֑ה | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as the law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1354 | NEH | 10 | 36 | g1f5 | figs-metaphor | לְבֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ…בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ | 1 | The covenant continues to speak of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1355 | NEH | 10 | 36 | uc2w | figs-doublet | לַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים הַמְשָׁרְתִ֖ים בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ | 1 | These two phrases mean the same thing. The covenant uses the repetition for clarity. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the priests who serve in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1356 | NEH | 10 | 37 | j9sj | figs-ellipsis | וְאֶת־רֵאשִׁ֣ית עֲרִיסֹתֵ֣ינוּ וּ֠תְרוּמֹתֵינוּ וּפְרִ֨י כָל־עֵ֜ץ תִּיר֣וֹשׁ וְיִצְהָ֗ר | 1 | The words **the first of** at the start of this list apply to every item on the list. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could repeat that idea throughout the list. Alternate translation: “the first of the flour that we make, a first portion of the food offerings we bring to the temple, the first fruit from each of our fruit trees, and the first of the wine and oil that we produce each year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1357 | NEH | 10 | 37 | rk7x | translate-unknown | עֲרִיסֹתֵ֣ינוּ | 1 | Possible meanings are that this refers to: (1) dough made from coarse flour, (2) coarse flour, or (3) ground grain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1358 | NEH | 10 | 37 | e92l | translate-unknown | אֶל־לִשְׁכ֣וֹת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | This phrase explains where the people are agreeing to deliver the items on the preceding list, which are special contributions for the priests. Alternate translation: “to the rooms where things are stored in the temple” or “to the storehouses in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1359 | NEH | 10 | 37 | s7s2 | figs-metaphor | בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | The covenant continues to speak of the temple figuratively as the “house of God,” as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1360 | NEH | 10 | 37 | r776 | figs-metonymy | וּמַעְשַׂ֥ר אַדְמָתֵ֖נוּ | 1 | Here, the covenant speaks figuratively of the soil as a way of referring to the crops that grow in the soil. Alternate translation: “one tenth of the crops that grow in our fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1361 | NEH | 10 | 37 | g1f7 | translate-fraction | וּמַעְשַׂ֥ר | 1 | This means a tenth (1/10) or one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) | |
| 1362 | NEH | 10 | 37 | g1f9 | וְהֵם֙ הַלְוִיִּ֔ם הַֽמְעַשְּׂרִ֔ים בְּכֹ֖ל עָרֵ֥י עֲבֹדָתֵֽנוּ | 1 | This phrase explains where the people are agreeing to deliver this tithe of crops, which is a special contribution for the Levites. Alternate translation: “The Levites can collect this contribution of one tenth of our crops right in the cities where we live and work” | ||
| 1363 | NEH | 10 | 37 | g1g1 | figs-abstractnouns | בְּכֹ֖ל עָרֵ֥י עֲבֹדָתֵֽנוּ | 1 | The abstract noun **labor** refers to how the people would work the land in order to grow crops. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as **work.** Alternate translation: “the cities where we live and work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1364 | NEH | 10 | 38 | g1g3 | figs-explicit | וְהָיָ֨ה הַכֹּהֵ֧ן בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֛ן עִם־הַלְוִיִּ֖ם בַּעְשֵׂ֣ר הַלְוִיִּ֑ם | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why a priest will be present. Alternate translation: “a priest will be present to supervise when the people give their tithes to the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1365 | NEH | 10 | 38 | g1g5 | figs-distinguish | הַכֹּהֵ֧ן בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֛ן | 1 | Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who the priests were. Alternate translation: “one of the priests, who are descendants of Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) | |
| 1366 | NEH | 10 | 38 | g1g7 | figs-metaphor | בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֛ן | 1 | **Son** here figuratively means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1367 | NEH | 10 | 38 | by9z | figs-explicit | בַּעְשֵׂ֣ר הַלְוִיִּ֑ם | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state from whom the Levites will receive these tithes. Alternate translation: “when the people give their tithes to the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1368 | NEH | 10 | 38 | eb51 | translate-fraction | בַּעְשֵׂ֣ר…מַעֲשַׂ֤ר הַֽמַּעֲשֵׂר֙ | 1 | A “tithe” means a tenth (1/10) or one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) | |
| 1369 | NEH | 10 | 38 | zl4a | figs-explicit | וְהַלְוִיִּ֞ם יַעֲל֨וּ אֶת־מַעֲשַׂ֤ר הַֽמַּעֲשֵׂר֙ לְבֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | The implication is that in the way the Levites will help support the priests, in the same way the people will support the priests through the tithes described in verse 37. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Levites will bring one tenth of the tithes they receive to the temple, to help support the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1370 | NEH | 10 | 38 | g1g9 | figs-metaphor | לְבֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | The covenant continues to speak of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1371 | NEH | 10 | 38 | g1h1 | translate-unknown | אֶל־הַלְּשָׁכ֖וֹת לְבֵ֥ית הָאוֹצָֽר | 1 | Like the similar phrase in [10:37](../10/37.md), this phrase explains where the Levites are to deliver the ten percent of the tithes that they will contribute. Alternate translation: “to the rooms where things are stored in the temple” or “the rooms in the temple treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1372 | NEH | 10 | 39 | g1h3 | figs-ellipsis | הַ֠לְּשָׁכוֹת | 1 | This is an abbreviated way of saying “the chambers of the house of the treasury” as in [10:38](../10/38). Alternate translation: “the rooms where things are stored in the temple” or “the rooms in the temple treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1373 | NEH | 10 | 39 | qzf8 | figs-metaphor | בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל וּבְנֵ֣י הַלֵּוִ֗י | 1 | **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” The term is referring to the groups that were descended from the men named Israel and Levi. Alternate translation: “the Israelites and the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1374 | NEH | 10 | 39 | ss5h | figs-ellipsis | וְשָׁם֙ כְּלֵ֣י הַמִּקְדָּ֔שׁ וְהַכֹּהֲנִים֙ הַמְשָׁ֣רְתִ֔ים וְהַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֖ים וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים | 1 | **There** means in those same storerooms. The phrase **the vessels for** at the start of this list applies to every item on the list. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could repeat that idea throughout the list. Alternate translation: “In those same rooms we will also store equipment for the temple, equipment that the priests use when they are on duty, tools that the gatekeepers use, and instruments for the musicians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1375 | NEH | 10 | 39 | g1h5 | figs-synecdoche | כְּלֵ֣י | 1 | Here the covenant uses one type of equipment that the storerooms would hold, **vessels** or “jars” or “containers,” to refer figuratively to all the different types of equipment on the list in this verse. Alternate translation: “equipment” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 1376 | NEH | 10 | 39 | u1sq | figs-litotes | וְלֹ֥א נַעֲזֹ֖ב אֶת־בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ | 1 | This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “we will make sure that we provide for the temple” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) | |
| 1377 | NEH | 10 | 39 | b23h | figs-metaphor | בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ | 1 | The covenant continues to speak of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1378 | NEH | 11 | intro | xja1 | 0 | # Nehemiah 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The places where the Jews lived<br><br>Some people lived in Jerusalem, but most people lived in villages and towns away from Jerusalem. They lived there in order to farm the land and raise their animals. The city with its walls was there to provide all of the people with protection if enemies attacked them. | |||
| 1379 | NEH | 11 | 1 | e2yg | translate-unknown | הִפִּ֨ילוּ גוֹרָל֜וֹת | 1 | As in [10:34](../10/34.md), a **lot** was a physical object that was used in various ways to make a selection among different possibilities. Use the term in your language that would best describe such an object for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1380 | NEH | 11 | 1 | beq5 | figs-ellipsis | אֶחָ֣ד מִן־הָעֲשָׂרָ֗ה | 1 | This means “one out of ten people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1381 | NEH | 11 | 1 | h1a1 | figs-distinguish | בִּֽירוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ עִ֣יר הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ | 1 | Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers about the special status that Jerusalem had, which was why it was so important for that city to be well populated. As in [1:9](../01/09.md), the list is acknowledging Jerusalem as the place from which God chose to start making himself famous throughout the world, and as the city where God chose to put his temple. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, the special city that God chose” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) | |
| 1382 | NEH | 11 | 1 | h1a3 | figs-synecdoche | וְתֵ֥שַׁע הַיָּד֖וֹת בֶּעָרִֽים | 1 | Here the list is using the term **hand** to refer figuratively to an entire person. Alternate translation: “the other nine out of ten people remained in the cities and towns where they had been living” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 1383 | NEH | 11 | 2 | h1a5 | figs-idiom | לְכֹל֙ הָֽאֲנָשִׁ֔ים | 1 | In this context, **a man** means “everyone.” Alternate translation: “everyone who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1384 | NEH | 11 | 3 | h1a7 | figs-metaphor | רָאשֵׁ֣י הַמְּדִינָ֔ה | 1 | **Head** here is a figurative way of saying **leader.** Alternate translation: “provincial leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1385 | NEH | 11 | 3 | h1a9 | grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וּבְעָרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה | 1 | This sentence explains a contrasting idea before the story goes on to develop the idea that the previous sentence introduces. This chapter is a list of the provincial leaders, priests, Levites, gatekeepers, temple servants, and singers who lived in Jerusalem. The previous sentence introduces the first part of that list, but before the list gives the names of the provincial leaders, it explains that most of the people who had returned to the province of Judah kept on living on their ancestral lands in other cities and towns. You could begin this sentence with a word like “but” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 1386 | NEH | 11 | 3 | h1b1 | וּבְעָרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה…בְּעָ֣רֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | These two phrases mean the same thing and you do not need to repeat both of them if that would be confusing for your readers. | ||
| 1387 | NEH | 11 | 3 | h1b3 | figs-idiom | אִ֤ישׁ בַּאֲחֻזָּתוֹ֙ | 1 | In this context, **a man** means “each person,” and the expression may be understood to indicate “each family.” Alternate translation: “each family on its own property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1388 | NEH | 11 | 3 | l7mb | figs-personification | יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל | 1 | Here the list refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 1389 | NEH | 11 | 3 | h1b5 | translate-unknown | וְהַנְּתִינִ֔ים | 1 | As in [3:26](../03/26.md), the term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1390 | NEH | 11 | 3 | h1b7 | figs-metaphor | וּבְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֥י שְׁלֹמֹֽה | 1 | **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1391 | NEH | 11 | 3 | h1b9 | translate-unknown | עַבְדֵ֥י שְׁלֹמֹֽה | 1 | As in [7:57](../07/57.md), this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. Review the note to [7:57](../07/57.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1392 | NEH | 11 | 4 | h1c1 | writing-background | וּבִֽירוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ | 1 | This sentence provides further information about the situation the book is describing here. In addition to the people who were living in various other cities and towns in the province of Judah, there were other people already living in Jerusalem. So the city was not empty, but it did need to be more fully populated. You could use a word like “moreover” to show that this is further background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1393 | NEH | 11 | 4 | n2a7 | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וּמִבְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן | 1 | **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “some people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1394 | NEH | 11 | 4 | nm8y | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנֵ֣י יְ֠הוּדָה | 1 | **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “those from the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1395 | NEH | 11 | 4 | wl7r | translate-names | עֲתָיָ֨ה בֶן־עֻזִּיָּ֜ה בֶּן־זְכַרְיָ֧ה בֶן־אֲמַרְיָ֛ה בֶּן־שְׁפַטְיָ֥ה בֶן־מַהֲלַלְאֵ֖ל | 1 | These are the names of six men. In this context, **son** means literally that the next man named is the father of the man just named. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1396 | NEH | 11 | 4 | l727 | figs-explicit | עֲתָיָ֨ה | 1 | The implication is that Athaiah was one of the leaders of the people from the tribe of Judah who lived in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Their leader, Athaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1397 | NEH | 11 | 4 | vx6k | figs-metaphor | מִבְּנֵי־פָֽרֶץ | 1 | **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “one of the descendants of Perez” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1398 | NEH | 11 | 5 | ml8b | translate-names | וּמַעֲשֵׂיָ֣ה בֶן־בָּר֣וּךְ בֶּן־כָּל־חֹ֠זֶה בֶּן־חֲזָיָ֨ה בֶן־עֲדָיָ֧ה בֶן־יוֹיָרִ֛יב בֶּן־זְכַרְיָ֖ה | 1 | These are the names of seven men. In this context, **son** means literally that the next man named is the father of the man just named. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1399 | NEH | 11 | 5 | h1c3 | figs-explicit | וּמַעֲשֵׂיָ֣ה | 1 | The implication is that Maaseiah was another leader of the people from the tribe of Judah who lived in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “another leader, Maaseiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1400 | NEH | 11 | 5 | dxb8 | figs-metaphor | בֶּן־הַשִּׁלֹנִֽי | 1 | Most likely, the Shiloni were the clan descended from Judah’s son Shelah. Here the phrase **son of** indicates that Maaseiah shared in the quality of belonging to this clan. Alternate translation: “one of the descendants of Shelah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1401 | NEH | 11 | 6 | h1c5 | כָּל־בְּנֵי־פֶ֕רֶץ הַיֹּשְׁבִ֖ים בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֛וֹת שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֖ה אַנְשֵׁי־חָֽיִל | 1 | Alternate translation: “The total number of the descendants of Perez who settled in Jerusalem who were able to fight in the army was 468” | ||
| 1402 | NEH | 11 | 6 | y8t2 | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵי־פֶ֕רֶץ הַיֹּשְׁבִ֖ים בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם | 1 | **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “the descendants of Perez who lived in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1403 | NEH | 11 | 6 | ej3g | figs-abstractnouns | אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֛וֹת שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֖ה אַנְשֵׁי־חָֽיִל | 1 | The abstract noun **strength** refers to the way these men were able to use weapons and fight to defend the city if necessary. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as *fight.** Alternate translation: “468 men who were able to fight in the army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1404 | NEH | 11 | 6 | hcr6 | translate-numbers | אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֛וֹת שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֖ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “four hundred and sixty-eight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 1405 | NEH | 11 | 7 | m8mp | figs-metaphor | בְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן | 1 | **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “the people from the tribe of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1406 | NEH | 11 | 7 | md67 | figs-ellipsis | בְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן | 1 | This means specifically the people from the tribe of Benjamin who lived in Jerusalem. The list is speaking in abbreviated form here. Alternate translation: “the people from the tribe of Benjamin who lived in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1407 | NEH | 11 | 7 | w8c5 | translate-names | סַלֻּ֡א בֶּן־מְשֻׁלָּ֡ם בֶּן־יוֹעֵ֡ד בֶּן־פְּדָיָה֩ בֶן־ק֨וֹלָיָ֧ה בֶן־מַעֲשֵׂיָ֛ה בֶּן־אִֽיתִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־יְשַֽׁעְיָֽה | 1 | These are the names of eight men. In this context, **son** means literally that the next man named is the fathe |
| The file is too large to be shown. View Raw |